c m y cm my cy cmy k€¦ · q: press to lock the doors. k: press to unlock the doors. see door...

23194369 Bgmc.com (U.S.)gmccanada.ca (Canada)

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

18_GMC_Terrain_Terrain_Denalli_COV_en_US_23194369B_2017SEP06.ai 1 8/30/2017 2:14:48 PM18_GMC_Terrain_Terrain_Denalli_COV_en_US_23194369B_2017SEP06.ai 1 8/30/2017 2:14:48 PM

GMC Terrain/Terrain Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-10664916) - 2018 - crc - 9/15/17

Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 28

Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Instruments and Controls . . . . . . 110

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 159

Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 168

Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

Service and Maintenance . . . . . 351

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365

Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 369

Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 379

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395


2 Introduction

Introduction

The names, logos, emblems,slogans, vehicle model names, andvehicle body designs appearing inthis manual including, but not limitedto, GM, the GM logo, GMC, theGMC Truck Emblem, TERRAIN, andDENALI are trademarks and/orservice marks of General MotorsLLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates,or licensors.

For vehicles first sold in Canada,substitute the name “GeneralMotors of Canada Company” forGMC Motor Division wherever itappears in this manual.

This manual describes features thatmay or may not be on the vehiclebecause of optional equipment thatwas not purchased on the vehicle,model variants, countryspecifications, features/applicationsthat may not be available in yourregion, or changes subsequent tothe printing of this owner’s manual.

Refer to the purchasedocumentation relating to yourspecific vehicle to confirm thefeatures.

Keep this manual in the vehicle forquick reference.

Canadian Vehicle OwnersA French language manual can beobtained from your dealer, atwww.helminc.com, or from:

Propriétaires Canadiens

On peut obtenir un exemplaire dece guide en français auprès duconcessionnaire ou à l'adressesuivante:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170USA

Using this ManualTo quickly locate information aboutthe vehicle, use the Index in theback of the manual. It is analphabetical list of what is in themanual and the page number whereit can be found.

About Driving the VehicleAs with other vehicles of this type,failure to operate this vehiclecorrectly may result in loss ofcontrol or an accident. Be sure toread the driving guidelines in thismanual in the section called “Drivingand Operating” and specificallyDriver Behavior 0 169, DrivingEnvironment 0 170, and VehicleDesign 0 170.

Litho in U.S.A.Part No. 23194369 B Second Printing ©2017 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.


Introduction 3

Danger, Warning, andCautionWarning messages found on vehiclelabels and in this manual describehazards and what to do to avoid orreduce them.

{ Danger

Danger indicates a hazard with ahigh level of risk which will resultin serious injury or death.

{ Warning

Warning indicates a hazard thatcould result in injury or death.

Caution

Caution indicates a hazard thatcould result in property or vehicledamage.

A circle with a slash through it is asafety symbol which means “DoNot,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not letthis happen.”

SymbolsThe vehicle has components andlabels that use symbols instead oftext. Symbols are shown along withthe text describing the operation orinformation relating to a specificcomponent, control, message,gauge, or indicator.

M : Shown when the owner’smanual has additional instructionsor information.

* : Shown when the servicemanual has additional instructionsor information.

0 : Shown when there is moreinformation on another page —“see page.”

Vehicle Symbol Chart

Here are some additional symbolsthat may be found on the vehicleand what they mean. See thefeatures in this manual forinformation.

9 : Airbag Readiness Light

# : Air Conditioning

! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)

$ : Brake System Warning Light

" : Charging System

I : Cruise Control

` : Do Not Puncture

^ : Do Not Service

B : Engine Coolant Temperature

O : Exterior Lamps

_ : Flame/Fire Prohibited

. : Fuel Gauge

+ : Fuses

3 : Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger

j : ISOFIX/LATCH System ChildRestraints


4 Introduction

* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp

: : Oil Pressure

O : Power

/ : Remote Vehicle Start

> : Seat Belt Reminders

7 : Tire Pressure Monitor

d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak

a : Under Pressure

M : Windshield Washer Fluid


In Brief 5

In Brief

Instrument PanelInstrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Initial Drive InformationInitial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 8Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Heated and Ventilated Seats . . . 13Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 14Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Passenger Sensing System . . . 14Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 15Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 17Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Vehicle FeaturesInfotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . 20Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 20Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Driver Information

Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Forward Collision Alert (FCA)

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Forward Automatic

Braking (FAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . 21Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . 21Surround Vision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 22Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Automatic Parking

Assist (APA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Universal Remote System . . . . . 23Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Performance and MaintenanceTraction Control/Electronic

Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 24Fuel (LYX - 1.5L L4 Turbo

Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Fuel (LTG - 2.0L L4 TurboEngine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Fuel (Diesel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . 25Driving for Better Fuel

Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Diesel Particulate Filter . . . . . . . . 26Diesel Exhaust Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 27Roadside Assistance

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27


6 In Brief

Instrument Panel


In Brief 7

1. Air Vents 0 165.

2. Turn Signal Lever. See Turnand Lane-Change Signals0 155.

IntelliBeam System Button (IfEquipped). See Exterior LampControls 0 151.

3. Instrument Cluster 0 119.

Driver Information Center (DIC)Display. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 136.

4. Windshield Wiper/Washer0 111.

5. Infotainment 0 159.

6. Light Sensor. See AutomaticHeadlamp System 0 154.

7. Hazard Warning Flashers0 154.

8. Climate Control Systems 0 160(If Equipped).

Dual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 162 (If Equipped).

9. Front Shift Console. SeeAutomatic Transmission 0 204.

10. Power Outlets 0 114.

11. Assistance Systems forParking or Backing 0 223 (IfEquipped).

12. Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats 0 63 (If Equipped).

13. Wireless Charging 0 115 (IfEquipped).

14. Driver Mode Control 0 216 (IfEquipped).

15. Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 234(If Equipped).

Hill Descent Control (HDC)0 216 (If Equipped).

16. USB Port. See the infotainmentmanual.

Auxiliary Jack. See theinfotainment manual.

17. ENGINE START/STOP Button.See Ignition Positions 0 186.

18. Steering Wheel Controls. Seethe infotainment manual.

19. Horn 0 111.

20. Steering Wheel Adjustment0 111 (Out of View).

21. Hood Release. See Hood0 262.

22. Cruise Control 0 220.

Heated Steering Wheel 0 111(If Equipped).

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 228 (If Equipped).

23. Data Link Connector (DLC)(Out of View). See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp (Check EngineLight) 0 127.

24. Electric Parking Brake 0 210.

25. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 151.

Instrument Panel IlluminationControl 0 156.

Fog Lamps 0 155 (IfEquipped).


8 In Brief

Initial DriveInformationThis section provides a briefoverview about some of theimportant features that may or maynot be on your specific vehicle.

For more detailed information, referto each of the features which can befound later in this owner’s manual.

Stop/Start SystemThe vehicle may have a fuel savingStop/Start system to shut off theengine and help conserve fuel.

When the brakes are applied andthe vehicle is at a complete stop,the engine may turn off. When thebrake pedal is released or theaccelerator pedal is pushed, theengine will restart. The engine mayrestart even while the brake isapplied. See Starting the Engine0 188.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemThe Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter may be used to lock andunlock the doors from up to 60 m(197 ft) away from the vehicle.

With Remote Start Shown

Press the key release button nearthe bottom of the transmitter toremove the key. The key can beused for the driver door.

Q : Press to lock all doors.

K : Press to unlock the driver dooror all doors depending on thevehicle personalization settings.

Lock and unlock feedback can bepersonalized.

See Vehicle Personalization 0 142.

7 : Press and release one time toinitiate vehicle locator.

Press and hold 7 for three secondsto sound the panic alarm. Pressagain to cancel the panic alarm.

b : Press twice quickly to open orclose the liftgate. Press once to stopthe liftgate from moving.

See Keys 0 28 and Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 29.

Remote Vehicle StartIf equipped, the engine can bestarted from outside of the vehicle.

Starting the Vehicle

1. Press and release Q on theRKE transmitter.

2. Immediately press and hold /for at least four seconds or untilthe turn signal lamps flash.


In Brief 9

When the vehicle starts, the parkinglamps will turn on.

Remote start can be extended.

Start the vehicle normally afterentering.

Canceling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do one ofthe following:

. Press and hold/ until theparking lamps turn off.

. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

. Turn the vehicle on and then off.

See Remote Vehicle Start 0 35.

Door LocksTo lock or unlock the vehicle fromthe outside, press Q or K on theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter.

Q : Press to lock the doors.

K : Press to unlock the doors.

See Door Locks 0 37.

To manually unlock a door frominside the vehicle, pull once on thedoor handle to unlock it, and asecond time to open it.

Keyless Access

Press the button on the driver doorwhen the RKE transmitter is within1 m (3 ft). When unlocking from thedriver door, the first press unlocksthat door; press again within

five seconds to unlock all passengerdoors. See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 29.

Liftgate

Manual Liftgate Operation

Unlock the vehicle before openingthe liftgate.

To open the liftgate, press the touchpad on the bottom of the liftgate andlift up.

Do not press the touch pad whileclosing the liftgate. This may causethe liftgate to be unlatched.


10 In Brief

Power Liftgate Operation

On vehicles with a power liftgate,the vehicle must be in P (Park) touse the power feature. The taillampsflash when the power liftgatemoves.

Choose the power liftgate mode byturning the dial on the switch toeither the 3/4 or MAX position.Press8 to open or close theliftgate.

See Liftgate 0 41.

Hands-Free Liftgate

The liftgate will not operate if theRKE transmitter is not within1 m (3 ft).

To operate, kick your foot straight upin one swift motion under the rearbumper between the left exhaustpipe and the license plate, then pullit back.

See Liftgate 0 41.

Windows

The power windows work when theignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY,or when Retained Accessory Power(RAP) is active.

Using the window switch, press toopen or pull to close the window.

The windows may be temporarilydisabled if they are used repeatedlywithin a short time.


In Brief 11

Seat Adjustment

Manual Front Seats

To adjust a manual seat:

1. Pull the handle at the front ofthe seat.

2. Slide the seat to the desiredposition and release thehandle.

3. Try to move the seat back andforth to be sure it is locked inplace.

Seat Height Adjuster

Move the lever up or down tomanually raise or lower the seat.

See Seat Adjustment 0 58.

Reclining Seatbacks

To recline the manual seatback:

1. Lift the lever.

2. Move the seatback to thedesired position, then releasethe lever to lock the seatbackin place.

3. Push and pull on the seatbackto make sure it is locked.


12 In Brief

To return the seatback to an uprightposition:

1. Lift the lever fully withoutapplying pressure to theseatback, and the seatbackreturns to the upright position.


See Reclining Seatbacks 0 59.

Power Driver Seat

To adjust a power driver seat,if equipped:

. Move the seat forward orrearward by sliding the controlforward or rearward.

. Raise or lower the front part ofthe seat cushion by moving thefront of the control up or down.

. Raise or lower the entire seat bymoving the rear of the control upor down.

See Power Seat Adjustment 0 58.

To recline a power seatback,if equipped:

. Tilt the top of the controlrearward to recline.

. Tilt the top of the control forwardto raise.

See Reclining Seatbacks 0 59.

Lumbar Adjustment

If equipped, press and hold the frontor rear of the control to increase ordecrease lumbar support.

See Lumbar Adjustment 0 59.


In Brief 13

Memory Features

If equipped, memory seats allow twodrivers to store and recall theirunique seat positions for driving thevehicle, and a shared exit positionfor getting out of the vehicle. Otherfeature positions may also be set,such as power mirrors, if equipped.Memory positions are linked to RKEtransmitter 1 or 2 for automaticmemory recalls.

Before storing, adjust all availablememory feature positions. Turn theignition on and then press andrelease SET; a beep will sound.Then immediately press and hold 1,

2, orB (Exit) on the driver dooruntil two beeps sound. To manuallyrecall these positions, press andhold 1, 2, orB until the savedposition is reached.

When Auto Memory Recall isenabled in vehicle personalization,positions previously stored tomemory buttons 1 and 2 arerecalled when the ignition ischanged from off to on or ACC/ACCESSORY.

When Easy Exit Options is enabledin vehicle personalization, thefeature automatically recalls thepreviously stored exit position whenexiting the vehicle. See MemorySeats 0 60.

Heated and VentilatedSeats

If equipped, the buttons are on thecenter console. To operate, theengine must be running.

PressI or+, if equipped, to heatthe driver or passengerseatback only.

Press J or z to heat the driver orpassenger cushion and seatback.


14 In Brief

Press C or {, if equipped, toventilate the driver or passengerseat. A ventilated seat has a fanthat pulls or pushes air through theseat. The air is not cooled.

Press the heated or ventilatedbutton once for the highest setting.With each press of the button, theheated or ventilated seat willchange to the next lower setting,and then to the off setting. Thelights indicate three for the highestsetting and one for the lowest.

See Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats 0 63.

Head RestraintAdjustmentDo not drive until the head restraintsfor all occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

To achieve a comfortable seatingposition, change the seatbackrecline angle as little as necessarywhile keeping the seat and the headrestraint height in the properposition.

See Head Restraints 0 56 and SeatAdjustment 0 58.

Seat Belts

Refer to the following sections forimportant information on how to useseat belts properly:

. Seat Belts 0 69.

. How to Wear Seat Belts Properly0 70.

. Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 71.

. Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 95.

Passenger SensingSystem

The passenger sensing systemturns off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag undercertain conditions. No other airbagis affected by the passengersensing system. See PassengerSensing System 0 82.

The passenger airbag statusindicator will light on the overheadconsole when the vehicle is started.See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 126.


In Brief 15

Mirror Adjustment

Exterior

To adjust the mirrors:

1. Pressj or| to choose thedriver or passenger mirror.

2. Press the arrows on the controlpad to move each mirror in thedesired direction.

See Power Mirrors 0 49.

Interior

Adjustment

Adjust the rearview mirror to clearlyview the area behind the vehicle.

Manual Rearview Mirror

For vehicles with a manual rearviewmirror, push the tab forward fordaytime use and pull it rearward fornighttime use to avoid the glare ofthe headlamps from behind. SeeManual Rearview Mirror 0 50.

Automatic Dimming RearviewMirror

Vehicles with an automatic dimminginside rearview mirror automaticallyreduce the glare of the headlampsfrom behind. The dimming featurecomes on when the vehicle isstarted. See Automatic DimmingRearview Mirror 0 50.

Steering WheelAdjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel upor down.

3. Pull or push the steering wheelcloser or away from you.

4. Pull the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in place.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.


16 In Brief

Interior LightingDome Lamps

The dome lamp controls are in theoverhead console.

To operate, press the followingbuttons:

j OFF : Press to turn off thedome lamps when a door is open.An indicator light on the button willturn on when the dome lampoverride is activated. PressjOFF again to deactivate this feature

and the indicator light will turn off.The dome lamps will come on whendoors are opened.

+ ON/OFF : Press to turn the domelamps on manually.

Reading Lamps

There are reading lamps on theoverhead console and over the rearpassenger doors. These lampscome on when any door is opened.

Front Reading Lamps

The front reading lamps are in theoverhead console.

Press the lamp lenses to turn thefront reading lamps on or off.

Rear Reading Lamps

Press the lamp lens to turn the rearpassenger reading lamps on or off.

For more information on interiorlighting, see Instrument PanelIllumination Control 0 156.

Exterior Lighting


In Brief 17

The exterior lamp control is on theinstrument panel to the left of thesteering column.

There are four positions.

O : Turns the exterior lamps off anddeactivates the AUTO mode. Turnto O again to reactivate theAUTO mode.

In Canada, the headlamps willautomatically reactivate when thevehicle is shifted out of P (Park).

AUTO : Turns the exterior lamps onand off automatically depending onoutside lighting.

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps, except theheadlamps.

5 : Turns on the headlampstogether with the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights.

See:

. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 151

. Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)0 153

. Fog Lamps 0 155

Windshield Wiper/Washer

The windshield wiper/washer leveris on the side of the steeringcolumn. With the ignition on or inACC/ACCESSORY, move thewindshield wiper lever to select thewiper speed.

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.

INT : Move the lever up to INT forintermittent wipes, then turn theband up for more frequent wipes ordown for less frequent wipes.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe wiper lever down. For severalwipes, hold the wiper lever down.

f : Pull the windshield wiperlever toward you to spray windshieldwasher fluid and activate the wipers.


18 In Brief

Rear Window Wiper/Washer

Turn the end of the windshield wiperlever to operate the rear windowwiper/washer.

OFF : Turns the system off.

INT : Intermittent wipes.

ON : Slow wipes.

1 : Push the windshield wiperlever forward to spray washer fluidon the rear window. The leverautomatically returns to its originalposition when released.

See Windshield Wiper/Washer0 111 and Rear Window Wiper/Washer 0 112.

Climate ControlsThe vehicle's heating, cooling, defrosting, and ventilation can be controlledwith these systems.

Climate Control System

1. Fan Control

2. A/C (Air Conditioning)

3. Air Delivery Mode Controls

4. Defrost

5. TEMP (Temperature Control)

6. Rear Window Defogger

7. Air Recirculation


In Brief 19

Dual Automatic Climate Control System

1. Driver Temperature Control



4. Fan Control

5. Defrost

6. Passenger TemperatureControl

7. SYNC (SynchronizedTemperature)


9. Power Button


11. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

See Climate Control Systems 0 160(If Equipped) or Dual AutomaticClimate Control System 0 162 (IfEquipped).

Transmission

Electronic Range Select(ERS) Mode

ERS or manual mode allows for theselection of the range of gearpositions. Use this mode whendriving downhill to limit the top gearand vehicle speed. See ManualMode 0 208.

To use this feature:

1. Press the L (Low) button.

2. Press the plus/minus button onthe front shift console toincrease or decrease the gearrange available.


20 In Brief

Vehicle Features

Infotainment SystemSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, phone, navigation system,and voice or speech recognition.It also includes information onsettings.

Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steeringwheel controls. See "SteeringWheel Controls" in the infotainmentmanual.

Cruise Control

J : Press to turn the cruise controlsystem on and off. A white indicatorcomes on in the instrument clusterwhen cruise is turned on.

* : Press to disengage cruisecontrol without erasing the setspeed from memory.

+RES : If there is a set speed inmemory, press to resume thatspeed or press and hold toaccelerate. If cruise control isalready active, use to increasevehicle speed.

−SET : Press briefly to set thespeed and activate cruise control.If cruise control is already active,use to decrease vehicle speed.

See Cruise Control 0 220.

Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The DIC display is in the instrumentcluster. It shows the status of manyvehicle systems.

w orx : Press to move up ordown in a list.


In Brief 21

o or p : Press to move betweenthe interactive display zones in thecluster.

V : Press to open a menu or selecta menu item. Press and hold toreset values on certain screens.

See Driver Information Center (DIC)0 136.

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemIf equipped, FCA may help avoid orreduce the harm caused byfront-end crashes. FCA provides agreen indicator,V, when a vehicleis detected ahead. This indicatordisplays amber if you follow avehicle too closely. Whenapproaching a vehicle ahead tooquickly, FCA provides a flashing redalert on the windshield and rapidlybeeps or pulses the driver seat.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 228.

Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB)If the vehicle has Forward CollisionAlert (FCA), it also has FAB, whichincludes Intelligent BrakeAssist (IBA). When the systemdetects a vehicle ahead in your paththat is traveling in the samedirection that you may be about tocrash into, it can provide a boost tobraking or automatically brake thevehicle. This can help avoid orlessen the severity of crashes whendriving in a forward gear.

See Forward Automatic Braking(FAB) 0 231.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)If equipped, LKA may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. It may assist by gentlyturning the steering wheel if thevehicle approaches a detected lanemarking without using a turn signalin that direction. It may also providea Lane Departure Warning (LDW)alert as the lane marking is crossed.The system will not assist or alert if

it detects that you are activelysteering. Override LKA by turningthe steering wheel. LKA uses acamera to detect lane markingsbetween 60 km/h (37 mph) and180 km/h (112 mph).

See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)0 234 and Lane Keep Assist (LKA)0 234.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)If equipped, the LCA system is alane-changing aid that assistsdrivers with avoiding lane changecrashes that occur with movingvehicles in the side blind zone (orspot) areas or with vehicles rapidlyapproaching these areas frombehind. The LCA warning displaywill light up in the correspondingoutside mirror and will flash if theturn signal is on. The Side BlindZone Alert (SBZA) system isincluded as part of the LCA system.

See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)0 232 and Lane Change Alert (LCA)0 232.


22 In Brief

Surround VisionIf equipped, views around thevehicle appear in the infotainmentdisplay to aid with parking andlow-speed maneuvers.

See “Surround Vision” underAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 223.

Front Vision Camera

If equipped, a view of the area infront of the vehicle appears on theinfotainment display to aid withparking and low-speed maneuvers.

See “Front Vision Camera” underAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 223.

Rear VisionCamera (RVC)The RVC displays a view of thearea behind the vehicle on theinfotainment display when thevehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) toaid with parking and low-speedbacking maneuvers.

See Assistance Systems for Parkingor Backing 0 223.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert(RCTA) SystemIf equipped, the RCTA systemshows a triangle with an arrow onthe infotainment display to warn oftraffic behind your vehicle that maycross your vehicle's path while inR (Reverse). In addition, beeps willsound, or the driver seat will pulse.


Parking AssistIf equipped, Rear ParkingAssist (RPA) uses sensors on therear bumper to assist with parkingand avoiding objects while inR (Reverse). It operates at speedsless than 8 km/h (5 mph). RPA mayshow a warning triangle on theinfotainment display and a graphicon the instrument cluster to providethe object distance. In addition,multiple beeps or seat pulses mayoccur if very close to an object.

The vehicle may also have the FrontParking Assist system.


Automatic ParkingAssist (APA)If equipped, the APA system helpsto search for and maneuver thevehicle into parallel or perpendicularparking spots using automaticsteering, DIC displays, and beeps.When the vehicle speed is below30 km/h (18 mph), pressO toenable the system.

See “Automatic Parking Assist(APA)” under Assistance Systemsfor Parking or Backing 0 223.

Power OutletsThe vehicle has two 12-voltaccessory power outlets, which canbe used to plug in electricalequipment, such as a cell phone orMP3 player.


In Brief 23

There are power outlets:

. On the center stack below theclimate control system.

. In the rear cargo area.

To use the outlet, remove the cover.

See Power Outlets 0 114.

Universal Remote System

If equipped, the Universal RemoteSystem allows for garage dooropeners, security systems, andhome automation devices to beprogrammed to work with thesebuttons in the vehicle.

See Universal Remote System0 147.

Sunroof

1. Sunroof Switch2. Sunshade Switch

If equipped, the sunroof onlyoperates when the ignition is on orin ACC/ACCESSORY, or whenRetained Accessory Power (RAP) isactive. See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 192.

Sunroof Switch

Express-Open/Express-Close : Toexpress-open the sunroof, fullypress and releasee (1). Pressthe switch again to stop it. Toexpress-close the sunroof, fullypress and releaseg (1). Pressthe switch again to stop it.

Open/Close (Manual Mode) : Toopen the sunroof, press and holde (1) until the sunroof reachesthe desired position. Press and holdg (1) to close it.

Comfort Stop : The sunroof has acomfort stop feature that stops thesunroof from opening fully. Pressand release the rear ofg to openthe sunroof to the comfort openposition. Pressing the rear ofgagain will open the sunroof fully.If the sunshade is not fully openwhen the comfort stop feature ispressed the second time, thesunshade will open fully.

Vent : From the closed position,presse (1) to vent the sunroof.


24 In Brief

Sunshade Switch

Express-open/Express-close : Toexpress-open the sunshade, fullypress and releaser (2). Toexpress-close the sunshade, fullypress and releases (2) . Pressthe switch again to stop it.

Open/Close : To open thesunshade, press and holdr (2)until the sunshade reaches thedesired position.

When the sunroof is opened, an airdeflector will automatically raise.The air deflector will retract whenthe sunroof is closed.

Performance andMaintenance

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControlThe Traction Control System (TCS)limits wheel slip. The system is onwhen the vehicle is started.

The StabiliTrak system assists withdirectional control of the vehicle indifficult driving conditions. Thesystem is on when the vehicle isstarted.

TCS and StabiliTrak can be turnedoff or on using the DriverInformation Center (DIC) controls.See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 213.

Tire Pressure MonitorThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).

The low tire pressure warning lightalerts to a significant loss inpressure of one of the vehicle'stires. If the warning light comes on,stop as soon as possible and inflatethe tires to the recommendedpressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 181. Thewarning light will remain on until thetire pressure is corrected.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thismay be an early indicator that thetire pressures are getting low andthe tires need to be inflated to theproper pressure.

The TPMS does not replace normalmonthly tire maintenance. Maintainthe correct tire pressures.


In Brief 25

See Tire Pressure Monitor System0 309.

Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped)

This feature provides visual andaudible alerts outside the vehicle tohelp when inflating an underinflatedtire to the recommended cold tirepressure. See “Tire Fill Alert (IfEquipped)” under Tire PressureMonitor Operation 0 310.

Fuel (LYX - 1.5L L4 TurboEngine)

Regular Fuel

Use only unleaded gasoline rated87 octane or higher in your vehicle.Do not use gasoline with an octanerating lower as it may result invehicle damage and lower fueleconomy. See Fuel (Gasoline)0 236.

Fuel (LTG - 2.0L L4 TurboEngine)

Premium Recommended Fuel

Use premium 93 octane unleadedgasoline in your vehicle. Unleadedgasoline with an octane rating aslow as 87 may be used, but it willreduce performance and fueleconomy. See Fuel (Gasoline)0 236.

Fuel (Diesel)Use of diesel fuel with ultra lowsulfur content (15 ppm, maximum) isrequired. See Fuel for DieselEngines 0 238.

E85 or FlexFuel

No E85 or FlexFuel

Gasoline-ethanol fuel blends greaterthan E15 (15% ethanol by volume),such as E85, cannot be used in thisvehicle.

Engine Oil Life SystemThe engine oil life system calculatesengine oil life based on vehicle useand displays the CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message when it is timeto change the engine oil and filter.The oil life system should be resetto 100% only following an oilchange.

Resetting the Oil Life System

1. Display REMAINING OIL LIFEon the DIC menu. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 136.


26 In Brief

2. Press and hold V for severalseconds while the Oil Lifedisplay is active to reset the OilLife system.

3. REMAINING OIL LIFE 100%will be displayed when the oillife system is successfullyreset.

The oil life system can also be resetas follows:

1. Place the ignition in ServiceMode. See Ignition Positions0 186.


3. Fully press and release theaccelerator pedal three timeswithin five seconds.

4. If the display changes to 100%,the system is reset.

See Engine Oil Life System 0 273.

Driving for Better FuelEconomyDriving habits can affect fuelmileage. Here are some driving tipsto get the best fuel economypossible.

. Avoid fast starts and acceleratesmoothly.

. Brake gradually and avoidabrupt stops.

. Avoid idling the engine for longperiods of time.

. When road and weatherconditions are appropriate, usecruise control.

. Always follow posted speedlimits or drive more slowly whenconditions require.

. Keep vehicle tires properlyinflated.

. Combine several trips into asingle trip.

. Replace the vehicle's tires withthe same TPC Spec numbermolded into the tire's sidewallnear the size.

. Follow recommended scheduledmaintenance.

Diesel Particulate FilterThe engine is equipped with aDiesel Particulate Filter (DPF) thatwill filter or trap particulates. TheDPF is under the vehicle in theexhaust system.

Depending on a number of factorsmonitored by the engine computer,the DPF will need to be cleaned ofaccumulated solids. When acleaning is needed, the enginecomputer will initiate a cleaningaction by warming the exhaust gastemperature. This feature has beendesigned to operate automatically,with limited operator involvement orawareness.

Cleaning the DPF (ExhaustFilter)

While the DPF cleaning isautomatically controlled by theengine computer, the vehicle willneed to operate continuously forapproximately 25 minutes and at


In Brief 27

speeds greater than50 km/h (30 mph) to clean the DPFeffectively.

Special DPF Driver Messages

If the vehicle is used for numerousshort trips or extended slow-speedoperation, the engine computer maynot be able to clean the DPFeffectively. If this happens, a DriverInformation Center (DIC) messagewill display.

If the vehicle continues to be drivenin a manner that prevents effectiveDPF cleaning, the DPF will becomeplugged. If this occurs, the enginecomputer will turn on themalfunction indicator lamp in theinstrument cluster and a DICmessage will display. See DieselParticulate Filter 0 197, Fuel forDiesel Engines 0 238 and EngineOil 0 269.

Diesel Exhaust FluidDiesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) is usedwith diesel engines to reduce theamount of regulated emissionsproduced. The DEF system must be

maintained for the vehicle to runproperly. It is normal to hear theDEF system purge fluid back intothe tank after the vehicle is shut off.

Locating Diesel Exhaust Fluid

DEF can be purchased at a GMCdealer. It can also be purchased atauthorized vehicle dealerships.Additionally, some diesel fuelingstations or retailers may have DEF.For vehicles with an active OnStarservice plan, OnStar can help tolocate a DEF retailer. See CustomerAssistance Offices 0 371 for phonenumbers to assist you in contactinga GM dealer. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 361.

As the DEF tank becomes low onfluid, warnings begin withapproximately 1 600 km (1,000 mi)of remaining range. These warningswill increase in intensity as the tankbecomes empty. Once the tank isempty, the vehicle speed will belimited. If there is an issue with thequality of the fluid or the exhaustfluid system, warnings will be

displayed in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See Diesel ExhaustFluid 0 198.

Roadside AssistanceProgramU.S.: 1-888-881-3302

TTY Users (U.S. Only):1-888-889-2438

Canada: 1-800-268-6800

New GMC owners are automaticallyenrolled in the Roadside AssistanceProgram.

See Roadside Assistance Program0 373.


28 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, andWindows

Keys and LocksKeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)

System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 29Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 35Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 39Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

DoorsLiftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Vehicle SecurityVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 46Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . 48

Exterior MirrorsConvex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . . . 50Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Interior MirrorsInterior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 50Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 50Automatic Dimming Rearview

Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

WindowsWindows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

RoofSunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Keys and Locks

Keys

{ Warning

Leaving children in a vehicle witha Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is dangerous andchildren or others could beseriously injured or killed. Theycould operate the power windowsor other controls or make thevehicle move. The windows willfunction with the RKE transmitterin the vehicle, and children orothers could be caught in the pathof a closing window. Do not leavechildren in a vehicle with an RKEtransmitter.


Keys, Doors, and Windows 29

The key, inside the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter, is used forthe driver door.

To remove the key, press the buttonnear the bottom of the transmitter,and pull the key out. Never pull thekey out without pressing the button.

If it becomes difficult to turn the key,inspect the key blade for debris.

See your dealer if a new key isneeded.

Contact Roadside Assistance iflocked out of the vehicle. SeeRoadside Assistance Program0 373.

With an active OnStar service plan,an OnStar Advisor may remotelyunlock the vehicle. See OnStarOverview 0 383.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemSee Radio Frequency Statement0 379.

If there is a decrease in the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) operatingrange:

. Check the distance. Thetransmitter may be too far fromthe vehicle.

. Check the location. Othervehicles or objects may beblocking the signal.

. Check the transmitter's battery.See “Battery Replacement” laterin this section.

. If the transmitter is still notworking correctly, see yourdealer or a qualified technicianfor service.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System OperationThe Keyless Access system allowsfor vehicle entry when thetransmitter is within 1 m (3 ft). See“Keyless Access Operation”following.

The RKE transmitter functions maywork up to 60 m (197 ft) away fromthe vehicle.



Keep in mind that other conditions,such as those previously stated, canimpact the performance of thetransmitter.

With Remote Start Shown, WithoutSimilar

Q : Press to lock all doors. The turnsignal indicators may flash and/orthe horn may sound on the secondpress to indicate locking. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 142.

If the driver door is open when Q ispressed, all doors will lock and thenthe driver door will immediatelyunlock, if enabled through vehicle

personalization. If the passengerdoor is open when Q is pressed, alldoors lock.

Pressing Q may also arm thetheft-deterrent system. See VehicleAlarm System 0 46.

K : Press to unlock the driver door.Press unlock again withinfive seconds to unlock all doors.The RKE transmitter can beprogrammed to unlock all doors onthe first button press. See VehiclePersonalization 0 142. Whenremotely unlocking the vehicle atnight the fog lamps and back-uplamps will come on for about20 seconds to light your approach tothe vehicle. The turn signalindicators may flash to indicateunlocking. See VehiclePersonalization 0 142.

Pressing K will disarm thetheft-deterrent system. See VehicleAlarm System 0 46.

On some models, pressing andholding K will open all of thewindows, if enabled in vehiclepersonalization.

/ : If equipped, press and releaseQ and then immediately press andhold/ for at least four seconds tostart the engine from outside thevehicle using the RKE transmitter.See Remote Vehicle Start 0 35.

7 : Press and release one time toinitiate vehicle locator. The exteriorlamps flash and the horn chirpsthree times. Press and hold 7 forthree seconds to sound the panicalarm. The horn sounds and theturn signal lamps flash for30 seconds, or until 7 is pressedagain or the vehicle is started.

b : Press twice quickly to open orclose the liftgate.

Press once to stop the liftgate frommoving.



Keyless Access Operation

With the Keyless Access system,you can lock and unlock the doorsand access the liftgate withoutremoving the RKE transmitter fromyour pocket, purse, briefcase, etc.The RKE transmitter should bewithin 1 m (3 ft) of the liftgate or doorbeing opened.

Keyless Access can beprogrammed to unlock all doors onthe first lock/unlock press from thedriver door. See VehiclePersonalization 0 142.

If equipped with memory seats, RKEtransmitters 1 and 2 are linked tothe seating positions of memory 1 or2. See Memory Seats 0 60.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking fromthe Driver Door

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) ofthe driver door handle, pressing thelock/unlock button on the driver doorhandle will unlock the driver door.If the lock/unlock button is pressedagain within five seconds, allpassenger doors will unlock.

Driver Shown, Passenger Similar

Pressing the lock/unlock button willcause all doors to lock if any of thefollowing occur:

. It has been more thanfive seconds since the first lock/unlock button press.

. Two lock/unlock button presseswere used to unlock all doors.

. Any vehicle door has openedand all doors are now closed.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking fromPassenger Doors

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) ofthe door handle, pressing the lock/unlock button on that door handlewill unlock all doors. Pressing thelock/unlock button will cause alldoors to lock if any of the followingoccur:

. The lock/unlock button was usedto unlock all doors.

. Any vehicle door has openedand all doors are now closed.

Passive Locking

If equipped with Keyless Access,this vehicle will lock severalseconds after all doors are closed ifthe vehicle is off and at least oneRKE transmitter has been removedor none remain in the interior.

If other electronic devices interferewith the RKE transmitter signal, thevehicle may not detect the RKEtransmitter inside the vehicle.If passive locking is enabled, thedoors may lock with the RKE



transmitter inside the vehicle. Donot leave the RKE transmitter in anunattended vehicle.

To customize the doors toautomatically lock when exiting thevehicle, see “Remote Lock, Unlock,Start” under Vehicle Personalization0 142.

Temporary Disable of PassiveLocking Feature

Temporarily disable passive lockingby pressing and holding K on theinterior door switch with a door openfor at least four seconds, or untilthree chimes are heard. Passivelocking will then remain disableduntil Q on the interior door ispressed, or until the vehicle isturned on.

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

When the vehicle is turned off andan RKE transmitter is left in thevehicle, the horn will chirp threetimes after all doors are closed. Toturn on or off, see VehiclePersonalization 0 142.

Remote No Longer in Vehicle

If the vehicle is on, with a dooropen, and then all doors are closed,the vehicle will check for RKEtransmitters inside. If an RKEtransmitter is not detected, theDriver Information Center (DIC) willdisplay NO REMOTE DETECTEDand the horn will chirp three times.This occurs only once each time thevehicle is driven.

Keyless Liftgate Opening

Press the touch pad on the liftgatehandle to open the liftgate if theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft).

Programming Transmitters tothe Vehicle

Only RKE transmitters programmedto the vehicle will work. If atransmitter is lost or stolen, areplacement can be purchased andprogrammed through your dealer.The vehicle can be reprogrammedso that lost or stolen transmitters nolonger work. Each vehicle can haveup to eight transmitters matchedto it.

Programming with RecognizedTransmitters

A new transmitter can beprogrammed to the vehicle whenthere are two recognizedtransmitters.

To program, the vehicle must be offand all of the transmitters, bothcurrently recognized and new, mustbe with you.

1. Place the two recognizedtransmitters in the cupholder.

2. Remove the key lock cylindercap on the driver door handle.See Door Locks 0 37. Insert



the vehicle key of the newtransmitter into the key lockcylinder on the driver doorhandle and turn the key,counterclockwise, to the unlockposition five times within10 seconds.

The Driver Information Center(DIC) displays READY FORREMOTE #2, 3, 4, ETC.

3. Remove the two recognizedtransmitters from thecupholder.

4. Place the new transmitter intothe cupholder.

5. Press ENGINE START/STOP.When the transmitter is learnedthe DIC display will show that itis ready to program the nexttransmitter.

6. Remove the transmitter fromthe cupholder and press K orQ on the RKE transmitter.

To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 4–6.

When all additional transmittersare programmed, press andhold ENGINE START/STOP for12 seconds to exitprogramming mode.

7. Put the key back into thetransmitter.

Programming without RecognizedTransmitters

If two currently recognizedtransmitters are not available, followthis procedure to program up toeight transmitters. This feature isnot available in Canada. Thisprocedure will take approximately30 minutes to complete. The vehiclemust be off and all of thetransmitters you wish to programmust be with you.

1. Remove the key lock cylindercap on the driver door handle.See Door Locks 0 37. Insertthe vehicle key of thetransmitter into the key lockcylinder on the driver doorhandle and turn the key,

counterclockwise, to the unlockposition five times within10 seconds.

The Driver Information Center(DIC) displays REMOTELEARN PENDING,PLEASE WAIT.

2. Wait for 10 minutes until theDIC displays PRESS ENGINESTART BUTTON TO LEARNand then press ENGINESTART/STOP.

The DIC display will againshow REMOTE LEARNPENDING, PLEASE WAIT.

3. Repeat Step 2 two additionaltimes. After the third time allpreviously known transmitterswill no longer work with thevehicle. Remaining transmitterscan be relearned during thenext steps.

The DIC display should nowshow READY FOR REMOTE# 1.



4. Place the new transmitter intothe cupholder.

5. Press ENGINE START/STOP.When the transmitter is learnedthe DIC display will show that itis ready to program the nexttransmitter.

6. Remove the transmitter fromthe cupholder and press K orQ on the RKE transmitter.

To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 4–6.

When all additional transmittersare programmed, press andhold ENGINE START/STOP for12 seconds to exitprogramming mode.

7. Put the key back into thetransmitter.

Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery

When the vehicle is started, if thetransmitter battery is weak, the DICmay display NO REMOTEDETECTED or NO REMOTE KEYWAS DETECTED PLACE KEY INTRANSMITTER POCKET THENSTART YOUR VEHICLE. TheREPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTEKEY message may also bedisplayed at this time.

To start the vehicle:

1. Place the transmitter in thecupholder.

2. With the vehicle in P (Park) orN (Neutral), press the brakepedal and ENGINESTART/STOP.

Replace the transmitter batteryas soon as possible.

Battery Replacement

Replace the battery in thetransmitter soon if the REPLACEBATTERY IN REMOTE KEYmessage displays in the DIC.



Caution

When replacing the battery, donot touch any of the circuitry onthe transmitter. Static from yourbody could damage thetransmitter.

To replace the battery:

1. Press the button on the side ofthe transmitter to removethe key.

2. Insert a flat, thin object in thecenter of the transmitter toseparate and remove the backcover.

3. Lift the battery with a flatobject.

4. Remove the battery.

5. Insert the new battery, positiveside toward the back cover.Replace with a CR2032 orequivalent battery.

6. Push together the transmitter.

Remote Vehicle StartThe vehicle may have this featurethat allows you to start the enginefrom outside the vehicle.

/ : This button will be on the RKEtransmitter if the vehicle has remotestart.

The climate control system will usethe previous settings during aremote start. The rear defog maycome on during remote start basedon cold ambient conditions. Therear defog indicator light does notcome on during remote start.

If the vehicle has heated andventilated front seats, they maycome on during a remote start. SeeHeated and Ventilated Front Seats0 63.

Laws in some local communitiesmay restrict the use of remotestarters. For example, some lawsrequire a person using remote startto have the vehicle in view. Checklocal regulations for anyrequirements.



Other conditions can affect theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System 0 29.

Do not use remote start if thevehicle is low on fuel.

Starting the Engine Using RemoteStart

1. Press and release Q on theRKE transmitter.

2. Immediately press and hold /for at least four seconds or untilthe turn signal lamps flash. Theturn signal lamps flashingconfirms the request to remotestart the vehicle has beenreceived.

The parking lamps will turn onand remain on as long as theengine is running. Thevehicle's doors will be locked.

3. Turn the ignition on beforedriving.

The engine will shut off after10 minutes unless a timeextension is done or theignition is turned on.

Extending Engine Run Time

For a 10-minute extension, after30 seconds repeat Steps 1 and 2while the engine is still running. Theremote start can be extended once.

When the remote start is extended,the second 10 minutes will beadded.

For example, if the engine has beenrunning for 10 minutes, and10 minutes are added, the enginewill run for a total of 20 minutes.

A maximum of two remote starts ora start with an extension areallowed between ignition cycles.

The ignition must be turned on andthen back off to use remote startagain.

Canceling a Remote Start

To shut off the engine:

. Press and hold / until theparking lamps turn off.


. Turn the ignition on and then off.

Conditions in Which Remote StartWill Not Work

The remote vehicle start feature willnot operate if:

. A transmitter is in the vehicle.

. The hood is not closed.

. The hazard warning flashersare on.

. There is an emission controlsystem malfunction.

. The engine coolant temperatureis too high.

. The oil pressure is low.

. Two remote vehicle starts or astart with an extension havealready been used.

. The vehicle is not in P (Park).

Remote Start Ready

If the vehicle does not have theremote vehicle start feature, it mayhave the remote start ready feature.



This feature allows your dealer toadd the manufacturer's remotevehicle start feature. See yourdealer to add the manufacturer'sremote vehicle start feature to thevehicle.

Door Locks

{ Warning

Unlocked doors can bedangerous.

. Passengers, especiallychildren, can easily openthe doors and fall out of amoving vehicle. The doorscan be unlocked andopened while the vehicle ismoving. The chance ofbeing thrown out of thevehicle in a crash isincreased if the doors arenot locked. So, allpassengers should wearseat belts properly and the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

doors should be lockedwhenever the vehicle isdriven.

. Young children who get intounlocked vehicles may beunable to get out. A childcan be overcome byextreme heat and can sufferpermanent injuries or evendeath from heat stroke.Always lock the vehiclewhenever leaving it.

. Outsiders can easily enterthrough an unlocked doorwhen you slow down or stopthe vehicle. Locking thedoors can help prevent thisfrom happening.

To lock or unlock the door fromoutside the vehicle:

. Press Q or K on the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 29.

. Use the key in the driver door.The key cylinder is covered witha cap.

To lock or unlock the door frominside the vehicle:

. Press Q or K on the power doorlock switch.

. Push down on a door lock knobto lock a door.

. Pull the door handle once tounlock the door. Pull the handleagain to unlatch it.

Keyless Access



If equipped, the RKE transmittermust be within 1 m (3 ft) of theliftgate or door being opened. Pressthe button on the door handle toopen. See “Keyless AccessOperation” in Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 29.

Driver Door Key Lock CylinderAccess (In Case of DeadBattery)

To access the driver door key lockcylinder:

1. Pull the door handle (1) to theopen position and hold it openuntil cap removal is complete.

2. Insert the key into the slot (3)on the bottom of the cap (2)and lift the key upward.

3. Move the cap (2) rearward andremove.

4. Use the key in the cylinder.

To replace the cap:

1. Pull the door handle (1) to theopen position and hold it openuntil cap installation iscomplete.

2. Insert the two tabs (6) at theback of the cap between theseal (5) and the metal base (4).

3. Slide the cap forward andpress the forward edge toinstall the cap in place.

4. Release the door handle.



5. Check that the cap is secure.

Free-Turning Locks

The door key lock cylinder turnsfreely when either the wrong key isused, or the correct key is not fullyinserted. The free-turning door lockfeature prevents the lock from beingforced open. To reset the lock, turnit to the vertical position with thecorrect key fully inserted. Removethe key and insert it again. If thisdoes not reset the lock, turn the keyhalfway around in the cylinder andrepeat the reset procedure.

Power Door Locks

Q : Press to lock the doors.

K : Press to unlock the doors.

Delayed LockingThis feature delays the actuallocking of the doors untilfive seconds after all doors areclosed.

Delayed locking can only be turnedon when the Open DoorAnti-Lockout feature has beenturned off.

When Q is pressed on the powerdoor lock switch with the door open,a chime will sound three timesindicating that delayed locking isactive.

The doors will then lockautomatically five seconds after alldoors are closed. If a door isreopened before five seconds haveelapsed, the five-second timer willreset once all the doors are closedagain.

Press Q on the door lock switch

again, or press Q on the RKEtransmitter, to override this featureand lock the doors immediately.

Delayed locking can beprogrammed. See VehiclePersonalization 0 142.

Automatic Door LocksThe doors will lock automaticallywhen all doors are closed, theignition is on, and the vehicle isshifted out of P (Park).



If a vehicle door is unlocked andthen opened and closed, the doorswill lock either when your foot isremoved from the brake or thevehicle speed becomes faster than13 km/h (8 mph).

To unlock the doors:

. Press K on the power door lockswitch.

. Shift into P (Park).

Automatic door locking cannot bedisabled. Automatic door unlockingcan be programmed. See VehiclePersonalization 0 142.

Lockout ProtectionIf the ignition is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY and the power doorlock switch is pressed with thedriver door open, all the doors willlock and only the driver door willunlock.

If the vehicle is off and locking isrequested while a door is open,when all doors are closed thevehicle will check for RKEtransmitters inside. If an RKE

transmitter is detected and thenumber of RKE transmitters insidehas not reduced, the driver door willunlock and the horn will chirp threetimes.

Lockout Protection can be manuallyoverridden by pressing and holdingQ on the power door lock switch.

Open Door Anti-Lockout

If Open Door Anti-Lockout is turnedon and the vehicle is off, the driverdoor is open, and locking isrequested, all the doors will lock andthe driver door will remain open.Press the button again to lock thedriver door. The Open DoorAnti-Lockout feature can be turnedon or off. See VehiclePersonalization 0 142.

Safety LocksThe rear door safety locks preventpassengers from opening the reardoors from inside the vehicle.

Manual Safety Locks

If equipped, the safety lock is on theinside edge of the rear doors. Touse the safety lock:

1. Move the lever down to thelock position.

2. Close the door.

3. Do the same for the otherrear door.



To open a rear door when the safetylock is on:

1. Unlock the door by activatingthe inside handle, by pressingthe power door lock switch,or by using the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE)transmitter.

2. Open the door from theoutside.

When the safety lock is enabled,adults and older children will not beable to open the rear door from theinside. Cancel the safety locks toenable the doors to open from theinside.

To cancel the safety lock:

1. Unlock the door and open itfrom the outside.

2. Move the lever up to unlock.Do the same for the other door.

Doors

Liftgate

{ Warning

Exhaust gases can enter thevehicle if it is driven with theliftgate or trunk/hatch open,or with any objects that passthrough the seal between thebody and the trunk/hatch orliftgate. Engine exhaust containscarbon monoxide (CO) whichcannot be seen or smelled. It cancause unconsciousness and evendeath.

If the vehicle must be driven withthe liftgate or trunk/hatch open:

. Close all of the windows.

. Fully open the air outlets onor under the instrumentpanel.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to a setting thatbrings in only outside airand set the fan speed to thehighest setting. See“Climate Control Systems”in the Index.

. If the vehicle is equippedwith a power liftgate, disablethe power liftgate function.

See Engine Exhaust 0 196.

Caution

To avoid damage to the liftgate orliftgate glass, make sure the areaabove and behind the liftgate isclear before opening it.

Manual Liftgate

To unlock the liftgate, press K onthe power door lock switch orpress K on the Remote Keyless



Entry (RKE) transmitter twice withinfive seconds. See Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 29.

To open the liftgate, press the touchpad on the bottom of the liftgate andlift up.

Use the pull cup to lower and closethe liftgate. Do not press the touchpad while closing the liftgate. Thismay cause the liftgate to beunlatched.

Always close the liftgate beforedriving.

Power Liftgate Operation

{ Warning

You or others could be injured ifcaught in the path of the powerliftgate. Make sure there is no onein the way of the liftgate as it isopening and closing.

Caution

To avoid damage to the liftgate orliftgate glass, make sure the areaabove and behind the liftgate isclear before opening it.

If equipped with a power liftgate, theswitch is usually on the driver door.The switch can also be on theoverhead console. The vehicle mustbe in P (Park).

The modes are:

. MAX: Opens to maximumheight.

. 3/4: Opens to a reduced heightthat can be set from 3/4 to fullyopen. Use to prevent the liftgatefrom opening into overheadobstructions such as a garagedoor or roof-mounted cargo. Theliftgate can be manually openedall the way.


Keys, Doors, and Windows 43. OFF: Opens manually only.

To power open or close the liftgate,select MAX or 3/4 mode.

. Pressb twice quickly on theRKE transmitter until the liftgatemoves.

. Press8 on the driver door.The driver door must either beunlocked or locked without thesecurity armed.

. Press the touch pad on thebottom of the liftgate afterunlocking all doors. If equippedwith Keyless Access, the RKEtransmitter must be within1 m (3 ft).

. Pressl on the bottom of theliftgate next to the pull cup toclose.

Press any liftgate button or thetouch pad while the liftgate ismoving to stop it. Pressing againrestarts the operation in the reversedirection. The touch pad on theliftgate handle cannot be used toclose the liftgate.

Caution

Manually forcing the liftgate toopen or close during a powercycle can damage the vehicle.Allow the power cycle tocomplete.

The power liftgate may betemporarily disabled under extremelow temperatures, or after repeatedpower cycling over a short period oftime. If this occurs, the liftgate canstill be operated manually.

If the vehicle is shifted out ofP (Park) while the power function isin progress, the liftgate will continueto completion. If the vehicle isaccelerated before the liftgate hascompleted moving, the liftgate maystop or reverse direction. Make surethe liftgate is closed and latchedbefore driving.

Falling Liftgate Detection

If the power liftgate automaticallycloses after a power opening cycle,it indicates that the system is



reacting to excess weight on theliftgate or a possible support strutfailure. A repetitive chime will soundwhile the falling liftgate detectionfeature is operating. Remove anyexcess weight. If the liftgatecontinues to automatically closeafter opening, see your dealer forservice before using the powerliftgate.

Interfering with the power liftgatemotion or manually closing theliftgate too quickly after poweropening may resemble a supportstrut failure. This could also activatethe falling liftgate detection feature.Allow the liftgate to complete itsoperation and wait a few secondsbefore manually closing the liftgate.

Obstacle Detection Features

If the liftgate encounters an obstacleduring a power open or close cycle,the liftgate will automatically reversedirection and move a short distanceaway from the obstacle. Afterremoving the obstruction, the powerliftgate operation can be used again.If the liftgate encounters multiple

obstacles on the same power cycle,the power function will deactivate.After removing the obstructions,manually close the liftgate which willallow normal power operationfunctions to resume.

If the vehicle is locked while theliftgate is closing, and an obstacle isencountered that prevents theliftgate from completely closing, thehorn will sound as an alert that theliftgate did not close.

Pinch sensors are on the sideedges of the liftgate. If an object iscaught between the liftgate and thevehicle and presses against thissensor, the liftgate will reversedirection and open fully. The liftgatewill remain open until it is activatedagain or closed manually.

Setting the 3/4 Mode

To change the position the liftgatestops at when opening:

1. Select MAX or 3/4 mode andpower open the liftgate.

2. Stop the liftgate movement atthe desired height by pressingany liftgate switch. Manuallyadjust the liftgate position ifneeded.

3. Press and holdl next to thepull cup on the bottom of theliftgate until the turn signalsflash and a beep sounds. Thisindicates the setting has beenrecorded.

The liftgate cannot be set below aminimum programmable height.If there is no light flash or sound,then the height adjustment may betoo low.

Manual Operation of PowerLiftgate

Select OFF to manually operate theliftgate. See “Manual Liftgate” at thebeginning of this section.

Hands-Free Operation

The liftgate may be operated with akicking motion under the rearbumper between the left exhaustpipe and the license plate.



The liftgate will not operate if theRKE transmitter is not within1 m (3 ft).

The hands-free feature will not workwhile the liftgate is moving. To stopthe liftgate while in motion use oneof the liftgate switches.

The hands-free feature can becustomized. See VehiclePersonalization 0 142. Choose fromthe following:

On-Open and Close : The kickingmotion is activated to both open andclose the liftgate.

On-Open Only : The kicking motionis activated to only open the liftgate.

Off : The feature is disabled.

Length of Kick Zone Kick Motion

Caution

Attempting to move the liftgatetoo quickly and with excessiveforce may result in damage to thevehicle.

To operate, kick your foot straight upin one swift motion under the rearbumper between the left exhaustpipe and the license plate, then pullit back.



Caution

Splashing water may cause theliftgate to open. Keep the RKEtransmitter away from the rearbumper detection area or turn theliftgate mode to OFF whencleaning or working near the rearbumper to avoid accidentalopening.

. Do not sweep your foot sideto side.

. Do not keep your foot under thebumper; the liftgate will notactivate.

. Do not touch the liftgate until ithas stopped moving.

. This feature may be temporarilydisabled under some conditions.If the liftgate does not respond tothe kick, open or close theliftgate by another method orstart the vehicle. The feature willbe re-enabled.

When closing the liftgate using thisfeature, there will be a short delay.The taillamps will flash and a chimewill sound. Step away from theliftgate before it starts moving.

Vehicle SecurityThis vehicle has theft-deterrentfeatures; however, they do not makethe vehicle impossible to steal.

Vehicle Alarm SystemThis vehicle has an anti-theft alarmsystem.

The indicator light, on theinstrument panel near thewindshield, indicates the status ofthe system:

Off : Alarm system is disarmed.



On Solid : Vehicle is securedduring the delay to arm the system.

Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured.A door, the hood, or the liftgateis open.

Slow Flash : Alarm system isarmed.

Arming the Alarm System

1. Turn off the vehicle.

2. Lock the vehicle in one oftwo ways:

. Use the RKE transmitter.

. With a door open, press theinterior Q.

3. After 30 seconds the alarmsystem will arm, and theindicator light will begin toslowly flash indicating thealarm system is operating.Pressing Q on the RKEtransmitter a second time willbypass the 30-second delayand immediately arm the alarmsystem.

The vehicle alarm system will notarm if the doors are locked withthe key.

If the driver door is opened withoutfirst unlocking with the RKEtransmitter, the horn will chirp andthe lights will flash to indicatepre-alarm. If the vehicle is notstarted, or the door is not unlockedby pressing K on the RKEtransmitter during the 10-secondpre-alarm, the alarm will beactivated.

If a door, the hood, or the liftgate isopened without first disarming thesystem, the turn signals will flashand the horn will sound for about30 seconds. The alarm system willthen re-arm to monitor for the nextunauthorized event.

Disarming the Alarm System

To disarm the alarm system or turnoff the alarm if it has been activated:

. Press K on the RKE transmitter.

. Start the vehicle.

To avoid setting off the alarm byaccident:

. Lock the vehicle after alloccupants have left the vehicleand all doors are closed.

. Always unlock a door with theRKE transmitter.

Unlocking the driver door with thekey will not disarm the system orturn off the alarm.

How to Detect a TamperCondition

If K is pressed on the RKEtransmitter and the horn chirps andthe lights flash three times, an alarmoccurred previously while the alarmsystem was armed.

If the alarm has been activated, amessage will appear on the DriverInformation Center (DIC).

ImmobilizerSee Radio Frequency Statement0 379.



Immobilizer OperationThis vehicle has a passivetheft-deterrent system.

The system does not have to bemanually armed or disarmed.

The vehicle is automaticallyimmobilized when the transmitterleaves the vehicle.

The immobilization system isdisarmed when the ignition is turnedon or in ACC/ACCESSORY and avalid Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is in the vehicle.

The security light, in the instrumentcluster, comes on if there is aproblem with arming or disarmingthe theft-deterrent system.

The system has one or more RKEtransmitters matched to animmobilizer control unit in your

vehicle. Only a correctly matchedRKE transmitter will start thevehicle. If the transmitter is everdamaged, you may not be able tostart your vehicle.

When trying to start the vehicle, thesecurity light may come on brieflywhen the ignition is turned on.

If the engine does not start and thesecurity light stays on, there is aproblem with the system. Turn theignition off and try again.

If the ignition will not change fromoff to on or ACC/ACCESSORY, andthe RKE transmitter appears to beundamaged, try another transmitter.Or, you may try placing thetransmitter in the cupholder in thecenter console.

If the ignition mode will not changewith the other transmitter or with thetransmitter in the cupholder, yourvehicle needs service. If the ignitiondoes change modes, the firsttransmitter may be faulty. See yourdealer who can service the

theft-deterrent system and have anew RKE transmitter programmed tothe vehicle.

It is possible for the immobilizersystem to learn new or replacementRKE transmitters. Up to eighttransmitters can be programmed tothe vehicle. To program additionaltransmitters, see “ProgrammingTransmitters to the Vehicle” underRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 29.

Do not leave the transmitter ordevice that disarms or deactivatesthe theft-deterrent system in thevehicle.



Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors

{ Warning

A convex mirror can make things,like other vehicles, look fartheraway than they really are. If youcut too sharply into the right lane,you could hit a vehicle on theright. Check the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder beforechanging lanes.

The passenger side mirror is convexshaped. A convex mirror's surface iscurved so more can be seen fromthe driver seat.

Power Mirrors

To adjust the mirrors:

1. Pressj or| to choose thedriver or passenger mirror.

2. Press the arrows on the controlpad to move each mirror in thedesired direction.

Folding Mirrors

Manual Folding Mirrors

The mirrors can be folded inwardtoward the vehicle to preventdamage when going through an

automatic car wash. Push the mirroroutward to return it to the originalposition.

Memory Mirrors

The vehicle may have memorymirrors. See Memory Seats 0 60.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)

The vehicle may have LCA. SeeLane Change Alert (LCA) 0 232.

Heated MirrorsIf equipped, the heated outsidemirrors turn on when the rearwindow defogger is on and help toclear fog or frost from the surface ofthe mirrors.

K : This button is on the climatecontrol panel.

See “Rear Window Defogger” underDual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 162.



Automatic DimmingMirrorThe vehicle has an automaticdimming outside mirror on the driverside. The mirror will adjust for theglare of headlamps behind you.

Reverse Tilt MirrorsIf equipped with memory seats, thepassenger and/or driver mirror tiltsto a preselected position when thevehicle is in R (Reverse). Thisallows the curb to be seen whenparallel parking.

The mirror(s) return to the originalposition when:

. The vehicle is shifted out ofR (Reverse), or remains inR (Reverse) for about30 seconds.

. The ignition is turned off.

. The vehicle is driven inR (Reverse) above a set speed.

Interior Mirrors

Interior Rearview MirrorsAdjust the rearview mirror for a clearview of the area behind the vehicle.

Do not spray glass cleaner directlyon the mirror. Use a soft toweldampened with water.

Manual Rearview MirrorPush the tab forward for daytimeuse and pull it rearward fornighttime use to avoid glare of theheadlamps from behind.

Automatic DimmingRearview MirrorIf equipped, automatic dimmingreduces the glare of headlampsfrom behind. The dimming featurecomes on when the vehicle isstarted.

Windows

{ Warning

Never leave a child, a helplessadult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,especially with the windowsclosed in warm or hot weather.They can be overcome by theextreme heat and sufferpermanent injuries or even deathfrom heat stroke.



The vehicle aerodynamics aredesigned to improve fuel economyperformance. This may result in apulsing sound when either rearwindow is down and the frontwindows are up. To reduce thesound, open either a front windowor the sunroof, if equipped.

Power Windows

{ Warning

Children could be seriouslyinjured or killed if caught in thepath of a closing window. Neverleave the Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) transmitter in a vehicle withchildren. When there are childrenin the rear seat, use the windowlockout switch to preventoperation of the windows. SeeKeys 0 28.

The power windows work when theignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY,or in Retained Accessory Power(RAP). See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 192.

Using the window switch, press toopen or pull to close the window.

The windows may be temporarilydisabled if they are used repeatedlywithin a short time.

Window Lockout

This feature stops the rear doorpassenger window switches fromworking.

Press2 to engage the rearwindow lockout feature. Theindicator light is on when engaged.

Press2 again to disengage.

Window Express Movement

All windows can be opened withoutholding the window switch. Pressthe switch down fully and quicklyrelease to express open thewindow.



If equipped, pull the window switchup fully and quickly release toexpress close the window.

Briefly press or pull the windowswitch in the same direction to stopthat window’s express movement.

Window Automatic ReversalSystem

The express-close feature willreverse window movement if itcomes in contact with an object.Extreme cold or ice could cause thewindow to auto-reverse. Thewindow will operate normally afterthe object or condition is removed.

Automatic Reversal SystemOverride

{ Warning

If automatic reversal systemoverride is active, the window willnot reverse automatically. You orothers could be injured and thewindow could be damaged.Before using automatic reversal

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

system override, make sure thatall people and obstructions areclear of the window path.

When the engine is on, override theautomatic reversal system by pullingand holding the window switch ifconditions prevent it from closing.

Programming the PowerWindows

Programming may be necessary ifthe vehicle’s battery has beendisconnected or discharged. If thewindow will not express close,program each express-closewindow:

1. Close all doors.

2. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ACCESSORY.

3. Partially open the window to beprogrammed. Then close it andcontinue to pull the switchbriefly after the window hasfully closed.

4. Open the window and continueto press the switch briefly afterthe window has fully opened.

Remote Window Operation

If equipped, this feature allows allthe windows to be opened remotely.

If enabled in vehicle personalization,press and hold K on the RKEtransmitter. See VehiclePersonalization 0 142.

Sun Visors

Pull the sun visor down to blockglare. Detach the sun visor from thecenter mount to pivot to the sidewindow and, if equipped, extendalong the rod.



Roof

Sunroof

1. Sunroof Switch2. Sunshade Switch

If equipped, the sunroof onlyoperates when the ignition is on orin ACC/ACCESSORY, or whenRetained Accessory Power (RAP) isactive. See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 192.

Sunroof Switch

Express-Open/Express-Close : Toexpress-open the sunroof, fullypress and releasee (1). Pressthe switch again to stop it. Toexpress-close the sunroof, fullypress and releaseg (1). Pressthe switch again to stop it.

Open/Close (Manual Mode) : Toopen the sunroof, press and holde (1) until the sunroof reachesthe desired position. Press and holdg (1) to close it.

Comfort Stop : The sunroof has acomfort stop feature that stops thesunroof from opening fully. Pressand release the rear ofg to openthe sunroof to the comfort openposition. Pressing the rear ofgagain will open the sunroof fully.If the sunshade is not fully openwhen the comfort stop feature ispressed the second time, thesunshade will open fully.

Vent : From the closed position,presse (1) to vent the sunroof.

Sunshade Switch

Express-open/Express-close : Toexpress-open the sunshade, fullypress and releaser (2). Toexpress-close the sunshade, fullypress and releases (2) . Pressthe switch again to stop it.

Open/Close : To open thesunshade, press and holdr (2)until the sunshade reaches thedesired position.

When the sunroof is opened, an airdeflector will automatically raise.The air deflector will retract whenthe sunroof is closed.

Automatic Reversal System

The sunroof has an automaticreversal system that is only activewhen the sunroof is operated inexpress-close mode.

If an object is in the path whileexpress closing, the reversal systemwill detect an object, stop, and openthe sunroof again.



If frost or other conditions preventclosing, override the feature byclosing the sunroof in manualmode. To stop movement, releasethe switch.

Dirt and debris may collect on thesunroof seal or in the track. Thiscould cause issues with sunroofoperation and noise. It could alsoplug the water drainage system.Periodically open the sunroof andremove any obstacles or loosedebris. Wipe the sunroof seal androof sealing area using a cleancloth, mild soap, and water. Do notremove grease from the sunroof.

If water is seen dripping into thewater drainage system, this isnormal.


Seats and Restraints 55

Seats andRestraints

Head RestraintsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Front SeatsSeat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 58Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 59Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Heated and Ventilated Front

Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63Folding Seatback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Rear SeatsRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65Heated Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Seat BeltsSeat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69How to Wear Seat Belts

Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71Seat Belt Use During

Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74Seat Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 75

Seat Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Replacing Seat Belt System

Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Airbag SystemAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 78When Should an Airbag

Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79What Makes an Airbag

Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80How Does an Airbag

Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80What Will You See after an

Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81Passenger Sensing System . . . 82Servicing the Airbag-Equipped

Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86Adding Equipment to the

Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 86Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 87Replacing Airbag System Parts

after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

Child RestraintsOlder Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88Infants and Young Children . . . . 90Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 92Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 94Lower Anchors and Tethers for

Children (LATCH System) . . . . 95

Replacing LATCH SystemParts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 100

Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in theRear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in theFront Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103


56 Seats and Restraints

Head RestraintsThe vehicle’s front seats haveadjustable head restraints in theoutboard seating positions.

{ Warning

With head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly,there is a greater chance thatoccupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do notdrive until the head restraints forall occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

If your vehicle has rear headrestraints that fold down, alwaysreturn them to the full uprightposition whenever an occupant isseated in the seat.

Adjust the head restraint so that thetop of the restraint is at the sameheight as the top of the occupant'shead. This position reduces thechance of a neck injury in a crash.

Front Seats

The vehicle's front seats haveadjustable head restraints in theoutboard seating positions.

The height of the head restraint canbe adjusted.

To raise or lower the head restraint,press the button located on the sideof the head restraint and pull up orpush the head restraint down, andrelease the button. Pull and push onthe head restraint after the button isreleased to make sure that it islocked in place.

The front seat outboard headrestraints are not removable.



Rear Seats

Adjusting the Rear Head Restraint

The vehicle's rear seats haveadjustable head restraints in theoutboard seating positions.

The height of the head restraint canbe adjusted. Pull the head restraintup to raise it. Try to move the headrestraint to make sure that it islocked in place.

To lower the head restraint, pressthe button, located on the top of theseatback, and push the headrestraint down. Try to move the

head restraint after the button isreleased to make sure that it islocked in place.

Folding the Rear Head Restraint

The head restraint can be foldedrearward to allow for better visibilitywhen the rear seat is unoccupied.

To fold the head restraint, press thebutton on the side of the headrestraint.

The head restraint will fold rearwardautomatically.

When an occupant or child restraintis in the seat, always return thehead restraint to the full uprightposition. Pull the head restraint upand forward until it locks into place.Push and pull on the head restraintto make sure that it is locked.

Always adjust the head restraint sothat the top of the restraint is at thesame height as the top of theoccupant's head.

Rear outboard head restraints arenot removable.



Front Seats

Seat Adjustment

{ Warning

You can lose control of thevehicle if you try to adjust a driverseat while the vehicle is moving.Adjust the driver seat only whenthe vehicle is not moving.

To adjust the seat position:

1. Pull the handle at the front ofthe seat cushion to unlock it.

2. Move the seat forward orrearward and release thehandle.

3. Try to move the seat back andforth to be sure it is locked inplace.

Seat Height Adjuster

Move the lever up or down to raiseor lower the seat.

Power Seat Adjustment

To adjust a power seat, if equipped:

. Move the seat forward orrearward by sliding the controlforward or rearward.

. Raise or lower the front part ofthe seat cushion by moving thefront of the control up or down.

. Raise or lower the entire seat bymoving the rear of the control upor down.

To adjust the seatback, seeReclining Seatbacks 0 59.



Lumbar Adjustment

If equipped, press and hold the frontor rear of the control to increase ordecrease lumbar support.

Reclining Seatbacks

{ Warning

Sitting in a reclined position whenthe vehicle is in motion can bedangerous. Even when buckledup, the seat belts cannot dotheir job.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

The shoulder belt will not beagainst your body. Instead, it willbe in front of you. In a crash, youcould go into it, receiving neck orother injuries.

The lap belt could go up overyour abdomen. The belt forceswould be there, not at your pelvicbones. This could cause seriousinternal injuries.

For proper protection when thevehicle is in motion, have theseatback upright. Then sit wellback in the seat and wear theseat belt properly.

Do not have a seatback reclined ifthe vehicle is moving.

Manual Reclining Seatbacks

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.



To recline a manual seatback:

1. Lift the lever.

2. Move the seatback to thedesired position, and thenrelease the lever to lock theseatback in place.


To return the seatback to the uprightposition:

1. Lift the lever fully withoutapplying pressure to theseatback, and the seatback willreturn to the upright position.


Power Reclining Seatbacks

To adjust a power seatback,if available:

. Tilt the top of the controlrearward to recline.

. Tilt the top of the control forwardto raise.

Memory Seats

If equipped, memory seats allow twodrivers to store and recall theirunique seat positions for driving thevehicle, and a shared exit positionfor getting out of the vehicle. Otherfeature positions may also be set,such as power mirrors, if equipped.Memory positions are linked to RKEtransmitter 1 or 2 for automaticmemory recalls.

Before storing, adjust all availablememory feature positions. Turn theignition on and then press andrelease SET; a beep will sound.Then immediately press and hold 1,



2, orB (Exit) on the driver dooruntil two beeps sound. To manuallyrecall these positions, press andhold 1, 2, orB until the savedposition is reached.

The vehicle identifies the currentdriver’s RKE transmitter number (1–8). See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 29. OnlyRKE transmitters 1 and 2 can beused for automatic memory recalls.A Driver Information Center (DIC)welcome message indicating thetransmitter number may display forthe first few ignition cycles followinga transmitter change. For AutoMemory Recall to work properly,save the positions to the memorybutton (1 or 2) matching the RKEtransmitter number displayed in theDIC welcome message. Carry thelinked RKE transmitter whenentering the vehicle.

Vehicle Personalization Settings

. To have the Auto Memory Recallmovement begin when thevehicle is started, select theSettings menu, then Vehicle,

then Comfort and Convenience,and then Auto Memory Recall.Select On or Off. See “AutoMemory Recall” later in thissection.

. To begin Easy Exit Recallmovement when the ignition isturned off and the driver door isopened, or when the ignition isturned off with the driver dooralready opened, select theSettings menu, then Vehicle,then Comfort and Convenience,and then Easy Exit Options.Select On or Off. See “Easy ExitRecall” later in this section.

. See Vehicle Personalization0 142 for additional settinginformation.

Identifying Driver Number

To identify the driver number:

1. Start the vehicle with the otherkey or RKE transmitter. TheDIC should display the drivernumber; 1 or 2. Turn theignition off and remove the keyor RKE transmitter from thevehicle.

2. Start the vehicle with the initialkey or RKE transmitter. TheDIC should display the otherdriver number not shown instep 1.

Saving Memory Positions

Read these instructions completelybefore saving memory positions.

To save preferred driving positions1 and 2:


A DIC welcome message maybe displayed indicating number1 or 2 for memory recalls.

2. Adjust all available memoryfeatures to the desired drivingposition.

3. Press and release SET; a beepwill sound.

4. Immediately press and hold the1 or 2 memory button matchingthe above DIC welcomemessage until two beepssound.



If too much time passesbetween releasing SET andpressing 1, the memoryposition will not be saved andtwo beeps will not sound.Repeat Steps 3 and 4.

1 or 2 corresponds to the drivernumber. See “Identifying DriverNumber” in this section.

5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for a seconddriver using 1 or 2.

To save the position forB andeasy exit features, repeat Steps 1–4usingB. This stores the positionfor getting out of the vehicle.

Save preferred memory featurepositions to both 1 and 2 if you arethe only driver.

Manually Recalling MemoryPositions

Press and hold 1, 2, orB to recallthe previously stored memorypositions.

To stop manual recall movement,release 1, 2, orB. Recall can alsobe stopped by pressing a power

seat, SET, or power mirror control,if memory equipped. The driver orpassenger side mirror must beselected.

Auto Memory Recall

The vehicle identifies the number ofthe current driver’s RKE transmitter(1–8). See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 29. If theRKE transmitter is 1 or 2, and AutoMemory Recall is programmed on invehicle personalization, thepositions saved to the samememory button number 1 or 2 areautomatically recalled when theignition is turned on, or turned fromoff to ACC/ACCESSORY. RKEtransmitters 3–8 will not provideautomatic memory recalls.

To turn Auto Memory Recall on oroff, see "Vehicle PersonalizationSettings" previously in this sectionand Vehicle Personalization 0 142.

The transmission must be inP (Park) to initiate Auto MemoryRecall. Auto Memory Recall will

complete if the vehicle is shifted outof P (Park) prior to reaching thestored memory position.

To stop Auto Memory Recallmovement, turn the ignition off orpress any of the following memorycontrols:

. Power seat

. Memory SET, 1, 2, orB

. Power mirror, with the driver orpassenger side mirror selected

If the stored memory seat positiondoes not automatically recall orrecalls to the wrong positions, thedriver’s RKE transmitter number (1or 2) may not match the memorybutton number that positions weresaved to. Try storing the position tothe other memory button or try theother RKE transmitter.

Easy Exit Recall

Easy Exit Recall is not linked to anRKE transmitter. The position storedtoB is used for all drivers. To turnEasy Exit Recall on or off, see



"Vehicle Personalization Settings"previously in this section andVehicle Personalization 0 142.

If turned on, the position saved toB is automatically recalled whenone of the following occurs:

. The vehicle is turned off and thedriver door is opened within ashort time.

. The vehicle is turned off with thedriver door open.

To stop Easy Exit Recall movement,press any of the following memorycontrols:

. Power seat

. Memory SET, 1, 2, orB

. Power mirror, with the driver orpassenger side mirror selected

Obstructions

If something has blocked the driverseat while recalling a memoryposition, the recall may stop.Remove the obstruction and try therecall again. If the memory positionstill does not recall, see your dealerfor service.

Heated and VentilatedFront Seats

{ Warning

If temperature change or pain tothe skin cannot be felt, the seatheater may cause burns. Toreduce the risk of burns, use carewhen using the seat heater,especially for long periods oftime. Do not place anything onthe seat that insulates againstheat, such as a blanket, cushion,cover, or similar item. This maycause the seat heater tooverheat. An overheated seatheater may cause a burn or maydamage the seat.

If equipped, the buttons are on thecenter console. To operate, theengine must be running.

PressI or+, if equipped, to heatthe driver or passengerseatback only.

Press J or z to heat the driver orpassenger cushion and seatback.

Press C or {, if equipped, toventilate the driver or passengerseat. A ventilated seat has a fanthat pulls or pushes air through theseat. The air is not cooled.



Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the seat will change tothe next lower setting, and then tothe off setting. The indicator lightsnext to the buttons indicate three forthe highest setting and one for thelowest.

Remote Start Heated andVentilated Seats

During a remote start, the heated orventilated seats, if equipped, can beturned on automatically. When it iscold outside, the heated seats turnon, and when it is hot outside theventilated seats turn on. The heatedor ventilated seats are canceledwhen the ignition is turned on. Pressthe heated or ventilated seat buttonto use the heated or ventilated seatsafter the vehicle is started.

The heated or ventilated seatindicator lights do not turn on duringa remote start.

The temperature performance of anunoccupied seat may be reduced.This is normal.

The remote start heated orventilated seats may be enabled ordisabled in the vehiclepersonalization menu.See Remote Vehicle Start 0 35 andVehicle Personalization 0 142.

Folding SeatbackThe front passenger seatbackfolds flat.

{ Warning

If you fold the seatback forward tocarry longer objects, such as skis,be sure any such cargo is notnear an airbag. In a crash, aninflating airbag might force thatobject toward a person. Thiscould cause severe injury or evendeath. Secure objects away fromthe area in which an airbag wouldinflate. For more information, seeWhere Are the Airbags? 0 78 andVehicle Load Limits 0 181.

{ Warning

Things you put on this seatbackcan strike and injure people in asudden stop or turn, or in a crash.Remove or secure all itemsbefore driving.

To fold the seatback:

1. Lower the head restraint all theway. See Head Restraints0 56.

2. Move the seat as far back aspossible. See Seat Adjustment0 58.



3. Lift the lever fully and fold theseatback forward.

If necessary, move the seatbelt out of the way to accessthe lever.

4. Continue lowering the seatbackuntil it is completely folded andlocks in place.

To raise the seatback:

1. Lift the lever fully to unlock theseatback. Then, raise theseatback and push it rearwarduntil it re-engages.

2. Push and pull on the seatbackto make sure it is locked inplace.

{ Warning


Rear SeatsRear Seat Reminder

If equipped, the message REARSEAT REMINDER LOOK IN REARSEAT displays under certainconditions indicating there may bean item or passenger in the rearseat. Check before exiting thevehicle.

This feature will activate when asecond row door is opened whilethe vehicle is on or up to 10 minutesbefore the vehicle is turned on.There will be an alert when thevehicle is turned off. The alert doesnot directly detect objects in the rearseat; instead, under certainconditions, it detects when a reardoor is opened and closed,indicating that there may besomething in the rear seat.

The feature is active only once eachtime the vehicle is turned on and off,and will require reactivation byopening and closing the second rowdoors. There may be an alert evenwhen there is nothing in the rearseat; for example, if a child entered



the vehicle through the rear doorand left the vehicle without thevehicle being shut off.

The feature can be turned on or off.See Vehicle Personalization 0 142.

Reclining the Seatback

To recline the seatback:

1. Pull the reclining seatbackhandle.

2. Move the seatback to thedesired position, and thenrelease the handle to lock theseatback in place.


Folding the Seatback

Either side of the seatback can befolded for more cargo space. Fold aseatback only when the vehicle isnot moving.

Caution

Folding a rear seat with the seatbelts still fastened may causedamage to the seat or the seatbelts. Always unbuckle the seatbelts and return them to theirnormal stowed position beforefolding a rear seat.

To fold the seatback:

1. Fold the head restraint. SeeHead Restraints 0 56.

2. Pull the handle on top of theseatback to unlock it.

A tab near the seatback leverraises when the seatback isunlocked.

3. Fold the seatback forward.



4. Stow the seat belt in the beltstowage clip.

Repeat the steps to fold theother seatback, if desired.

If equipped, the rear seatbacks canalso be folded forward by pulling thelevers on the passenger side of therear cargo area.

Raising the Seatback

{ Warning


{ Warning

A seat belt that is improperlyrouted, not properly attached,or twisted will not provide theprotection needed in a crash. Theperson wearing the belt could beseriously injured. After raising therear seatback, always check to besure that the seat belts areproperly routed and attached, andare not twisted.

To raise a seatback:



1. Ensure the seat belt is in thebelt stowage clip.

2. Lift the seatback up and push itrearward to lock it in place.

A tab near the seatback leverretracts when the seatback islocked in place.

3. Return the head restraint to theupright position. See HeadRestraints 0 56.

4. Push and pull the top of theseatback to be sure it is lockedinto position.

5. Repeat the steps to raise theother seatback, if necessary.

When the seat is not in use, itshould be kept in the upright, lockedposition.

Heated Rear Seats

{ Warning

If temperature change or pain tothe skin cannot be felt, the seatheater may cause burns. Toreduce the risk of burns, use carewhen using the seat heater,especially for long periods oftime. Do not place anything onthe seat that insulates againstheat, such as a blanket, cushion,cover, or similar item. This maycause the seat heater tooverheat. An overheated seatheater may cause a burn or maydamage the seat.

If equipped, the rear heated seatbuttons are on the rear of the centerconsole.

Press z to heat the left or rightoutboard seat cushion andseatback.

Press+ to heat the left or rightoutboard seatback only.

Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the heated seat willchange to the next lower setting,and then to the off setting. Thelights indicate three for the highestsetting and one for the lowest.



Seat BeltsThis section describes how to useseat belts properly, and some thingsnot to do.

{ Warning

Do not let anyone ride where aseat belt cannot be worn properly.In a crash, if you or yourpassenger(s) are not wearingseat belts, injuries can be muchworse than if you are wearingseat belts. You can be seriouslyinjured or killed by hitting thingsinside the vehicle harder or bybeing ejected from the vehicle. Inaddition, anyone who is notbuckled up can strike otherpassengers in the vehicle.

It is extremely dangerous to ridein a cargo area, inside or outsideof a vehicle. In a collision,passengers riding in these areasare more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed. Do not allow

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

passengers to ride in any area ofthe vehicle that is not equippedwith seats and seat belts.

Always wear a seat belt, andcheck that all passenger(s) arerestrained properly too.

This vehicle has indicators as areminder to buckle the seat belts.See Seat Belt Reminders 0 125.

Why Seat Belts Work

When riding in a vehicle, you travelas fast as the vehicle does. If thevehicle stops suddenly, you keepgoing until something stops you.It could be the windshield, theinstrument panel, or the seat belts!

When you wear a seat belt, you andthe vehicle slow down together.There is more time to stop becauseyou stop over a longer distance and,when worn properly, your strongestbones take the forces from the seatbelts. That is why wearing seat beltsmakes such good sense.

Questions and Answers AboutSeat Belts

Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicleafter a crash if I am wearing aseat belt?

A: You could be — whether you arewearing a seat belt or not. Yourchance of being consciousduring and after a crash, so youcan unbuckle and get out, ismuch greater if you are belted.



Q: If my vehicle has airbags, whyshould I have to wear seatbelts?

A: Airbags are supplementalsystems only. They work withseat belts — not instead of them.Whether or not an airbag isprovided, all occupants still haveto buckle up to get the mostprotection.

Also, in nearly all states and inall Canadian provinces, the lawrequires wearing seat belts.

How to Wear Seat BeltsProperlyThis section is only for people ofadult size.

There are special things to knowabout seat belts and children, andthere are different rules for smallerchildren and infants. If a child will beriding in the vehicle, see OlderChildren 0 88 or Infants and YoungChildren 0 90. Follow those rules foreveryone's protection.

It is very important for all occupantsto buckle up. Statistics show thatunbelted people are hurt more oftenin crashes than those who arewearing seat belts.

There are important things to knowabout wearing a seat belt properly.

. Sit up straight and always keepyour feet on the floor in frontof you.

. Always use the correct bucklefor your seating position.

. Wear the lap part of the belt lowand snug on the hips, justtouching the thighs. In a crash,

this applies force to the strongpelvic bones and you would beless likely to slide under the lapbelt. If you slid under it, the beltwould apply force on yourabdomen. This could causeserious or even fatal injuries.

. Wear the shoulder belt over theshoulder and across the chest.These parts of the body are bestable to take belt restrainingforces. The shoulder belt locks ifthere is a sudden stop or crash.

{ Warning

You can be seriously injured,or even killed, by not wearingyour seat belt properly.

. Never allow the lap orshoulder belt to becomeloose or twisted.

. Never wear the shoulderbelt under both arms orbehind your back.

. Never route the lap orshoulder belt over anarmrest.



Lap-Shoulder BeltAll seating positions in the vehiclehave a lap-shoulder belt.

The following instructions explainhow to wear a lap-shoulder beltproperly.

1. Adjust the seat, if the seat isadjustable, so you can sit upstraight. To see how, see“Seats” in the Index.

2. Pick up the latch plate and pullthe belt across you. Do not letit get twisted.

The lap-shoulder belt may lockif you pull the belt across youvery quickly. If this happens, letthe belt go back slightly tounlock it. Then pull the beltacross you more slowly.

If the shoulder portion of apassenger belt is pulled out allthe way, the child restraintlocking feature may beengaged. If this happens, letthe belt go back all the wayand start again.

Engaging the child restraintlocking feature in the frontoutboard seating position mayaffect the passenger sensingsystem. See PassengerSensing System 0 82.

If the webbing locks in the latchplate before it reaches thebuckle, tilt the latch plate flat tounlock.



3. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.

Pull up on the latch plate tomake sure it is secure. If thebelt is not long enough, seeSeat Belt Extender 0 74.

Position the release button onthe buckle so that the seat beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.

4. To make the lap part tight, pullup on the shoulder belt.

To unlatch the belt, push the buttonon the buckle. The belt shouldreturn to its stowed position.

Always stow the seat belt slowly.If the seat belt webbing returnsquickly to the stowed position, theretractor may lock and cannot bepulled out. If this happens, pull theseat belt straight out firmly to unlockthe webbing, and then release it.If the webbing is still locked in theretractor, see your dealer.

Before a door is closed, be sure theseat belt is out of the way. If a dooris slammed against a seat belt,damage can occur to both the seatbelt and the vehicle.

Seat Belt Pretensioners

This vehicle has seat beltpretensioners for front outboardoccupants. Although the seat beltpretensioners cannot be seen, theyare part of the seat belt assembly.They can help tighten the seat beltsduring the early stages of amoderate to severe frontal, nearfrontal, or rear crash if the thresholdconditions for pretensioneractivation are met. Seat beltpretensioners can also help tightenthe seat belts in a side crash or arollover event.

Pretensioners work only once. If thepretensioners activate in a crash,the pretensioners and probablyother parts of the vehicle’s seat beltsystem will need to be replaced.See Replacing Seat Belt SystemParts after a Crash 0 75.

Do not sit on the outboard seat beltwhile entering or exiting the vehicle,or at any time while sitting in theseat. Sitting on the seat belt candamage the webbing and hardware.



Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides

{ Warning

A seat belt that is not properlyworn may not provide theprotection needed in a crash. Theperson wearing the belt could beseriously injured. The shoulderbelt should go over the shoulderand across the chest. These partsof the body are best able to takebelt restraining forces.

Rear seat belt comfort guides mayprovide added seat belt comfort forolder children who have outgrownbooster seats and for some adults.When installed on a shoulder belt,the comfort guide positions theshoulder belt away from the neckand head.

This vehicle will have rear seat beltcomfort guides in the rear outboardseating positions.

To install:

1. Remove the guide from itsstorage pocket on the side ofthe seatback.

2. Place the guide over the belt,and insert the two edges of thebelt into the slots of the guide.



3. Be sure that the belt is nottwisted and it lies flat. Theelastic cord must be behind thebelt with the plastic guide onthe front.

4. Buckle, position, and releasethe seat belt as describedpreviously in this section. Makesure the shoulder belt crossesthe shoulder. The belt shouldbe close to, but not contacting,the neck.

To remove and store the comfortguide, squeeze the belt edgestogether so that the seat belt can be

removed from the guide. Slide theguide back into its storage pocketon the side of the seatback.

Seat Belt Use DuringPregnancySeat belts work for everyone,including pregnant women. Like alloccupants, they are more likely tobe seriously injured if they do notwear seat belts.

A pregnant woman should wear alap-shoulder belt, and the lapportion should be worn as low aspossible, below the rounding,throughout the pregnancy.

The best way to protect the fetus isto protect the mother. When a seatbelt is worn properly, it is more likelythat the fetus will not be hurt in acrash. For pregnant women, as foranyone, the key to making seatbelts effective is wearing themproperly.

Seat Belt ExtenderIf the vehicle's seat belt will fastenaround you, you should use it.

But if a seat belt is not long enough,your dealer will order you anextender. When you go in to order it,take the heaviest coat you will wear,so the extender will be long enoughfor you. To help avoid personalinjury, do not let someone else useit, and use it only for the seat it ismade to fit. The extender has beendesigned for adults. Never use it forsecuring child restraints. For more



information on the proper use and fitof seat belt extenders see theinstruction sheet that comes withthe extender.

Safety System CheckPeriodically check the seat beltreminder, seat belts, buckles, latchplates, retractors, shoulder beltheight adjusters (if equipped), andseat belt anchorages to make surethey are all in working order. Lookfor any other loose or damaged seatbelt system parts that might keep aseat belt system from performingproperly. See your dealer to have itrepaired. Torn or frayed seat beltsmay not protect you in a crash.They can rip apart under impactforces. If a belt is torn or frayed,have it replaced immediately.

Make sure the seat belt reminderlight is working. See Seat BeltReminders 0 125.

Keep seat belts clean and dry. SeeSeat Belt Care 0 75.

Seat Belt CareKeep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye seat beltwebbing. It may severely weakenthe webbing. In a crash, theymight not be able to provideadequate protection. Clean andrinse seat belt webbing only withmild soap and lukewarm water.Allow the webbing to dry.

Seat belts should be properly caredfor and maintained.

Seat belt hardware should be keptdry and free of dust or debris. Asnecessary exterior hard surfacesand seat belt webbing may be lightlycleaned with mild soap and water.Ensure there is not excessive dustor debris in the mechanism. If dustor debris exists in the system pleasesee the dealer. Parts may need tobe replaced to ensure properfunctionality of the system.

Replacing Seat BeltSystem Parts after aCrash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the seat beltsystem in the vehicle. A damagedseat belt system may not properlyprotect the person using it,resulting in serious injury or evendeath in a crash. To help makesure the seat belt systems areworking properly after a crash,have them inspected and anynecessary replacements made assoon as possible.

After a minor crash, replacement ofseat belts may not be necessary.But the seat belt assemblies thatwere used during any crash mayhave been stressed or damaged.See your dealer to have the seatbelt assemblies inspected orreplaced.



New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the seat beltsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Have the seat belt pretensionerschecked if the vehicle has been in acrash, or if the airbag readiness lightstays on after you start the vehicleor while you are driving. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 126.

Airbag SystemThe vehicle has the followingairbags:

. A frontal airbag for the driver

. A frontal airbag for the frontoutboard passenger

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the driver

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the front outboardpassenger

. A roof-rail airbag for the driverand the passenger seateddirectly behind the driver

. A roof-rail airbag for the frontoutboard passenger and thepassenger seated directlybehind the front outboardpassenger

All vehicle airbags have the wordAIRBAG on the trim or on a labelnear the deployment opening.

For frontal airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the center of thesteering wheel for the driver and onthe instrument panel for the frontoutboard passenger.

For seat-mounted side impactairbags, the word AIRBAG is on theside of the seat closest to the door.

For roof-rail airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.

Airbags are designed to supplementthe protection provided by seatbelts. Even though today's airbagsare also designed to help reducethe risk of injury from the force of aninflating bag, all airbags must inflatevery quickly to do their job.

Here are the most important thingsto know about the airbag system:

{ Warning

You can be severely injured orkilled in a crash if you are notwearing your seat belt, even withairbags. Airbags are designed to

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

work with seat belts, not replacethem. Also, airbags are notdesigned to inflate in every crash.In some crashes seat belts arethe only restraint. See WhenShould an Airbag Inflate? 0 79.

Wearing your seat belt during acrash helps reduce your chanceof hitting things inside the vehicleor being ejected from it. Airbagsare “supplemental restraints” tothe seat belts. Everyone in thevehicle should wear a seat beltproperly, whether or not there isan airbag for that person.

{ Warning

Because airbags inflate with greatforce and faster than the blink ofan eye, anyone who is upagainst, or very close to, anyairbag when it inflates can be

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

seriously injured or killed. Do notsit unnecessarily close to anyairbag, as you would be if sittingon the edge of the seat or leaningforward. Seat belts help keep youin position before and during acrash. Always wear a seat belt,even with airbags. The drivershould sit as far back as possiblewhile still maintaining control ofthe vehicle. The seat belts andthe front outboard passengerairbags are most effective whenyou are sitting well back andupright in the seat with both feeton the floor.

Occupants should not lean on orsleep against the door or sidewindows in seating positions withseat-mounted side impact airbagsand/or roof-rail airbags.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Always secure childrenproperly in the vehicle. To readhow, see Older Children 0 88 orInfants and Young Children 0 90.

There is an airbag readiness lighton the instrument cluster, whichshows the airbag symbol.

The system checks the airbagelectrical system for malfunctions.The light tells you if there is anelectrical problem. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 126.



Where Are the Airbags?

The driver frontal airbag is in thecenter of the steering wheel.

The front outboard passengerfrontal airbag is in the passengerside instrument panel.

Driver Side Shown, PassengerSide Similar

The driver and front outboardpassenger seat-mounted sideimpact airbags are in the side of theseatbacks closest to the door.



Driver Side Shown, PassengerSide Similar

The roof-rail airbags for the driver,front outboard passenger, andsecond row outboard passengersare in the ceiling above the sidewindows.

{ Warning

If something is between anoccupant and an airbag, theairbag might not inflate properlyor it might force the object intothat person causing severe injury

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

or even death. The path of aninflating airbag must be keptclear. Do not put anythingbetween an occupant and anairbag, and do not attach or putanything on the steering wheelhub or on or near any otherairbag covering.

Do not use seat accessories thatblock the inflation path of aseat-mounted side impact airbag.

Never secure anything to the roofof a vehicle with roof-rail airbagsby routing a rope or tie‐downthrough any door or windowopening. If you do, the path of aninflating roof-rail airbag will beblocked.

When Should an AirbagInflate?This vehicle is equipped withairbags. See Airbag System 0 76.Airbags are designed to inflate if the

impact exceeds the specific airbagsystem's deployment threshold.Deployment thresholds are used topredict how severe a crash is likelyto be in time for the airbags toinflate and help restrain theoccupants. The vehicle haselectronic sensors that help theairbag system determine theseverity of the impact. Deploymentthresholds can vary with specificvehicle design.

Frontal airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe frontalor near frontal crashes to helpreduce the potential for severeinjuries, mainly to the driver's orfront outboard passenger's headand chest.

Whether the frontal airbags will orshould inflate is not based primarilyon how fast the vehicle is traveling.It depends on what is hit, thedirection of the impact, and howquickly the vehicle slows down.

Frontal airbags may inflate atdifferent crash speeds depending onwhether the vehicle hits an objectstraight on or at an angle, and



whether the object is fixed ormoving, rigid or deformable, narrowor wide.

Frontal airbags are not intended toinflate during vehicle rollovers, rearimpacts, or many side impacts.

In addition, the vehicle hasadvanced technology frontalairbags. Advanced technologyfrontal airbags adjust the restraintaccording to crash severity.

Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare designed to inflate in moderateto severe side crashes dependingon the location of the impact.Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare not designed to inflate in frontalimpacts, near frontal impacts,rollovers, or rear impacts.A seat-mounted side impact airbagis designed to inflate on the side ofthe vehicle that is struck.

Roof-rail airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe sidecrashes depending on the locationof the impact. In addition, theseroof-rail airbags are designed toinflate during a rollover or in a

severe frontal impact. Roof-railairbags are not designed to inflate inrear impacts. Both roof-rail airbagswill inflate when either side of thevehicle is struck or if the sensingsystem predicts that the vehicle isabout to roll over on its side, or in asevere frontal impact.

In any particular crash, no one cansay whether an airbag should haveinflated simply because of thevehicle damage or repair costs.

What Makes an AirbagInflate?In a deployment event, the sensingsystem sends an electrical signaltriggering a release of gas from theinflator. Gas from the inflator fills theairbag causing the bag to break outof the cover. The inflator, the airbag,and related hardware are all part ofthe airbag module.

For airbag locations, see Where Arethe Airbags? 0 78.

How Does an AirbagRestrain?In moderate to severe frontal ornear frontal collisions, even beltedoccupants can contact the steeringwheel or the instrument panel. Inmoderate to severe side collisions,even belted occupants can contactthe inside of the vehicle.

Airbags supplement the protectionprovided by seat belts bydistributing the force of the impactmore evenly over theoccupant's body.

Rollover capable roof-rail airbagsare designed to help contain thehead and chest of occupants in theoutboard seating positions in thefirst and second rows. The rollovercapable roof-rail airbags aredesigned to help reduce the risk offull or partial ejection in rolloverevents, although no system canprevent all such ejections.



But airbags would not help in manytypes of collisions, primarilybecause the occupant's motion isnot toward those airbags. See WhenShould an Airbag Inflate? 0 79.

Airbags should never be regardedas anything more than a supplementto seat belts.

What Will You See afteran Airbag Inflates?After frontal and seat-mounted sideimpact airbags inflate, they quicklydeflate, so quickly that some peoplemay not even realize the airbagsinflated. Roof-rail airbags may stillbe at least partially inflated for sometime after they inflate. Somecomponents of the airbag modulemay be hot for several minutes. Forlocation of the airbags, see WhereAre the Airbags? 0 78.

The parts of the airbag that comeinto contact with you may be warm,but not too hot to touch. There maybe some smoke and dust comingfrom the vents in the deflatedairbags. Airbag inflation does not

prevent the driver from seeing out ofthe windshield or being able to steerthe vehicle, nor does it preventpeople from leaving the vehicle.

{ Warning

When an airbag inflates, theremay be dust in the air. This dustcould cause breathing problemsfor people with a history ofasthma or other breathing trouble.To avoid this, everyone in thevehicle should get out as soon asit is safe to do so. If you havebreathing problems but cannotget out of the vehicle after anairbag inflates, then get fresh airby opening a window or a door.If you experience breathingproblems following an airbagdeployment, you should seekmedical attention.

The vehicle has a feature that mayautomatically unlock the doors, turnon the interior lamps and hazardwarning flashers, and shut off thefuel system after the airbags inflate.

The feature may also activate,without airbag inflation, after anevent that exceeds a predeterminedthreshold. After turning the ignitionoff and then on again, the fuelsystem will return to normaloperation; the doors can be locked,the interior lamps can be turned off,and the hazard warning flashers canbe turned off using the controls forthose features. If any of thesesystems are damaged in the crashthey may not operate as normal.

{ Warning

A crash severe enough to inflatethe airbags may have alsodamaged important functions inthe vehicle, such as the fuelsystem, brake and steeringsystems, etc. Even if the vehicleappears to be drivable after amoderate crash, there may beconcealed damage that couldmake it difficult to safely operatethe vehicle.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

Use caution if you should attemptto restart the engine after a crashhas occurred.

In many crashes severe enough toinflate the airbag, windshields arebroken by vehicle deformation.Additional windshield breakage mayalso occur from the front outboardpassenger airbag.

. Airbags are designed to inflateonly once. After an airbaginflates, you will need some newparts for the airbag system.If you do not get them, theairbag system will not be thereto help protect you in anothercrash. A new system will includeairbag modules and possiblyother parts. The service manualfor the vehicle covers the needto replace other parts.

. The vehicle has a crash sensingand diagnostic module whichrecords information after acrash.

See Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy 0 381 and Event DataRecorders 0 381.

. Let only qualified technicianswork on the airbag systems.Improper service can mean thatan airbag system will not workproperly. See your dealer forservice.

Passenger SensingSystemThe vehicle has a passengersensing system for the frontoutboard passenger position. Thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light on the overhead consolewhen the vehicle is started.

The words ON and OFF will bevisible during the system check.When the system check is

complete, either the word ON orOFF will be visible. See PassengerAirbag Status Indicator 0 126.

The passenger sensing systemturns off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag undercertain conditions. No other airbagis affected by the passengersensing system.

The passenger sensing systemworks with sensors that are part ofthe front outboard passenger seatand seat belt. The sensors aredesigned to detect the presence ofa properly seated occupant anddetermine if the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag should beallowed to inflate or not.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlysecured in a rear seat in the correctchild restraint for their weightand size.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured ina rear seating position.



Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag inflates.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the passenger frontalairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if thepassenger frontal airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off thepassenger frontal airbag, nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag is turned off.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front seat, even ifthe airbag is off. If securing aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure child restraints in the rearseat. Consider using anothervehicle to transport the childwhen a rear seat is not available.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag if:

. The front outboard passengerseat is unoccupied.

. The system determines an infantis present in a child restraint.

. A front outboard passengertakes his/her weight off of theseat for a period of time.

. There is a critical problem withthe airbag system or thepassenger sensing system.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag,the off indicator will light and stay litas a reminder that the airbag is off.See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 126.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn on the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbaganytime the system senses that aperson of adult size is sittingproperly in the front outboardpassenger seat.

When the passenger sensingsystem has allowed the airbag to beenabled, the on indicator will lightand stay lit as a reminder that theairbag is active.

For some children, includingchildren in child restraints, and forvery small adults, the passengersensing system may or may not turnoff the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag, depending upon theperson's seating posture and bodybuild. Everyone in the vehicle whohas outgrown child restraints should



wear a seat belt properly — whetheror not there is an airbag for thatperson.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 126 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

If the On Indicator Is Lit for aChild Restraint

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag ifthe system determines that an infantis present in a child restraint. If achild restraint has been installedand the on indicator is lit:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove the child restraint fromthe vehicle.

3. Remove any additional itemsfrom the seat such as blankets,cushions, seat covers, seatheaters, or seat massagers.

4. Reinstall the child restraintfollowing the directionsprovided by the child restraintmanufacturer and refer toSecuring Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Rear Seat)0 101 or Securing ChildRestraints (With the Seat Beltin the Front Seat) 0 103.

Make sure the seat beltretractor is locked by pullingthe shoulder belt all the wayout of the retractor wheninstalling the child restraint,even if the child restraint isequipped with a seat belt lockoff. When the retractor lock isset, the belt can be tightenedbut not pulled out of theretractor.

5. If, after reinstalling the childrestraint and restarting thevehicle, the on indicator is stilllit, turn the vehicle off. Thenslightly recline the vehicleseatback and adjust the seatcushion, if adjustable, to makesure that the vehicle seatbackis not pushing the childrestraint into the seat cushion.

Also make sure the childrestraint is not trapped underthe vehicle head restraint.If this happens, adjust the headrestraint. See Head Restraints0 56.

6. Restart the vehicle.

The passenger sensing system mayor may not turn off the airbag for achild in a child restraint dependingupon the child’s size. It is better tosecure the child restraint in a rearseat. Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front seat, even if theon indicator is not lit.



If the Off Indicator Is Lit for anAdult-Sized Occupant

If a person of adult size is sitting inthe front outboard passenger seat,but the off indicator is lit, it could bebecause that person is not sittingproperly in the seat or that the childrestraint locking feature is engaged.Use the following steps to allow thesystem to detect that person andenable the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag:


2. Remove any additional materialfrom the seat, such asblankets, cushions, seatcovers, seat heaters, or seatmassagers.

3. Place the seatback in the fullyupright position.

4. Have the person sit upright inthe seat, centered on the seatcushion, with legs comfortablyextended.

5. If the shoulder portion of thebelt is pulled out all the way,the child restraint lockingfeature will be engaged. Thismay unintentionally cause thepassenger sensing system toturn the airbag off for someadult-sized occupants. If thishappens, unbuckle the belt, letthe belt go back all the way,and then buckle the belt againwithout pulling the belt out allthe way.

6. Restart the vehicle and havethe person remain in thisposition for two to three minutesafter the on indicator is lit.

{ Warning

If the front outboard passengerairbag is turned off for anadult-sized occupant, the airbagwill not be able to inflate and helpprotect that person in a crash,resulting in an increased risk ofserious injury or even death. Anadult-sized occupant should notride in the front outboardpassenger seat, if the passengerairbag off indicator is lit.

Additional Factors AffectingSystem Operation

Seat belts help keep the passengerin position on the seat duringvehicle maneuvers and braking,which helps the passenger sensingsystem maintain the passengerairbag status. See “Seat Belts” and“Child Restraints” in the Index foradditional information about theimportance of proper restraint use.



A thick layer of additional material,such as a blanket or cushion,or aftermarket equipment such asseat covers, seat heaters, and seatmassagers can affect how well thepassenger sensing systemoperates. We recommend that younot use seat covers or otheraftermarket equipment except whenapproved by GM for your specificvehicle. See Adding Equipment tothe Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 86for more information aboutmodifications that can affect howthe system operates.

The on indicator may be lit if anobject, such as a briefcase,handbag, grocery bag, laptop,or other electronic device, is put onan unoccupied seat. If this is notdesired, remove the object fromthe seat.

{ Warning

Stowing articles under thepassenger seat or between thepassenger seat cushion and

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

seatback may interfere with theproper operation of the passengersensing system.

Servicing theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAirbags affect how the vehicleshould be serviced. There are partsof the airbag system in severalplaces around the vehicle. Yourdealer and the service manual haveinformation about servicing thevehicle and the airbag system. Topurchase a service manual, seeService Publications OrderingInformation 0 378.

{ Warning

For up to 10 seconds after thevehicle is turned off and thebattery is disconnected, an airbagcan still inflate during improperservice. You can be injured if you

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

are close to an airbag when itinflates. Avoid yellow connectors.They are probably part of theairbag system. Be sure to followproper service procedures, andmake sure the person performingwork for you is qualified to do so.

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAdding accessories that change thevehicle's frame, bumper system,height, front end, or side sheetmetal may keep the airbag systemfrom working properly. Theoperation of the airbag system canalso be affected by changing anyparts of the front seats, seat belts,airbag sensing and diagnosticmodule, steering wheel, instrumentpanel, inner door seals including thespeakers, any of the airbagmodules, ceiling or pillar garnishtrim, overhead console, frontsensors, side impact sensors,or airbag wiring.



Your dealer and the service manualhave information about the locationof the airbag sensors, sensing anddiagnostic module, and airbagwiring.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system for thefront outboard passenger position,which includes sensors that are partof the passenger seat. Thepassenger sensing system may notoperate properly if the original seattrim is replaced with non-GMcovers, upholstery, or trim; or withGM covers, upholstery, or trimdesigned for a different vehicle. Anyobject, such as an aftermarket seatheater or a comfort-enhancing pador device, installed under or on topof the seat fabric, could alsointerfere with the operation of thepassenger sensing system. Thiscould either prevent properdeployment of the passengerairbag(s) or prevent the passengersensing system from properlyturning off the passenger airbag(s).See Passenger Sensing System0 82.

If the vehicle has rollover roof-railairbags, see Different Size Tiresand Wheels 0 317 for additionalimportant information.

If you have to modify your vehiclebecause you have a disability andhave questions about whether themodifications will affect the vehicle'sairbag system, or if you havequestions about whether the airbagsystem will be affected if the vehicleis modified for any other reason, callCustomer Assistance. SeeCustomer Assistance Offices 0 371.

Airbag System CheckThe airbag system does not needregularly scheduled maintenance orreplacement. Make sure the airbagreadiness light is working. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 126.

Caution

If an airbag covering is damaged,opened, or broken, the airbagmay not work properly. Do not

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

open or break the airbagcoverings. If there are anyopened or broken airbagcoverings, have the airbagcovering and/or airbag modulereplaced. For the location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 78. See your dealerfor service.

Replacing Airbag SystemParts after a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the airbagsystems in the vehicle.A damaged airbag system maynot properly protect you and yourpassenger(s) in a crash, resultingin serious injury or even death. Tohelp make sure the airbagsystems are working properlyafter a crash, have them

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

inspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

If an airbag inflates, you will need toreplace airbag system parts. Seeyour dealer for service.

If the airbag readiness light stays onafter the vehicle is started or comeson when you are driving, the airbagsystem may not work properly. Havethe vehicle serviced right away. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 126.

Child Restraints

Older Children

Older children who have outgrownbooster seats should wear thevehicle’s seat belts.

The manufacturer instructions thatcome with the booster seat state theweight and height limitations for thatbooster. Use a booster seat with alap-shoulder belt until the childpasses the fit test below:

. Sit all the way back on the seat.Do the knees bend at the seatedge? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.Does the shoulder belt rest onthe shoulder? If yes, continue.If no, try using the rear seat beltcomfort guide, if available. See“Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides”under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 71.If a comfort guide is notavailable, or if the shoulder beltstill does not rest on theshoulder, then return to thebooster seat.

. Does the lap belt fit low andsnug on the hips, touching thethighs? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.


Seats and Restraints 89. Can proper seat belt fit be

maintained for the length of thetrip? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

Q: What is the proper way towear seat belts?

A: An older child should wear alap-shoulder belt and get theadditional restraint a shoulderbelt can provide. The shoulderbelt should not cross the face orneck. The lap belt should fitsnugly below the hips, justtouching the top of the thighs.This applies belt force to thechild's pelvic bones in a crash.It should never be worn over theabdomen, which could causesevere or even fatal internalinjuries in a crash.

Also see “Rear Seat Belt ComfortGuides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt0 71.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlyrestrained in a rear seating position.

In a crash, children who are notbuckled up can strike other peoplewho are buckled up, or can bethrown out of the vehicle. Olderchildren need to use seat beltsproperly.

{ Warning

Never allow more than one childto wear the same seat belt. Theseat belt cannot properly spreadthe impact forces. In a crash, theycan be crushed together andseriously injured. A seat belt mustbe used by only one person ata time.

{ Warning

Never allow a child to wear theseat belt with the shoulder beltbehind their back. A child can beseriously injured by not wearingthe lap-shoulder belt properly. In acrash, the child would not berestrained by the shoulder belt.The child could move too farforward increasing the chance ofhead and neck injury. The childmight also slide under the lapbelt. The belt force would then beapplied right on the abdomen.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

That could cause serious or fatalinjuries. The shoulder belt shouldgo over the shoulder and acrossthe chest.

Infants and YoungChildrenEveryone in a vehicle needsprotection! This includes infants andall other children. Neither thedistance traveled nor the age andsize of the traveler changes the

need, for everyone, to use safetyrestraints. In fact, the law in everystate in the United States and inevery Canadian province sayschildren up to some age must berestrained while in a vehicle.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor,but it cannot do this if it iswrapped around a child’s neck.If the shoulder belt is locked andtightened around a child’s neck,the only way to loosen the belt isto cut it.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Never leave children unattendedin a vehicle and never allowchildren to play with the seatbelts.

Every time infants and youngchildren ride in vehicles, they shouldhave the protection provided byappropriate child restraints. Neitherthe vehicle's seat belt system nor itsairbag system is designed for them.

Children who are not restrainedproperly can strike other people,or can be thrown out of the vehicle.

{ Warning

Never hold an infant or a childwhile riding in a vehicle. Due tocrash forces, an infant or a childwill become so heavy it is notpossible to hold it during a crash.For example, in a crash at only40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

infant will suddenly become a110 kg (240 lb) force on a person'sarms. An infant or child should besecured in an appropriaterestraint.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injured

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

or killed. Never put a rear-facingchild restraint in the frontoutboard seat. Secure arear-facing child restraint in a rearseat. It is also better to secure aforward-facing child restraint in arear seat. If you must secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard seat, alwaysmove the front passenger seat asfar back as it will go.

Child restraints are devices used torestrain, seat, or position children inthe vehicle and are sometimescalled child seats or car seats.

There are three basic types ofchild restraints:

. Forward-facing child restraints

. Rearward-facing child restraints

. Belt-positioning booster seats

The proper child restraint for yourchild depends on their size, weight,and age, and also on whether thechild restraint is compatible with thevehicle in which it will be used.

For each type of child restraint,there are many different modelsavailable. When purchasing a childrestraint, be sure it is designed to beused in a motor vehicle. If it is, therestraint will have a label saying thatit meets federal motor vehicle safetystandards. The restraintmanufacturer's instructions thatcome with the restraint state theweight and height limitations for aparticular child restraint. In addition,



there are many kinds of restraintsavailable for children with specialneeds.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of neck andhead injury in a crash, infants andtoddlers should be secured in arear-facing child restraint until agetwo, or until they reach themaximum height and weight limitsof their child restraint.

{ Warning

A young child's hip bones are stillso small that the vehicle's regularseat belt may not remain low onthe hip bones, as it should.Instead, it may settle up aroundthe child's abdomen. In a crash,the belt would apply force on abody area that is unprotected byany bony structure. This alonecould cause serious or fatal

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

injuries. To reduce the risk ofserious or fatal injuries during acrash, young children shouldalways be secured in appropriatechild restraints.

Child Restraint Systems

Rear-Facing Infant Restraint

A rear-facing child restraint providesrestraint with the seating surfaceagainst the back of the infant.

The harness system holds the infantin place and, in a crash, acts tokeep the infant positioned in therestraint.

Forward-Facing Child Restraint

A forward-facing child restraintprovides restraint for the child'sbody with the harness.



Booster Seats

A belt-positioning booster seat isused for children who haveoutgrown their forward-facing childrestraint. Boosters are designed toimprove the fit of the vehicle's seatbelt system until the child is largeenough for the vehicle seat belts tofit properly without a booster seat.See the seat belt fit test in OlderChildren 0 88.

Securing an Add-On ChildRestraint in the Vehicle

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured inthe vehicle. Secure the childrestraint properly in the vehicleusing the vehicle’s seat belt orLATCH system, following theinstructions that came with thatchild restraint and the instructionsin this manual.

To help reduce the chance of injury,the child restraint must be securedin the vehicle. Child restraints mustbe secured in vehicle seats by lapbelts or the lap belt portion of alap-shoulder belt, or by the LATCHsystem. See Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 95 for more information.Children can be endangered in acrash if the child restraint is notproperly secured in the vehicle.

When securing an add-on childrestraint, refer to the instructionsthat come with the restraint whichmay be on the restraint itself or in abooklet, or both, and to this manual.The child restraint instructions areimportant, so if they are notavailable, obtain a replacementcopy from the manufacturer.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle — even when no child isin it.

In some areas of the United Statesand Canada, Certified ChildPassenger Safety Technicians(CPSTs) are available to inspectand demonstrate how to correctlyuse and install child restraints. Inthe U.S., refer to the NationalHighway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) website tolocate the nearest child safety seatinspection station. For CPST



availability in Canada, check withTransport Canada or the ProvincialMinistry of Transportation office.

Securing the Child Within theChild Restraint

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the child is notproperly secured in the childrestraint. Secure the childproperly following the instructionsthat came with that child restraint.

Where to Put theRestraintAccording to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in an appropriatechild restraint secured in a rearseating position.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured ina rear seating position.

Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front. This is becausethe risk to the rear-facing child is sogreat if the airbag deploys.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front passengerairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if thefront passenger airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontpassenger frontal airbag, nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though it isturned off.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if the airbagis off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front seat, always move thefront passenger seat as far backas it will go. It is better to securethe child restraint in a rear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System0 82 for additional information.

When securing a child restraint withthe seat belts in a rear seat position,study the instructions that came withthe child restraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

Child restraints and booster seatsvary considerably in size, and somemay fit in certain seating positionsbetter than others.

Depending on where you place thechild restraint and the size of thechild restraint, you may not be ableto access adjacent seat belts orLATCH anchors for additional



passengers or child restraints.Adjacent seating positions shouldnot be used if the child restraintprevents access to or interferes withthe routing of the seat belt.

Wherever a child restraint isinstalled, be sure to follow theinstructions that came with the childrestraint system and secure thechild restraint system properly.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle — even when no child isin it.

Lower Anchors andTethers for Children(LATCH System)The LATCH system secures a childrestraint during driving or in a crash.LATCH attachments on the childrestraint are used to attach the childrestraint to the anchors in the

vehicle. The LATCH system isdesigned to make installation of achild restraint easier.

In order to use the LATCH system inyour vehicle, you need a childrestraint that has LATCHattachments. LATCH-compatiblerear-facing and forward-facing childseats can be properly installedusing either the LATCH anchors orthe vehicle’s seat belts. Do not useboth the seat belts and the LATCHanchorage system to secure arear-facing or forward-facingchild seat.

Booster seats use the vehicle’s seatbelts to secure the child in thebooster seat. If the manufacturerrecommends that the booster seatbe secured with the LATCH system,this can be done as long as thebooster seat can be positionedproperly and there is no interferencewith the proper positioning of thelap-shoulder belt on the child.

Make sure to follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint,and also the instructions in thismanual.

When installing a child restraint witha top tether, you must also useeither the lower anchors or the seatbelts to properly secure the childrestraint. A child restraint mustnever be attached using only the toptether.

The LATCH anchorage system canbe used until the combined weightof the child plus the child restraint is29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the seat beltalone instead of the LATCHanchorage system once thecombined weight is more than29.5 kg (65 lbs).

See Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Rear Seat)0 101 or Securing Child Restraints(With the Seat Belt in the FrontSeat) 0 103.

Child restraints built after March2014 will be labeled with thespecific child weight up to which theLATCH system can be used toinstall the restraint.

The following explains how to attacha child restraint with theseattachments in the vehicle.



Not all vehicle seating positions orchild restraints have lower anchorsand attachments or top tetheranchors and attachments. In thiscase, the seat belt must be used(with top tether where available) tosecure the child restraint.See Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Rear Seat)0 101 or Securing Child Restraints(With the Seat Belt in the FrontSeat) 0 103.

Lower Anchors

Lower anchors (1) are metal barsbuilt into the vehicle. There are twolower anchors for each LATCH

seating position that willaccommodate a child restraint withlower attachments (2).

Top Tether Anchor

A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top ofthe child restraint to the vehicle.A top tether anchor is built into thevehicle. The top tetherattachment (2) on the child restraintconnects to the top tether anchor inthe vehicle in order to reduce theforward movement and rotation ofthe child restraint during driving or ina crash.

Your child restraint may have asingle tether (3) or a dual tether (4).Either will have a singleattachment (2) to secure the toptether to the anchor.

Some child restraints that have atop tether are designed for use withor without the top tether beingattached. Others require the toptether always to be attached. InCanada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached. Be sure to read and followthe instructions for your childrestraint.



Lower Anchor and Top TetherAnchor Locations

Rear Seat

I : Seating positions with toptether anchors.

H : Seating positions with twolower anchors.

To assist in locating the loweranchors, each second row anchorposition has a label, near the creasebetween the seatback and the seatcushion.

To assist in locating the top tetheranchors, the top tether anchorsymbol is near the top tetheranchors.

Top Tether Anchors

The top tether anchors for each rearseating position are on the back ofthe rear seatback. The rearcompartment storage panel/covermight need to be adjusted to accessthe anchors. Be sure to use ananchor on the same side of thevehicle as the seating positionwhere the child restraint will beplaced.

Do not secure a child restraint in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be attached, or if



the instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top tethermust be attached.

According to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in a childrestraint system or infant restraintsystem secured in a rear seatingposition. See Where to Put theRestraint 0 94 for additionalinformation.

Securing a Child RestraintDesigned for the LATCHSystem

{ Warning

If a LATCH-type child restraint isnot attached to anchors, the childrestraint will not be able to protectthe child correctly. In a crash, thechild could be seriously injured orkilled. Install a LATCH-type childrestraint properly using theanchors, or use the vehicle's seatbelts to secure the restraint,

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

following the instructions thatcame with the child restraint andthe instructions in this manual.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of serious orfatal injuries during a crash, donot attach more than one childrestraint to a single anchor.Attaching more than one childrestraint to a single anchor couldcause the anchor or attachmentto come loose or even breakduring a crash. A child or otherscould be injured.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. The

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

shoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor,but it cannot do this if it iswrapped around a child’s neck.If the shoulder belt is locked andtightened around a child’s neck,the only way to loosen the belt isto cut it.

Buckle any unused seat beltsbehind the child restraint sochildren cannot reach them. Pullthe shoulder belt all the way outof the retractor to set the lock,and tighten the belt behind thechild restraint after the childrestraint has been installed.



Caution

Do not let the LATCHattachments rub against thevehicle’s seat belts. This maydamage these parts. If necessary,move buckled seat belts to avoidrubbing the LATCH attachments.

Do not fold the rear seatbackwhen the seat is occupied. Do notfold the empty rear seat with aseat belt buckled. This coulddamage the seat belt or the seat.Unbuckle and return the seat beltto its stowed position, beforefolding the seat.

If you need to secure more than onechild restraint in the rear seat, seeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 94.

This system is designed to makeinstallation of child restraints easier.When using lower anchors, do notuse the vehicle's seat belts. Instead,use the vehicle's anchors and childrestraint attachments to secure the

restraints. Some restraints also useanother vehicle anchor to secure atop tether.

1. Attach and tighten the lowerattachments to the loweranchors. If the child restraintdoes not have lowerattachments or the desiredseating position does not havelower anchors, secure the childrestraint with the top tether andthe seat belts. Refer to thechild restraint manufacturerinstructions and theinstructions in this manual.

1.1. Find the lower anchorsfor the desired seatingposition.

1.2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

1.3. Attach and tighten thelower attachments on thechild restraint to the loweranchors.

2. If the child restraintmanufacturer recommends thatthe top tether be attached,attach and tighten the top

tether to the top tether anchor,if equipped. Refer to the childrestraint instructions and thefollowing steps:

2.1. Find the top tetheranchor.

2.2. Route, attach and tightenthe top tether accordingto your child restraintinstructions and thefollowing instructions:

. If the position you are usingdoes not have a headrestor head restraint and youare using a single tether,route the tether over theseatback.



. If the position you are usingdoes not have a headrestor head restraint and youare using a dual tether,route the tether over theseatback.

. If the position you are usinghas an adjustable headrestor head restraint and youare using a dual tether,raise the headrest or headrestraint and route thetether under the headrest orhead restraint and inbetween the headrest orhead restraint posts.

. If the position you are usinghas an adjustable headrestor head restraint and youare using a single tether,raise the headrest or headrestraint and route thetether under the headrest orhead restraint and inbetween the headrest orhead restraint posts.

3. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the LATCH path and attemptto move it side to side andback and forth. There shouldbe no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement, for properinstallation.

Replacing LATCH SystemParts After a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the LATCHsystem in the vehicle. A damagedLATCH system may not properlysecure the child restraint,resulting in serious injury or evendeath in a crash. To help makesure the LATCH system isworking properly after a crash,see your dealer to have thesystem inspected and anynecessary replacements made assoon as possible.



If the vehicle has the LATCH systemand it was being used during acrash, new LATCH system partsmay be needed.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the LATCHsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Securing Child Restraints(With the Seat Belt in theRear Seat)When securing a child restraint withthe seat belts in a rear seat position,study the instructions that came withthe child restraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

If the child restraint has the LATCHsystem, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 95 for how and where toinstall the child restraint usingLATCH. If a child restraint issecured in the vehicle using a seatbelt and it uses a top tether, seeLower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 95 fortop tether anchor locations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top strapmust be anchored.

If the child restraint or vehicle seatposition does not have the LATCHsystem, you will be using the seatbelt to secure the child restraint. Besure to follow the instructions thatcame with the child restraint.

If more than one child restraintneeds to be installed in the rearseat, be sure to read Where to Putthe Restraint 0 94.

1. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

2. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle's seat beltthrough or around the restraint.The child restraint instructionswill show you how.


Position the release button onthe buckle, away from the childrestraint system, so that theseat belt could be quicklyunbuckled if necessary.



4. Pull the shoulder belt all theway out of the retractor to setthe lock. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.

5. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful touse your knee to push down onthe child restraint as youtighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 4 and 5.

6. If the child restraint has a toptether, follow the child restraintmanufacturer's instructionsregarding the use of the toptether. See Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 95.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the seat belt path andattempt to move it side to sideand back and forth. When thechild restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle seat belt andlet it return to the stowed position.If the top tether is attached to a toptether anchor, disconnect it.



Securing Child Restraints(With the Seat Belt in theFront Seat)This vehicle has airbags. A rearseat is a safer place to secure aforward-facing child restraint. SeeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 94.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system which isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagunder certain conditions.See Passenger Sensing System0 82 and Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 126 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag deploys.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag inflates.This is because the back of therear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflatingairbag. A child in a forward-facingchild restraint can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbaginflates and the passenger seat isin a forward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontalairbag, no system is fail-safe. Noone can guarantee that an airbagwill not deploy under someunusual circumstance, eventhough it is turned off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if the airbagis off. If you secure a

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

forward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure the child restraint in arear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System0 82 for additional information.

If the child restraint uses a toptether, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 95 for top tether anchorlocations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top strapmust be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.



When using the lap-shoulder belt tosecure the child restraint in thisposition, follow the instructions thatcame with the child restraint and thefollowing instructions:

1. Move the seat as far back as itwill go before securing theforward-facing child restraint.Move the seat upward or theseatback to an upright position,if needed, to get a tightinstallation of the childrestraint.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontalairbag, the off indicator on thepassenger airbag statusindicator should light and staylit when you start the vehicle.See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 126.

2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

3. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle's seat belt

through or around the restraint.The child restraint instructionswill show you how.

Tilt the latch plate to adjust thebelt if needed.


Position the release button onthe buckle, away from the childrestraint system, so that theseat belt could be quicklyunbuckled if necessary.



5. Pull the shoulder belt all theway out of the retractor to setthe lock. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.

6. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful touse your knee to push down onthe child restraint as youtighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 5 and 6.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the seat belt path andattempt to move it side to sideand back and forth. When thechild restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement.

If the airbag is off, the off indicator inthe passenger airbag statusindicator will come on and stay onwhen the vehicle is started.

If a child restraint has been installedand the on indicator is lit, see “If theOn Indicator Is Lit for a ChildRestraint” under Passenger SensingSystem 0 82.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle seat belt andlet it return to the stowed position.


106 Storage

Storage

Storage CompartmentsStorage Compartments . . . . . . . 106Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Center Console Storage . . . . . . 106

Additional Storage FeaturesCargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Roof Rack SystemRoof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . 108

StorageCompartments

{ Warning

Do not store heavy or sharpobjects in storage compartments.In a crash, these objects maycause the cover to open andcould result in injury.

Glove BoxOpen the glove box by lifting up onthe lever.

CupholdersTwo cupholders are in the centerconsole. Cupholders may be locatedin the second row seat armrest. Toaccess, pull the armrest down.

Center Console Storage

There is storage in the centerconsole; lift the lever on the frontto open.

If equipped, there are two USBports for data and charging.


Storage 107

Additional StorageFeatures

Cargo Cover

{ Warning

An unsecured cargo cover couldstrike people in a sudden stop orturn, or in a crash. Store thecargo cover securely or remove itfrom the vehicle.

{ Warning

Do not place objects on the cargocover. Sudden stops or turns cancause objects to be thrown in thevehicle. You or others could beinjured.

If equipped, use the cargo cover tocover items in the rear of thevehicle.

To remove the cover from thevehicle, pull both ends toward eachother.

To store the cargo cover:

1. Press the buttons on both endsuntil locked.

2. Insert the right side of thecargo cover first.

3. Store under the load floor.

To reinstall, press the buttons tounlock the ends of the cover.

Place each end of the cover in theholes behind the rear seat.


108 Storage

Cargo Tie-Downs

1. Convenience Net Retainers2. Cargo Tie-Downs

The vehicle may be equipped withtwo cargo tie-downs and twoconvenience net retainers in therear compartment.

Convenience NetThis vehicle may have aconvenience net in the rear of thevehicle. Attach it to the conveniencenet retainers for storing small loads.

Do not use the net to store heavyloads.

Roof Rack System

{ Warning

If something is carried on top ofthe vehicle that is longer or widerthan the roof rack — like paneling,plywood, or a mattress — thewind can catch it while the vehicleis being driven. The item beingcarried could be violently torn off,and this could cause a collisionand damage the vehicle. Nevercarry something longer or widerthan the roof rack on top of thevehicle unless using a GMcertified accessory carrier.

If equipped with side rails or dockingstations, GM certified crossrails canbe purchased as an accessory andused to load items. See your dealer.


Storage 109

Caution

Loading cargo on the roof rackthat weighs more than 100 kg(220 lb) or hangs over the rear orsides of the vehicle may damagethe vehicle. Load cargo so that itrests evenly between thecrossrails, making sure to fastencargo securely.

1. Side Rails2. Docking Stations

To prevent damage or loss of cargowhen driving, check to make surecrossrails and cargo are securelyfastened. Loading cargo on the roofrack will make the vehicle’s centerof gravity higher. Avoid high speeds,sudden starts, sharp turns, suddenbraking, or abrupt maneuvers;otherwise it may result in loss ofcontrol. If driving for a long distance,on rough roads, or at high speeds,occasionally stop the vehicle tomake sure the cargo remains in itsplace. Do not exceed the maximumvehicle capacity when loading thevehicle. For more information onvehicle capacity and loading, seeVehicle Load Limits 0 181.


110 Instruments and Controls

Instruments andControls

ControlsSteering Wheel Adjustment . . . 111Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 111Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . 111Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 111Rear Window Wiper/

Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Engine Coolant Temperature

Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . 125Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 126Passenger Airbag Status

Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Charging System Light . . . . . . . 127Malfunction Indicator Lamp

(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 127Brake System Warning

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Electric Parking Brake

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Service Electric Parking Brake

Light (Uplevel Only) . . . . . . . . . 130Antilock Brake System (ABS)

Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . 131Hill Descent Control Light . . . . 131Lane Keep Assist (LKA)

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 132Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132StabiliTrak OFF Light . . . . . . . . . 132Traction Control System (TCS)/

StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Wait-to-Start Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 133Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 133Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 134Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)

Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 135Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . 135Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 135Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 136

Information DisplaysDriver Information

Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Vehicle MessagesVehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Engine Power Messages . . . . . 142Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 142

Vehicle PersonalizationVehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 142

Universal Remote SystemUniversal Remote System . . . . 147Universal Remote System

Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Universal Remote System

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150


Instruments and Controls 111

Controls

Steering WheelAdjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel upor down.

3. Pull or push the steering wheelcloser or away from you.

4. Pull the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in place.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steeringwheel controls. See "SteeringWheel Controls" in the infotainmentmanual.

Heated Steering Wheel

( : If equipped, press to turn it on oroff. A light next to the buttondisplays when the feature isturned on.

The steering wheel takes aboutthree minutes to start heating.

Horn

Pressa on the steering wheel padto sound the horn.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

The windshield wiper/washer leveris on the side of the steeringcolumn. With the ignition on or inACC/ACCESSORY, move thewindshield wiper lever to select thewiper speed.

HI : Use for fast wipes.



LO : Use for slow wipes.

INT : Move the lever up to INT forintermittent wipes, then turn theband up for more frequent wipes ordown for less frequent wipes.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe lever down. For several wipes,hold the lever down.

Clear snow and ice from the wiperblades and windshield before usingthem. If frozen to the windshield,carefully loosen or thaw them.Damaged blades should bereplaced. See Wiper BladeReplacement 0 286.

Heavy snow or ice can overload thewiper motor. If the wiper motoroverheats, the windshield wipers willstop until the motor cools and thewiper control is turned off. SeeElectrical System Overload 0 292.

Wiper Parking

If the ignition is turned off while thewipers are on LO, HI, or INT, theywill immediately stop.

If the windshield wiper lever is thenmoved to OFF before the driverdoor is opened or within 10 minutes,the wipers will restart and move tothe base of the windshield.

If the ignition is turned off while thewipers are performing wipes due towindshield washing, the wiperscontinue to run until they reach thebase of the windshield.

Windshield Washer

f : Pull the windshield wiperlever toward you to spray windshieldwasher fluid and activate the wipers.The wipers will continue until thelever is released or the maximumwash time is reached. When the

lever is released, additional wipesmay occur depending on how longthe windshield washer had beenactivated. See Washer Fluid 0 282for information on filling thewindshield washer fluid reservoir.

{ Warning

In freezing weather, do not usethe washer until the windshield iswarmed. Otherwise the washerfluid can form ice on thewindshield, blocking your vision.

Rear Window Wiper/WasherThe ignition must be on or in theACC/ACCESSORY position tooperate the rear window wiper/washer.



Turn the end of the windshield wiperlever to operate the rear windowwiper/washer.

OFF : Turns the system off.

INT : Intermittent wipes.

ON : Slow wipes.

1 : Push the windshield wiperlever forward to spray washer fluidon the rear window. The leverautomatically returns to its originalposition when released.

{ Warning

In freezing weather, do not usethe washer until the windshield iswarmed. Otherwise the washerfluid can form ice on thewindshield, blocking your vision.

Rear Wiper Arm AssemblyProtection

When using an automatic car wash,move the rear wiper control to OFFto disable the rear wiper. In somevehicles, if the transmission is inN (Neutral) and the vehicle speed isvery slow, the rear wiper willautomatically park.

The wiper operations return tonormal when the transmission is nolonger in N (Neutral) or the vehiclespeed has increased.

Reverse Gear Wipes

If the rear wiper control is off, therear wiper will automatically operatecontinuously when the transmissionis in R (Reverse), and the frontwindshield wiper is performing low

or high speed wipes. If the rearwiper control is off, the transmissionis in R (Reverse), and the frontwindshield wiper is performinginterval wipes, then the rear wiperautomatically performs intervalwipes.

This feature can be turned on or off.See Vehicle Personalization 0 142.

The windshield washer reservoir isused for the windshield and rearwindow. Check the fluid level ifeither washer is not working. SeeWasher Fluid 0 282.

CompassThe vehicle may have a compassdisplay on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). The compass receivesits heading and other informationfrom the Global PositioningSystem (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak,and vehicle speed information.

The compass system is designed tooperate for a certain number ofmiles or degrees of turn beforeneeding a signal from the GPSsatellites. When the compass



display shows CAL, drive thevehicle for a short distance in anopen area where it can receive aGPS signal. The compass systemwill automatically determine when aGPS signal is restored and providea heading again.

ClockSet the time and date using theinfotainment system. See "Time /Date" under “Settings” in theinfotainment manual.

Power OutletsThe vehicle has two 12-voltaccessory power outlets, which canbe used to plug in electricalequipment, such as a cell phone orMP3 player.

There are power outlets:

. On the center stack below theclimate control system.

. In the rear cargo area.

To use the outlet, remove the cover.

Caution

Leaving electrical equipmentplugged in for an extended periodof time while the vehicle is off willdrain the battery. Always unplugelectrical equipment when not inuse and do not plug in equipmentthat exceeds the maximum20 amp rating.

{ Warning

Power is always supplied to therear cargo power outlet. Do notleave electrical equipmentplugged in when the vehicle is notin use because the vehicle couldcatch fire and cause injury ordeath.

Certain accessory plugs may not becompatible with the accessorypower outlet and could overloadvehicle and adapter fuses. If aproblem is experienced, see yourdealer.

When adding electrical equipment,be sure to follow the properinstallation instructions included withthe equipment. See Add-OnElectrical Equipment 0 257.

Caution

Hanging heavy equipment fromthe power outlet can causedamage not covered by thevehicle warranty. The poweroutlets are designed foraccessory power plugs only, suchas cell phone charge cords.

Power Outlet 110/120 VoltAlternating Current

If equipped, this power outlet can beused to plug in electrical equipmentthat uses a maximum limit of 150watts.



The power outlet is on the rear ofthe center console.

An indicator light on the outlet turnson to show it is in use. The lightcomes on when the ignition is onand equipment requiring less than150 watts is plugged into the outlet,and no system fault is detected.

The indicator light does not come onwhen the ignition is off or if theequipment is not fully seated intothe outlet.

If equipment is connected usingmore than 150 watts or a systemfault is detected, a protection circuitshuts off the power supply and the

indicator light turns off. To reset thecircuit, unplug the item and plug itback in or turn the RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) off andthen back on. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 192. Thepower restarts when equipmentusing 150 watts or less is pluggedinto the outlet and a system fault isnot detected.

The power outlet is not designed forthe following and may not workproperly if they are plugged in:

. Equipment with high initial peakwattage, such ascompressor-driven refrigeratorsand electric power tools

. Other equipment requiring anextremely stable power supply,such asmicrocomputer-controlledelectric blankets and touchsensor lamps

. Medical equipment

Wireless ChargingIf equipped, the vehicle has awireless charging pocket outside thearmrest of the center console. Thesystem operates at 145 kHz andwirelessly charges one PMA or Qicompatible mobile device. Thepower output of the system iscapable of charging at a rate up to3 amp (15W), as requested by thecompatible mobile device. SeeRadio Frequency Statement 0 379.

To check for phone or other devicecompatibility:

. In the U.S., see my.gmc.com/learn.

. In Canada, seegmtotalconnect.ca.

. Or, see your dealer for details.

{ Warning

Wireless charging can affect theoperation of an implantedpacemaker or other medicaldevices. If you have one, it is

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

recommended to consult withyour doctor before using thewireless charging system.

The vehicle must be on, in ACC/ACCESSORY, or in RetainedAccessory Power (RAP). Thewireless charging feature may notcorrectly indicate charging when thevehicle is in RAP. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 192.

The operating temperature is −20 °C(−4 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F) for thecharging system and 0 °C (32 °F) to35 °C (95 °F) for the phone.

{ Warning

Remove all objects from thecharging pad before chargingyour mobile device. Objects, suchas coins, keys, rings, paper clips,or cards, between the phone andcharging pad will become very

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

hot. On the rare occasion that thecharging system does not detectan object, and the object getswedged between the phone andcharger, remove the phone andallow the object to cool beforeremoving it from the chargingpad, to prevent burns.

To charge a mobile phone:

1. Remove all objects from thecharging pocket. The systemmay not charge if there are anyobjects between the phone andcharging pocket.

2. With the mobile phone screenfacing the rear of the vehicle,slowly insert the phone into thecharging pocket until $ displays

on the V on the infotainmentdisplay. This indicates that themobile device is properlypositioned and charging.

If $ does not appear on theinfotainment display:

1. Remove the phone from thepocket and wait three seconds.

2. Turn the mobile phone180 degrees and insert it backinto the pocket with the screenfacing the rear of the vehicle.

Software Acknowledgements

Certain Wireless Charging Moduleproduct from LG Electronics, Inc.("LGE") contains the open source



software detailed below. Refer tothe indicated open source licenses(as are included following thisnotice) for the terms and conditionsof their use.

OSS Notice Information

To obtain the source code that iscontained in this product, pleasevisit http://opensource.lge.com. Inaddition to the source code, allreferred license terms, warrantydisclaimers and copyright noticesare available for download. LGElectronics will also provide opensource code to you on CD-ROM fora charge covering the cost ofperforming such distribution (suchas the cost of media, shipping, andhandling) upon email request [email protected]. This offer isvalid for three (3) years from thedate on which you purchased theproduct.

Freescale-WCT library

Copyright (c) 2012-2014 FreescaleSemiconductor, Inc.. All rightsreserved.

Redistribution and use in sourceand binary forms, with or withoutmodification, are permitted providedthat the following conditionsare met:

1. Redistributions of source codemust retain the above copyrightnotice, this list of conditionsand the following disclaimer.

2. Redistributions in binary formmust reproduce the abovecopyright notice, this list ofconditions and the followingdisclaimer in thedocumentation and/or othermaterials provided with thedistribution.

3. Neither the name of thecopyright holder nor the namesof its contributors may be usedto endorse or promote productsderived from this softwarewithout specific prior writtenpermission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDEDBY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERSAND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED

WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUTNOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIEDWARRANTIES OFMERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSEARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENTSHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDEROR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLEFOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,EXEMPLARY, ORCONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITEDTO, PROCUREMENT OFSUBSTITUTE GOODS ORSERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESSINTERRUPTION) HOWEVERCAUSED AND ON ANY THEORYOF LIABILITY, WHETHER INCONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,OR TORT (INCLUDINGNEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OFTHE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,EVEN IF ADVISED OF THEPOSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.



Warning Lights,Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning lights and gauges cansignal that something is wrongbefore it becomes serious enoughto cause an expensive repair orreplacement. Paying attention to thewarning lights and gauges couldprevent injury.

Some warning lights come on brieflywhen the engine is started toindicate they are working. Whenone of the warning lights comes onand stays on while driving, or whenone of the gauges shows there maybe a problem, check the section thatexplains what to do. Waiting to dorepairs can be costly and evendangerous.



Instrument Cluster

Base Level English Shown, Metric Similar



Uplevel English Shown, Metric Similar



Diesel Uplevel English Shown, Base Level Similar



Cluster Menu (Uplevel)

There is an interactive display areain the center of the instrumentcluster.

Use the right steering wheel controlto open and scroll through thedifferent items and displays.

Press o to access the cluster

applications. Use w or x to scrollthrough the list of availableapplications. Not all applications willbe available on all vehicles.

. Info App. This is where theselected Driver InformationCenter (DIC) displays can beviewed. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 136.

. Navigation

. Options

Navigation

Press V to select the Navigation

app, then press p to enter theNavigation menu. If there is noactive route, resume the last route,start a route from Favorites orRecent Destinations, or navigate toHome or Work. If there is an activeroute, select an item on the list tocancel route guidance; mute orunmute voice guidance; adddestinations from Favorites, RecentDestinations, Home, or Work.

Options

Press V to select the Options app,

then press p to enter the Options

menu. Use w or x to scrollthrough items in the Options menu.

Units : Press p while Units isdisplayed to enter the Units menu.Choose English or Metric units bypressing V while the desired item ishighlighted. A checkmark will bedisplayed next to the selected item.

Info Pages : Press p while InfoPages is displayed to enter the InfoPages menu and select the items tobe displayed in the Info app. SeeDriver Information Center (DIC)0 136.

Traction and Stability : Press p toenter the Traction and Stabilitymenu. To turn the Traction ControlSystem (TCS) on or off, chooseTraction. To turn StabiliTrak on oroff, choose Stability. See TractionControl/Electronic Stability Control0 213.

Speed Warning : The SpeedWarning display allows the driver toset a speed that they do not want toexceed. To set the Speed Warningpress p when Speed Warning is

displayed. Press w or x to adjust

the value. Press V to set the speed.



Once the speed is set, this featurecan be turned off by pressing Vwhile viewing this page. If theselected speed limit is exceeded, apop-up warning is displayed with achime.

Software Information : Displaysopen source software information.

SpeedometerThe speedometer shows thevehicle's speed in either kilometersper hour (km/h) or miles perhour (mph).

OdometerThe odometer shows how far thevehicle has been driven, in eitherkilometers or miles.

Trip OdometerThe trip odometer shows how farthe vehicle has been driven sincethe trip odometer was last reset.

The trip odometer is accessed andreset through the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 136.

TachometerThe tachometer displays the enginespeed in revolutions perminute (rpm).

For vehicles with the Stop/Startsystem, when the ignition is on, thetachometer indicates the vehiclestatus. When pointing to AUTOSTOP, the engine is off but thevehicle is on and can move. Theengine could auto start at any time.When the indicator points to OFF,the vehicle is off.

When the engine is on, thetachometer will indicate the engine’srevolutions per minute (rpm). Thetachometer may vary by severalhundred rpm’s, during Auto Stopmode, when the engine is shuttingoff and restarting.

A slight bump may be felt when thetransmission is determining themost fuel efficient operating range.

Fuel Gauge

Metric Uplevel



English Uplevel

When the ignition is on, the fuelgauge indicates about how muchfuel is left in the tank.

An arrow on the fuel gaugeindicates the side of the vehicle thefuel door is on.

When the indicator nears empty, thelow fuel light comes on. There is asmall amount of fuel left, but the fueltank should be filled soon.

Here are four things that someowners ask about. None of theseshow a problem with the fuel gauge:

. At the service station, the fuelpump shuts off before the gaugereads full.

. It takes a little more or less fuelto fill up than the gaugeindicated. For example, thegauge indicated the tank washalf full, but it actually took alittle more or less than half thetank's capacity to fill the tank.

. The gauge moves a little whileturning a corner or speeding up.

. The gauge takes a few secondsto stabilize after the ignition isturned on, and goes back toempty when the ignition isturned off.

Engine CoolantTemperature Gauge

Metric Uplevel



English Uplevel

This gauge shows the enginecoolant temperature.

If the pointer moves toward thewarning area at the high end of thegauge, the engine is too hot.

If the engine coolant hasoverheated and the vehicle hasbeen operating under normal drivingconditions, pull off the road, stop thevehicle, and turn off the engine assoon as possible. See EngineOverheating 0 280.

Seat Belt Reminders

Driver Seat Belt ReminderLight

There is a driver seat belt reminderlight on the instrument cluster.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind the driver to fastentheir seat belt. Then the light stayson solid until the belt is buckled.This cycle may continue severaltimes if the driver remains orbecomes unbuckled while thevehicle is moving.

If the driver seat belt is buckled,neither the light nor the chimecomes on.

Passenger Seat Belt ReminderLight

There is a passenger seat beltreminder light near the passengerairbag status indicator. SeePassenger Sensing System 0 82.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind passengers to fastentheir seat belt. Then the light stayson solid until the belt is buckled.This cycle continues several times ifthe passenger remains or becomesunbuckled while the vehicle ismoving.

If the passenger seat belt isbuckled, neither the chime nor thelight comes on.

The front passenger seat beltreminder light and chime may turnon if an object is put on the seat



such as a briefcase, handbag,grocery bag, laptop, or otherelectronic device. To turn off thereminder light and/or chime, removethe object from the seat or bucklethe seat belt.

Airbag Readiness LightThis light shows if there is anelectrical problem with the airbagsystem. The system check includesthe airbag sensor(s), the passengersensing system, the pretensioners,the airbag modules, the wiring, andthe crash sensing and diagnosticmodule. For more information on theairbag system, see Airbag System0 76.

The airbag readiness light comes onfor several seconds when thevehicle is started. If the light doesnot come on then, have it fixedimmediately.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light stayson after the vehicle is started orcomes on while driving, it meansthe airbag system might not beworking properly. The airbags inthe vehicle might not inflate in acrash, or they could even inflatewithout a crash. To help avoidinjury, have the vehicle servicedright away.

If there is a problem with the airbagsystem, a Driver Information Center(DIC) message may also come on.

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicatorThe vehicle has a passengersensing system. See PassengerSensing System 0 82 for important

safety information. The overheadconsole has a passenger airbagstatus indicator.

When the vehicle is started, thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light ON and OFF for severalseconds as a system check. Then,after several more seconds, thestatus indicator will light either ONor OFF to let you know the status ofthe front outboard passenger frontalairbag.

If the word ON is lit on thepassenger airbag status indicator, itmeans that the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag is allowedto inflate.



If the word OFF is lit on thepassenger airbag status indicator, itmeans that the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag.

If, after several seconds, both statusindicator lights remain on, or if thereare no lights at all, there may be aproblem with the lights or thepassenger sensing system. Seeyour dealer for service.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 126 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

Charging System Light

The charging system light comes onbriefly when the ignition is turnedon, but the engine is not running, asa check to show the light is working.The light turns off when the engineis started. If it does not, have thevehicle serviced by your dealer.

If the light stays on, or comes onwhile driving, there may be aproblem with the electrical chargingsystem. Have it checked by yourdealer. Driving while this light is oncould drain the battery.

When this light comes on, the DriverInformation Center (DIC) alsodisplays a message.

If a short distance must be drivenwith the light on, be sure to turn offall accessories, such as the radioand air conditioner.

Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check EngineLight)This light is part of the vehicle’semission control on-boarddiagnostic system. If this light is onwhile the engine is running, amalfunction has been detected andthe vehicle may require service. Thelight should come on to show that itis working when the ignition is inService Mode. See IgnitionPositions 0 186.

This light may also come on whenthe system has detected a problemwith the Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)management system. See DieselExhaust Fluid 0 198.



Malfunctions are often indicated bythe system before any problem isnoticeable. Being aware of the lightand seeking service promptly whenit comes on may prevent damage.

Caution

If the vehicle is driven continuallywith this light on, the emissioncontrol system may not work aswell, the fuel economy may belower, and the vehicle may notrun smoothly. This could lead tocostly repairs that might not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Modifications to the engine,transmission, exhaust, intake,or fuel system, or the use ofreplacement tires that do notmeet the original tirespecifications, can cause this lightto come on. This could lead to

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

costly repairs not covered by thevehicle warranty. This could alsoaffect the vehicle’s ability to passan Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test. SeeAccessories and Modifications0 261.

Light Flashing (GasolineEngine Only)

If the light is flashing : Amalfunction has been detected thatcould damage the emission controlsystem and increase vehicleemissions. Diagnosis and servicemay be required.

To help prevent damage, reducevehicle speed and avoid hardaccelerations and uphill grades.If towing a trailer, reduce theamount of cargo being hauled assoon as possible.

If the light continues to flash, find asafe place to park. Turn the vehicleoff and wait at least 10 seconds

before restarting the engine. If thelight is still flashing, follow theprevious guidelines and see yourdealer for service as soon aspossible.

Light on Steady (All Engines)

If the light is on steady : Amalfunction has been detected.Diagnosis and service may berequired.

Check the following:

. If fuel has been added to thevehicle using the capless funneladapter, make sure that it hasbeen removed. See “Filling theTank with a Portable Gas Can”under Filling the Tank (Gasoline)0 247 or Filling the Tank (Diesel)0 248. The diagnostic systemcan detect if the adapter hasbeen left installed in the vehicle,allowing fuel to evaporate intothe atmosphere. A few drivingtrips with the adapter removedmay turn off the light.

. Poor fuel quality can causeinefficient engine operation andpoor driveability, which may go



away once the engine is warmedup. If this occurs, change thefuel brand. It may require atleast one full tank of the properfuel to turn the light off.See Fuel (Gasoline) 0 236 orFuel for Diesel Engines 0 238.

If the light remains on, see yourdealer.

Emissions Inspection andMaintenance Programs

If the vehicle requires an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test, thetest equipment will likely connect tothe vehicle's Data LinkConnector (DLC).

The DLC is under the instrumentpanel to the left of the steeringwheel. Connecting devices that arenot used to perform an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test or to

service the vehicle may affectvehicle operation. See Add-OnElectrical Equipment 0 257. Seeyour dealer if assistance is needed.

The vehicle may not passinspection if:

. The light is on when the engineis running.

. The light does not come onwhen the ignition is inService Mode.

. Critical emission control systemshave not been completelydiagnosed. If this happens, thevehicle would not be ready forinspection and might requireseveral days of routine drivingbefore the system is ready forinspection. This can happen ifthe 12-volt battery has recentlybeen replaced or run down, or ifthe vehicle has been recentlyserviced.

See your dealer if the vehicle willnot pass or cannot be made readyfor the test.

Brake System WarningLightThe vehicle brake system consistsof two hydraulic circuits. If onecircuit is not working, the remainingcircuit can still work to stop thevehicle. For normal brakingperformance, both circuits need tobe working

Metric English

This light should come on brieflywhen the engine is started. If it doesnot come on then, have it fixed so itwill be ready to warn you if there isa problem.

When the ignition is on, the brakesystem warning light comes onwhen the parking brake is set. Thelight stays on if the parking brakedoes not fully release. If it stays onafter the parking brake is fully



released, there is a brake problem.Have the brake system inspectedimmediately.

{ Warning

The brake system might not beworking properly if the brakesystem warning light is on.Driving with the brake systemwarning light on can lead to acrash. If the light is still on afterthe vehicle has been pulled offthe road and carefully stopped,have the vehicle towed forservice.

If the light comes on while driving, achime sounds. Pull off the road andstop. The pedal might be harder topush or go closer to the floor.It might also take longer to stop.If the light is still on, have thevehicle towed for service. SeeTowing the Vehicle 0 337.

Electric Parking BrakeLight

Metric English

This light comes on when theparking brake is applied. If the lightcontinues flashing after the parkingbrake is released, or while driving,there is a problem with the ElectricParking Brake system. A messagemay also display in the DriverInformation Center (DIC).

If the light does not come on,or remains flashing, see your dealer.

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light(Uplevel Only)

This light should come on brieflywhen starting the vehicle. If it doesnot come on, have it fixed so it willbe ready to warn if there is aproblem.

If this light stays on, take the vehicleto your dealer as soon as possible.See the information for the ElectricParking Brake under ElectricParking Brake 0 210. A messagemay also display in the DriverInformation Center (DIC).



Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning Light

For vehicles with the Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS), this light comes onbriefly when the engine is started.

If the light does not come on, have itfixed so it will be ready to warn ifthere is a problem.

If the ABS light comes on and stayson while driving, stop as soon aspossible and turn the ignition off.Start the engine again to reset thesystem. If the light stays on afterdriving at a speed above 20 km/h(13 mph), see your dealer forservice. A chime may also soundwhen the light comes on steady.

If the regular brake system warninglight is not on, the vehicle still hasbrakes, but not antilock brakes.If the regular brake system warning

light is also on, the vehicle does nothave antilock brakes and there is aproblem with the regular brakes.See Brake System Warning Light0 129.

Tow/Haul Mode Light

For vehicles with the Tow/HaulMode feature, this light comes onwhen the Tow/Haul Mode has beenactivated.

See Tow/Haul Mode 0 209.

Hill Descent Control Light

If equipped, the Hill Descent Controllight comes on when the system isready for use. When the lightflashes, the system is active.

See Hill Descent Control (HDC)0 216.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)Light

If equipped, this light is green if LKAis available to assist.

LKA may assist by gently turningthe steering wheel if the vehicleapproaches a detected lane markingwithout using the turn signal in thatdirection. The LKA light will turnamber.

This light is amber and flashes as aLane Departure Warning (LDW)alert, to indicate that the lanemarking has been crossed.



See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 234.

Vehicle Ahead Indicator

If equipped, this indicator willdisplay green when a vehicle isdetected ahead.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 228.

Traction Off Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by your

dealer. If the system is workingnormally, the indicator light thenturns off.

The traction off light comes on whenthe Traction Control System (TCS)has been turned off through theDriver Information Center (DIC).

This light and the StabiliTrak OFFlight come on when StabiliTrak isturned off.

If the TCS is off, wheel speed willbe limited when necessary toprotect the driveline from damage.Adjust driving accordingly.

See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 213.

StabiliTrak OFF Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the vehicle. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer.

This light comes on when theStabiliTrak system is turned off.If StabiliTrak is off, the TractionControl System (TCS) is also off.

If the StabiliTrak and TCS are off,the system does not assist incontrolling the vehicle. Turn on theTCS and the StabiliTrak systemsand the warning light turns off.


Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak Light

This light comes on briefly when theengine is started.



If the light does not come on, havethe vehicle serviced by your dealer.If the system is working normally,the indicator light turns off.

If the light is on and not flashing, theTCS and potentially the StabiliTraksystem have been disabled.A Driver Information Center (DIC)message may display. Check theDIC messages to determine whichfeature(s) is no longer functioningand whether the vehicle requiresservice.

If the light is on and flashing, theTCS and/or the StabiliTrak systemis actively working.


Wait-to-Start Light

For diesel engines, the wait-to-startlight shows that the engine isfunctioning properly and indicateswhen the engine can be started.

The fast warm-up glow plug systemmakes the wait-to-start light stay onfor a shorter amount of time thanmost diesel engines.

For more information, see Startingthe Engine 0 188.

Tire Pressure Light

For vehicles with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS), this lightcomes on briefly when the engine isstarted. It provides informationabout tire pressures and the TPMS.

When the Light Is On Steady

This indicates that one or more ofthe tires are significantlyunderinflated.

A Driver Information Center (DIC)tire pressure message may alsodisplay. Stop as soon as possible,and inflate the tires to the pressurevalue shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. See TirePressure 0 307.

When the Light Flashes First andThen Is On Steady

If the light flashes for about a minuteand then stays on, there may be aproblem with the TPMS. If theproblem is not corrected, the lightwill come on at every ignition cycle.See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 310.

Engine Oil Pressure Light

Caution

Lack of proper engine oilmaintenance can damage theengine. Driving with the engine oillow can also damage the engine.The repairs would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Check

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

the oil level as soon as possible.Add oil if required, but if the oillevel is within the operating rangeand the oil pressure is still low,have the vehicle serviced. Alwaysfollow the maintenance schedulefor changing engine oil.

This light should come on briefly asthe engine is started. If it does notcome on, have the vehicle servicedby your dealer.

If the light comes on and stays on, itmeans that oil is not flowing throughthe engine properly. The vehiclecould be low on oil and might havesome other system problem. Seeyour dealer.

Low Fuel Warning Light

For the base level cluster, this lightcomes on when the fuel tank is lowon fuel. The light turns off when fuelis added. If it does not, have thevehicle serviced.

For the uplevel cluster, this light isnear the fuel gauge and comes onbriefly when the ignition is turned onas a check to show it is working.

It also comes on when the fuel tankis low on fuel. The light turns offwhen fuel is added. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced.

Diesel Exhaust Fluid(DEF) Warning Light

This light, a Driver InformationCenter (DIC) Message, and a chimecome on when there is an issue withthe DEF.

If the DEF issue has not beencorrected, the light will continue toflash. The vehicle's speed may alsobe limited. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid0 198.



Security Light

The security light should come onbriefly as the engine is started. If itdoes not come on, have the vehicleserviced by your dealer. If thesystem is working normally, theindicator light turns off.

If the light stays on and the enginedoes not start, there could be aproblem with the theft-deterrentsystem. See Immobilizer Operation0 48.

High-Beam On Light

This light comes on when thehigh-beam headlamps are in use.See Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger 0 153.

IntelliBeam Light

This light comes on when theIntelliBeam system, if equipped, isenabled. See Exterior LampControls 0 151.

Front Fog Lamp Light

If equipped, the fog lamp lightcomes on when the fog lamps arein use.

The light goes out when the foglamps are turned off. See FogLamps 0 155 for more information.

Lamps On Reminder

For vehicles with the lamps onreminder light, it comes on when thelights are in use.



Cruise Control Light

For vehicles with cruise control, thecruise control light is white when thecruise control is on and ready, andturns green when the cruise controlis set and active.

The light turns off when the cruisecontrol is turned off. See CruiseControl 0 220.

Information Displays

Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The DIC displays are shown in thecenter of the instrument cluster inthe Info app. See Instrument Cluster0 119. The displays show the statusof many vehicle systems. Thecontrols for the DIC are on the rightsteering wheel control.

w or x : Press to move up ordown in a list.

o or p : Press to move betweenthe interactive display zones in thecluster.

V : Press to open a menu or selecta menu item. Press and hold toreset values on certain screens.

Base Level DIC

Use o or p to choose the Trip,

Vehicle, or Eco menus. Use w orx to scroll through items ineach menu.

Trip/Fuel Menu (TRIP) Items

Speed : Displays how fast thevehicle is moving in eitherkilometers per hour (km/h) or milesper hour (mph). The speedometercannot be reset. If equipped, pressV to open the menu and select todisplay the speed limit signs.

Trip 1 or Trip 2, Average FuelEconomy : Displays the currentdistance traveled, in eitherkilometers (km) or miles (mi), fromthe last reset for the trip odometer.The trip odometer can be reset to



zero by pressing and holding Vwhile the trip odometer display isshowing.

Also displays the approximateaverage liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles per gallon (mpg).This number is based on thenumber of L/100 km (mpg) recordedsince the last time this menu itemwas reset. This number reflects onlythe approximate average fueleconomy that the vehicle has rightnow, and will change as drivingconditions change. Reset theaverage consumption by pressing Vwhen it is displayed.

Fuel Range : Displays theapproximate distance the vehiclecan be driven without refueling. Thefuel range estimate is based on anaverage of the vehicle's fueleconomy over recent driving historyand the amount of fuel remaining inthe fuel tank. Fuel range cannot bereset.

Average Vehicle Speed : Displaysthe average vehicle speed of thevehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h)

or miles per hour (mph). Thisaverage is based on the variousvehicle speeds recorded since thelast reset. Reset the average speedby pressing V when it is displayed.

Timer : To start the timer, press Vwhile Timer is displayed. Thedisplay will show the amount of timethat has passed since the timer waslast reset, not including time theignition is off. Time will continue tobe counted as long as the ignition ison, even if another display is beingshown on the DIC. The timer willrecord up to 99 hours, 59 minutes,and 59 seconds (99:59:59) afterwhich the display will return to zero.To stop the timer, press V brieflywhile Timer is displayed. To resetthe timer to zero, press and hold V.

Navigation : Used for the OnStarTurn-by-Turn guidance.

Blank Display : Displays noinformation.

Vehicle Information Menu(VEHICLE) Items

Units : Choose between Metric orUS when Units is active. Press V toconfirm the setting. This will changethe displays on the DIC to the typeof measurements you select.

Speed Warning : This display isused to set the vehicle speed atwhich the speed warning chimesounds and the alert is displayed.The speed can be set by pressingV while the speed warning displayis showing.

Remaining Oil Life : Displays anestimate of the oil's remaining usefullife. If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% isdisplayed, that means 99% of thecurrent oil life remains.

When the remaining oil life is low,the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage will appear on the display.The oil should be changed as soonas possible. See Engine Oil 0 269.In addition to the engine oil lifesystem monitoring the oil life,



additional maintenance isrecommended. See MaintenanceSchedule 0 353.

The Oil Life display must be resetafter each oil change. Do not resetthe Oil Life display accidentally atany time other than when the oil hasjust been changed. It cannot bereset accurately until the next oilchange. To reset the engine oil lifesystem, see Engine Oil Life System0 273.

Oil Pressure : Oil pressure isdisplayed in either kilopascal (kPa)or in pounds per square inch (psi).

Fuel Filter Life : This display showsan estimate of the fuel filter'sremaining useful life. If 90% FuelFilter Life Remaining is displayed, itmeans 90% of the current fuel filterlife remains. The fuel filter lifesystem will alert when to change thefuel filter on a schedule consistentwith your driving conditions. Whenthe remaining fuel filter life is low,the CHANGE FUEL FILTERmessage will appear on the display.Change the fuel filter as soon aspossible.

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Level(Diesel Engine Only) : The DEFlevel will be displayed as either OK,XX%, or LOW. When LOW appearson the display, add DEF as soon aspossible. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid0 198.

Tire Pressure : Displays a vehiclewith the approximate pressures ofall four tires. Tire pressure isdisplayed in either kilopascal (kPa)or in pounds per square inch (psi).See Tire Pressure Monitor System0 309 and Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 310.

Battery Voltage : Displays thecurrent battery voltage, if equipped.Battery voltage changes are normalwhile driving. See Charging SystemLight 0 127. If there is a problemwith the battery charging system,the DIC will display a message.

Coolant Temperature : Displaysthe coolant temperature in degreesCelsius (°C) or degreesFahrenheit (°F).

TC/Stabilitrak : If equipped, pressV to turn on or off Traction Controlor StabiliTrak.

ECO Drive Assist Menu (ECO)Items

Fuel Economy : The centerdisplays the approximateinstantaneous fuel economy as anumber and bar graph. Displayedabove the bar graph is a runningaverage of fuel economy for themost recently traveled selecteddistance. Displayed below the bargraph is the best average fueleconomy that has been achieved forthe selected distance. The selecteddistance is displayed at the top ofthe page as “last xxx mi/km.” PressV to select the distance or resetbest value.

The display provides information onhow current driving behavior affectsthe running average and how wellrecent driving compares to the bestthat has been achieved for theselected distance.



Economy Trend : Shows history ofthe Average Fuel Economy from thelast 50 km (30 mi). Each barrepresents about 5 km (3 mi) ofdriving. During driving the bars willshift to always reflect the mostrecent distance on the right side.Press and hold V to clear the graph

or press V to reset throughthe menu.

Uplevel DIC

DIC Info Page Options

The info pages on the DIC can beturned on or off through theOptions menu.

1. Press o to access the clusterapplications.

2. Press w or x to scroll to theOptions application.

3. Press V to enter theOptions menu.

4. Scroll to Info Pages andpress p.

5. Press w or x to movethrough the list of possibleinformation displays.

6. Press V while an item ishighlighted to select ordeselect that item. When anitem is selected, a checkmarkwill appear next to it.

DIC Info Pages

The following is the list of allpossible DIC info page displays.Some may not be available for yourparticular vehicle. Some items maynot be turned on by default but canbe turned on through the Optionsapp. See “DIC Info Page Options”earlier in this section.

Speed : Shows the vehicle speed ineither kilometers per hour (km/h) ormiles per hour (mph). If equipped,press p to open the menu andselect to display the speed limitsigns.

Trip A or Trip B : Shows thecurrent distance traveled, in eitherkilometers (km) or miles (mi), sincethe trip odometer was last reset.

This also shows the approximateaverage liters per 100 kilometers(L/100 km) or miles pergallon (mpg). This number iscalculated based on the number ofL/100 km (mpg) recorded since thelast time this menu item was reset.This number reflects only theapproximate average fuel economythat the vehicle has right now, andwill change as driving conditionschange.

Press and hold V while this displayis active to reset the trip odometerand the average fuel economy. TripA and Trip B can also be reset bypressing p and choosing reset.

Fuel Information : Fuel Range:Shows the approximate distance thevehicle can be driven withoutrefueling. LOW will be displayedwhen the vehicle is low on fuel. Thefuel range estimate is based on anaverage of the vehicle's fueleconomy over recent driving historyand the amount of fuel remaining inthe fuel tank.



Oil Life : Shows an estimate of theoil's remaining useful life.If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% isdisplayed, that means 99% of thecurrent oil life remains.

When the remaining oil life is low,the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage will appear on the display.The oil should be changed as soonas possible. See Engine Oil 0 269.In addition to the engine oil lifesystem monitoring the oil life,additional maintenance isrecommended. See MaintenanceSchedule 0 353.

The Oil Life display must be resetafter each oil change. It will notreset itself. Do not to reset the OilLife display at any time other thanwhen the oil has just been changed.It cannot be reset accurately untilthe next oil change. To reset theengine oil life system, press andhold V for several seconds whilethe Oil Life display is active. SeeEngine Oil Life System 0 273.

Tire Pressure : Shows theapproximate pressures of all fourtires. Tire pressure is displayed ineither kilopascal (kPa) or in poundsper square inch (psi). If the pressureis low, the value for that tire isshown in amber.See Tire Pressure Monitor System0 309 and Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 310.

Average Speed : Displays theaverage vehicle speed of thevehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h)or miles per hour (mph). Thisaverage is based on the variousvehicle speeds recorded since thelast reset. Reset the average speedby pressing V when it is displayed.

Fuel Economy : The centerdisplays the approximateinstantaneous fuel economy as anumber and bar graph. Displayedabove the bar graph is a runningaverage of fuel economy for themost recently traveled selecteddistance. Displayed below the bargraph is the best average fueleconomy that has been achieved for

the selected distance. The selecteddistance is displayed at the top ofthe page as “last xxx mi/km.”

Press p to select the distance or

reset best value. Use w and x to

choose the distance and press V.

Press w and x to select “Reset

Best Score.” Press V to reset thebest average fuel economy. Afterreset, the best value displays “-,-”until the selected distance has beentraveled.

The display provides information onhow current driving behavior affectsthe running average and how wellrecent driving compares to the bestthat has been achieved for theselected distance.

Economy Trend : Shows history ofthe Average Fuel Economy from thelast 50 km (30 mi). Each barrepresents about 5 km (3 mi) ofdriving. During driving the bars willshift to always reflect the mostrecent distance on the right side.



Press and hold V to clear the graph

or press p to reset throughthe menu.

Timer : This display can be used asa timer. To start the timer, press Vwhile this display is active. Thedisplay will show the amount of timethat has passed since the timer waslast reset. To stop the timer, press Vbriefly while this display is activeand the timer is running. To resetthe timer to zero, press and hold Vwhile this display is active, or pressp and select reset.

Follow Distance : If equipped, thecurrent follow time to the vehicleahead is displayed as a time valueon this page.

Battery Voltage : Displays thecurrent battery voltage, if equipped.Battery voltage changes are normalwhile driving. See Charging SystemLight 0 127. If there is a problemwith the battery charging system, aDIC will display a message.

Coolant Temperature : Displaysthe coolant temperature in degreesCelsius (°C) or degreesFahrenheit (°F).

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Level(Diesel Engine Only) : The DEFlevel will be displayed as either OK,XX%, or LOW. When LOW appearson the display, add DEF as soon aspossible. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid0 198.

Oil Pressure : Oil pressure isdisplayed in either kilopascal (kPa)or in pounds per square inch (psi).Oil pressure can vary with enginespeed, outside temperature, and oilviscosity. On some models, the oilpump will vary engine oil pressureaccording to engine needs. Oilpressure may change quickly as theengine speed or load varies. This isnormal. If the oil pressure warninglight or Driver Information Center(DIC) message indicates oilpressure outside the normaloperating range, check the vehicle'soil as soon as possible.

Vehicle MessagesMessages displayed on the DICindicate the status of the vehicle orsome action that may be needed tocorrect a condition. Multiplemessages may appear one afteranother.

The messages that do not requireimmediate action can beacknowledged and cleared bypressing V. The messages thatrequire immediate action cannot becleared until that action isperformed.

All messages should be takenseriously; clearing the messagedoes not correct the problem.

If a SERVICE message appears,see your dealer.

Follow the instructions given in themessages. The system displaysmessages regarding the followingtopics:

. Service Messages

. Fluid Levels

. Vehicle Security


142 Instruments and Controls. Brakes

. Ride Control Systems

. Driver Assistance Systems

. Cruise Control

. Lighting and Bulb Replacement

. Wiper/Washer Systems

. Doors and Windows

. Seat Belts

. Airbag Systems

. Engine and Transmission

. Tire Pressure

. Battery

Engine Power Messages

ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED

This message displays when thevehicle's propulsion power isreduced. Reduced propulsion powercan affect the vehicle's ability toaccelerate. If this message is on,but there is no observed reductionin performance, proceed to yourdestination. The performance maybe reduced the next time the vehicle

is driven. The vehicle may be drivenwhile this message is on, butmaximum acceleration and speedmay be reduced. Anytime thismessage stays on, or displaysrepeatedly, the vehicle should betaken to your dealer for service assoon as possible.

Vehicle Speed Messages

SPEED LIMITEDTO XXX KM/H (MPH)

This message shows that thevehicle speed has been limited tothe speed displayed. The limitedspeed is a protection for variouspropulsion and vehicle systems,such as lubrication, thermal,suspension, Teen Driver ifequipped, or tires.

If equipped with a diesel engine,see Diesel Exhaust Fluid 0 198.

VehiclePersonalizationThe following are all possiblevehicle personalization features.Depending on the vehicle, somemay not be available.

For System, Apps, and Personalfeatures and functions, see“Settings” in the infotainmentmanual.

To access the vehiclepersonalization menu:

1. Touch the Settings icon on theHome Page of the infotainmentdisplay.

2. Touch Vehicle to display a listof available options.

3. Touch to select the desiredfeature setting.

4. Touch9 or R to turn a featureoff or on.

5. Touch z to go to the top levelof the Settings menu.



The menu may contain thefollowing:

Rear Seat Reminder

This allows for a chime and amessage when the rear door hasbeen opened before or duringoperation of the vehicle.

Touch Off or On.

Climate and Air Quality

Touch and the following maydisplay:

. Auto Fan Speed

. Air Quality Sensor

. Auto Cooled Seats

. Auto Heated Seats

. Auto Defog

. Auto Rear Defog

Auto Fan Speed

This setting specifies the amount ofairflow when the climate control fansetting is Auto Fan.

Touch Low, Medium, or High.

Air Quality Sensor

This setting switches the systeminto Recirculation Mode based onthe quality of the outside air.

Touch Off, Low Sensitivity, or HighSensitivity.

Auto Cooled Seats

When enabled, this feature willautomatically activate ventilatedseats at the level required by theinterior temperature. See Heatedand Ventilated Front Seats 0 63.

Touch Off or On.

Auto Heated Seats

When enabled, this feature willautomatically activate the heatedseats at the level required by theinterior temperature. The autoheated seats can be turned off byusing the heated seat buttons onthe center console. See Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 63.

Touch Off or On.

Auto Defog

This setting automatically turns thefront defogger on when the engineis started.

Touch Off or On.

Auto Rear Defog

This setting automatically turns therear defogger on when the engine isstarted.

Touch Off or On.

Collision/Detection Systems


. Alert Type

. Forward Collision System

. Lane Change Alert

. Park Assist

. Rear Camera Park AssistSymbols

. Rear Cross Traffic Alert



Alert Type

This feature will set crash alerts tobeeps or seat vibrations. Thissetting affects all crash alertsincluding:

. Forward Collision

. Lane Keep Assist

. Parking Assist

. Backing Warning

Touch Beeps or Safety Alert Seat.

Forward Collision System

This feature will turn on or offForward Collision Alert (FCA) andForward Automatic Braking (FAB).The Off setting disables all FCA andFAB functions. With the Alert andBrake setting, both FCA and FABare available. The Alert settingdisables FAB. See ForwardAutomatic Braking (FAB) 0 231.

Touch Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake.

Lane Change Alert

The LCA system is a lane-changingaid that assists drivers with avoidinglane change crashes. See LaneChange Alert (LCA) 0 232.

Touch Off or On.

Park Assist

If equipped, this allows the featureto be turned on or off. SeeAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 223.

Select Off or On.

Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols

This setting enables the RearCamera Park Assist Symbols. SeeAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 223.

Touch Off or On.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert

This allows the Rear Cross TrafficAlert feature to be turned on or off.See Assistance Systems for Parkingor Backing 0 223.

Touch Off or On.

Comfort and Convenience


. Auto Memory Recall

. Easy Exit Options

. Chime Volume

. Hands Free Liftgate Control

. Reverse Tilt Mirror

. Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear

. Extended Hill Start Assist

Auto Memory Recall

This feature automatically recallsthe current driver’s previously stored1 or 2 button positions when theignition is changed from off to on orACC/ACCESSORY. See MemorySeats 0 60.

Touch Off or On.

Easy Exit Options

This feature automatically recallsthe previously storedB (Exit)button position when exiting thevehicle. See Memory Seats 0 60.



Touch Off or On.

Chime Volume

This determines the chime volumelevel.

Touch the controls on theinfotainment display to adjust thevolume.

Hands Free Liftgate Control

The liftgate may be operated with akicking motion under the rearbumper between the left exhaustpipe and the license plate. SeeLiftgate 0 41.

Select Off, On-Open and Close,or On-Open Only.

Reverse Tilt Mirror

When on, the driver and/orpassenger mirrors will tilt downwardwhen the vehicle is shifted toR (Reverse) to improve visibility ofthe ground near the rear wheels.They will return to their previousdriving position when the vehicle isshifted out of R (Reverse) or theengine is turned off. See ReverseTilt Mirrors 0 50.

Touch Off, On - Driver andPassenger, On - Driver, or On -Passenger.

Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear

When on and the front wiper is on,the rear wiper will automaticallyactivate when the vehicle is shiftedto R (Reverse).

Select Off or On.

Extended Hill Start Assist

This allows the duration of the HillStart Assist to be changed.

Select Extended Hold orStandard Hold.

Lighting


. Vehicle Locator Lights

. Exit Lighting

Vehicle Locator Lights

This feature will flash the exteriorlamps and allows some of theexterior lamps and most of theinterior lamps to turn on briefly when

K on the Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) transmitter is pressed tolocate the vehicle.

Touch Off or On.

Exit Lighting

This allows the selection of howlong the exterior lamps stay onwhen leaving the vehicle when it isdark outside.

Touch Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds,or 120 Seconds.

Power Door Locks


. Open Door Anti Lockout

. Auto Door Unlock

. Delayed Door Lock

Open Door Anti Lock Out

When on, this feature will keep thedriver door from locking when thedoor is open. If Off is selected, theDelayed Door Lock menu will beavailable.

Touch Off or On.



Auto Door Unlock

This allows selection of which of thedoors will automatically unlock whenthe vehicle is shifted into P (Park).

Touch Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.

Delayed Door Lock

When on, this feature will delay thelocking of the doors. To override thedelay, press the power door lockswitch on the door.

Touch Off or On.

Remote Lock, Unlock, Start


. Remote Unlock Light Feedback

. Remote Lock Feedback

. Remote Door Unlock

. Remote Start Auto Cool Seats

. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

. Remote Window Operation

. Passive Door Unlock

. Passive Door Lock

. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

Remote Unlock Light Feedback

When on, the exterior lamps willflash when unlocking the vehiclewith the RKE transmitter.

Touch Off or Flash Lights.

Remote Lock Feedback

This allows selection of what type offeedback is given when locking thevehicle with the RKE transmitter.

Touch Off, Lights and Horn, LightsOnly, or Horn Only.

Remote Door Unlock

This allows selection of which doorswill unlock when pressing K on theRKE transmitter.

Touch All Doors or Driver Door.

Remote Start Auto Cool Seats

If equipped and turned on, thisfeature will turn on the ventilatedseats when using remote start onwarm days.See Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats 0 63 and Remote VehicleStart 0 35.

Touch Off or On.

Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

If equipped and turned on, thisfeature will turn on the heated seatswhen using remote start oncold days.See Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats 0 63 and Remote VehicleStart 0 35.

Touch Off or On.

Remote Window Operation

This allows the windows to beopened when pressing andholding K on the RKE transmitter.See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 29.

Touch Off or On.

Passive Door Unlock

This allows the selection of whatdoors will unlock when using thebutton on the driver door to unlockthe vehicle.

Touch All Doors or Driver Door Only.



Passive Door Lock

This allows passive locking to beturned on or off and selectsfeedback. See Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 29.

Touch Off, On with HornChirp, or On.

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

This feature sounds an alert whenthe RKE transmitter is left in thevehicle. This menu also enables theRemote No Longer In Vehicle Alert.

Touch Off or On.

Teen Driver

See “Teen Driver” under “Settings”in the infotainment manual.

Valet Mode

This will lock the infotainmentsystem and steering wheel controls.It may also limit access to vehiclestorage locations, if equipped.

To enable valet mode:

1. Enter a four-digit code on thekeypad.

2. Select Enter to go to theconfirmation screen.

3. Re-enter the four-digit code.

Touch Lock or Unlock to lock orunlock the system. Touch Back togo back to the previous menu.

Universal RemoteSystemSee Radio Frequency Statement0 379.

Universal Remote SystemProgramming

If equipped, these buttons are in theoverhead console.

This system can replace up to threeremote control transmitters used toactivate devices such as garagedoor openers, security systems, andhome automation devices. These



instructions refer to a garage dooropener, but can be used for otherdevices.

Do not use the Universal Remotesystem with any garage door openerthat does not have the stop andreverse feature. This includes anygarage door opener modelmanufactured before April 1, 1982.

Read the instructions completelybefore programming the UniversalRemote system. It may help to haveanother person assist with theprogramming process.

Keep the original hand-heldtransmitter for use in other vehiclesas well as for future programming.Erase the programming whenvehicle ownership is terminated.See “Erasing Universal RemoteSystem Buttons” later in thissection.

To program a garage door opener,park outside directly in line with andfacing the garage door openerreceiver. Clear all people andobjects near the garage door.

Make sure the hand-held transmitterhas a new battery for quick andaccurate transmission of theradio-frequency signal.

Programming the UniversalRemote System

For questions or programming help,see www.homelink.com/gm or call1-800-355-3515.

Programming involvestime-sensitive actions, and may timeout causing the procedure to berepeated.

To program up to three devices:

1. Hold the end of the hand-heldtransmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1to 3 in) away from theUniversal Remote systembuttons with the indicator lightin view. The hand-heldtransmitter was supplied by themanufacturer of the garagedoor opener receiver.

2. At the same time, press andhold both the hand-heldtransmitter button and one ofthe three Universal Remote

system buttons to be used tooperate the garage door. Donot release either button untilthe indicator light goes from aslow to a rapid flashing light.Then release both buttons.

Some garage door openersmay require substitution ofStep 2 with the procedureunder “Radio Signals forCanada and Some GateOperators” later in this section.

3. Press and hold the newlyprogrammed Universal Remotesystem button for five secondswhile watching the indicatorlight and garage dooractivation.

. If the indicator light stays oncontinuously or the garagedoor moves when thebutton is pressed, thenprogramming is complete.There is no need tocomplete Steps 4–6.

. If the indicator light doesnot come on or the garagedoor does not move, a



second button press maybe required. For a secondtime, press and hold thenewly programmed buttonfor five seconds. If the lightstays on or the garage doormoves, programming iscomplete.

. If the indicator light blinksrapidly for two seconds,then changes to a solid lightand the garage door doesnot move, continue withprogramming Steps 4–6.

Learn or Smart Button

4. After completing Steps 1–3,locate the Learn or Smartbutton inside the garage on thegarage door opener receiver.

The name and color of thebutton may vary bymanufacturer.

5. Press and release the Learn orSmart button. Step 6 must becompleted within 30 seconds ofpressing this button.

6. Inside the vehicle, press andhold the newly programmedUniversal Remote systembutton for two seconds andthen release it. If the garagedoor does not move or thelamp on the garage dooropener receiver does not flash,press and hold the samebutton a second time fortwo seconds, then release it.Again, if the door does notmove or the garage door lampdoes not flash, press and holdthe same button a third time fortwo seconds, then release it.

The Universal Remote systemshould now activate thegarage door.

Repeat the process forprogramming the two remainingbuttons.

Radio Signals for Canada andSome Gate Operators

For questions or programming help,see www.homelink.com/gm or call1-800-355-3515.

Canadian radio-frequency laws andsome U.S. gate operators requiretransmitter signals to time out or quitafter several seconds oftransmission. This may not be longenough for the Universal Remotesystem to pick up the signal duringprogramming.

If the programming did not work,replace Step 2 under “Programmingthe Universal Remote System” withthe following:

Press and hold the UniversalRemote system button whilepressing and releasing thehand-held transmitter button everytwo seconds until the signal hasbeen successfully accepted by theUniversal Remote system. TheUniversal Remote system indicator



light will flash slowly at first and thenrapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under“Programming the Universal RemoteSystem” to complete.

Universal Remote SystemOperation

Using the Universal RemoteSystem

Press and hold the appropriateUniversal Remote system button forat least one-half second. Theindicator light will come on while thesignal is being transmitted.

Erasing Universal RemoteSystem Buttons

Erase all programmed buttons whenvehicle ownership is terminated.

To erase:

1. Press and hold the two outsidebuttons until the indicator lightbegins to flash. This shouldtake about 10 seconds.

2. Release both buttons.

Reprogramming a SingleUniversal Remote SystemButton

To reprogram any of the systembuttons:

1. Press and hold any one of thebuttons. Do not release thebutton.

2. The indicator light will begin toflash after 20 seconds. Withoutreleasing the button, proceedwith Step 1 under“Programming the UniversalRemote System.”


Lighting 151

Lighting

Exterior LightingExterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 151Headlamp High/Low-Beam

Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Daytime Running

Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Automatic Headlamp

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 154Turn and Lane-Change

Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Interior LightingInstrument Panel Illumination

Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Lighting FeaturesEntry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Battery Load Management . . . 158Battery Power Protection . . . . . 158Exterior Lighting Battery

Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Exterior Lighting

Exterior Lamp Controls

The exterior lamp control is on theinstrument panel to the left of thesteering column.

There are four positions.

O : Turns the exterior lamps off anddeactivates the AUTO mode. Turnto O again to reactivate theAUTO mode.

In Canada, the headlamps willautomatically reactivate when thevehicle is shifted out of P (Park).

AUTO : Turns the exterior lamps onand off automatically depending onoutside lighting.


152 Lighting

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps, except theheadlamps.

5 : Turns on the headlampstogether with the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights.

IntelliBeam® System

If equipped, this system turns thevehicle's high-beam headlamps onand off according to surroundingtraffic conditions.

The system turns the high-beamheadlamps on when it is darkenough and there is no other trafficpresent.

This light comes on in theinstrument cluster when theIntelliBeam system is enabled.

Turning On and EnablingIntelliBeam

To enable the IntelliBeam system,pressb on the turn signal leverwhen it is dark outside and theexterior lamp control is in AUTOor5. The blue high-beam on lightappears on the instrument clusterwhen the high beams are on.

Driving with IntelliBeam

The system only activates the highbeams when driving over 40 km/h(25 mph).

There is a sensor near the topcenter of the windshield thatautomatically controls the system.

Keep this area of the windshieldclear of debris to allow for bestsystem performance.

The high-beam headlamps remainon, under the automatic control,until one of the following situationsoccurs:

. The system detects anapproaching vehicle'sheadlamps.

. The system detects a precedingvehicle's taillamps.

. The outside light is brightenough that high-beamheadlamps are not required.

. The vehicle's speed drops below20 km/h (12 mph).

. The IntelliBeam system isdisabled by the button on theturn signal lever. If this happens,pressb on the turn signallever when the exterior lampcontrol is in the AUTO or5position to reactivate theIntelliBeam system. The


Lighting 153

instrument cluster light will comeon to indicate the IntelliBeamsystem is reactivated.

. The IntelliBeam system will turnoff if the fog lamps areturned on.

The high beams may not turn offautomatically if the system cannotdetect another vehicle's lampsbecause of any of the following:

. The other vehicle's lamps aremissing, damaged, obstructedfrom view, or otherwiseundetected.

. The other vehicle's lamps arecovered with dirt, snow, and/orroad spray.

. The other vehicle's lamps cannotbe detected due to denseexhaust, smoke, fog, snow, roadspray, mist, or other airborneobstructions.

. The vehicle's windshield is dirty,cracked, or obstructed bysomething that blocks the viewof the light sensor.

. The vehicle is loaded such thatthe front end points upward,causing the light sensor to aimhigh and not detect headlampsand taillamps.

. The vehicle is being driven onwinding or hilly roads.

The IntelliBeam system may need tobe disabled if any of the aboveconditions exist.

Headlamp High/Low-Beam ChangerPush the turn signal lever awayfrom you and release, to turn thehigh beams on. To return to lowbeams, push the lever again or pullit toward you and release.

This indicator light turns on in theinstrument cluster when thehigh-beam headlamps are on.

Flash-to-PassThe flash-to-pass feature works withthe low beams or Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) on or off.

To flash the high beams, pull theturn signal lever toward youmomentarily and then release it.

Daytime RunningLamps (DRL)DRL can make it easier for others tosee the front of your vehicle duringthe day. Fully functional DRL arerequired on all vehicles first sold inCanada.

The DRL system comes on indaylight when the followingconditions are met:

. The ignition is on.

. The exterior lamp control isin AUTO.

. The vehicle is not in P (Park).

. The light sensor determines it isdaytime.


154 Lighting

When the DRL are on, the taillamps,sidemarker lamps, instrument panellights, and other lamps will not beon. The instrument cluster will be lit.

The DRL turn off when theheadlamps are turned to O or theignition is off. For vehicles first soldin Canada, the DRL can only beturned off when the vehicle isparked.

The regular headlamp systemshould be turned on when needed.

Automatic HeadlampSystemWhen the exterior lamp control isset to AUTO and it is dark enoughoutside, the headlamps come onautomatically.

There is a light sensor on top of theinstrument panel. Do not cover thesensor; otherwise the headlampswill come on when they are notneeded.

The system may also turn on theheadlamps when driving through aparking garage or tunnel.

When it is bright enough outside,the headlamps will turn off or maychange to Daytime RunningLamps (DRL).

The automatic headlamp systemturns off when the exterior lampcontrol is turned to O or the ignitionis off.

Lights On with Wipers

If the windshield wipers areactivated in daylight with the engineon, and the exterior lamp control isin AUTO, the headlamps, parkinglamps, and other exterior lampscome on. The transition time for thelamps coming on varies based onwiper speed. When the wipers arenot operating, these lamps turn off.Move the exterior lamp control to Oor; to disable this feature.

Hazard Warning Flashers


Lighting 155

| : Press to make the front andrear turn signal lamps flash on andoff. This warns others that you arehaving trouble.

Press| again to turn theflashers off.

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals

Move the lever all the way up ordown to signal a turn.

An arrow on the instrument clusterwill flash in the direction of the turnor lane change.

Raise or lower the lever until thearrow starts to flash to signal a lanechange. Hold it there until the lane

change is complete. If the lever ismoved momentarily to the lanechange position, the arrow will flashthree times.

The lever returns to its startingposition when it is released.

If after signaling a turn or lanechange, the arrow flashes rapidly ordoes not come on, a signal bulbmay be burned out.

Have any burned out bulbsreplaced. If a bulb is not burned out,check the fuse. See InstrumentPanel Fuse Block 0 296.

Fog Lamps

The fog lamps button is on theinstrument panel beside the steeringwheel.

To turn on the fog lamps, the ignitionand the headlamps or parking lampsmust be on.

# : If equipped, press to turn on oroff. An indicator light on theinstrument cluster comes on whenthe fog lamps are on.

Some localities have laws thatrequire the headlamps to be onalong with the fog lamps.


156 Lighting

Interior Lighting

Instrument PanelIllumination Control

The brightness of the instrumentcluster display, infotainment displayand controls, steering wheelcontrols, and all other illuminatedcontrols, as well as feature statusindicators can be adjusted.

The knob for this feature is on theinstrument panel beside the steeringcolumn.

Push the knob in all the way until itextends out and then turn the knobclockwise or counterclockwise tobrighten or dim the lights.

Courtesy LampsThe courtesy lamps come on whenany door is opened and thejOFF indicator light is turned off. SeeDome Lamps 0 156.

Dome Lamps

The dome lamp controls are in theoverhead console.

To operate, press the followingbuttons:

j OFF : Press to turn off thedome lamps when a door is open.An indicator light on the button will

turn on when the dome lampoverride is activated. PressjOFF again to deactivate this featureand the indicator light will turn off.The dome lamps will come on whendoors are opened.

+ ON/OFF : Press to turn the domelamps on manually.

Reading LampsThere are reading lamps on theoverhead console and over the rearpassenger doors. These lampscome on when any door is opened.


Lighting 157

Front Reading Lamps

The front reading lamps are in theoverhead console.

Press the lamp lenses to turn thefront reading lamps on or off.

Rear Reading Lamps

Press the lamp lens to turn the rearpassenger reading lamps on or off.

Lighting Features

Entry LightingSome exterior lamps and interiorlamps turn on briefly at night, or inareas with limited lighting, when Kis pressed on the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter. When adoor is opened, the interior lampscome on. They stay on for about20 seconds. When all of the doorshave been closed or the ignition isturned on, they gradually fade out.

This feature can be changed. See“Vehicle Locator Lights” underVehicle Personalization 0 142.

Exit LightingSome exterior lamps and interiorlamps come on at night, or in areaswith limited lighting, when the driverdoor is opened after the ignition isturned off. The dome lamp comeson after the ignition is turned off.The exterior lamps and dome lampremain on for a set amount of time,then automatically turn off.


158 Lighting

The exterior lamps turn offimmediately by turning the exteriorlamp control off.

This feature can be changed. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 142.

Battery LoadManagementThe vehicle has Electric PowerManagement (EPM) that estimatesthe battery's temperature and stateof charge. It then adjusts the voltagefor best performance and extendedlife of the battery.

When the battery's state of chargeis low, the voltage is raised slightlyto quickly bring the charge back up.When the state of charge is high,the voltage is lowered slightly toprevent overcharging. If the vehiclehas a voltmeter gauge or a voltagedisplay on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC), you may see thevoltage move up or down. This isnormal. If there is a problem, analert will be displayed.

The battery can be discharged atidle if the electrical loads are veryhigh. This is true for all vehicles.This is because the generator(alternator) may not be spinning fastenough at idle to produce all of thepower needed for very highelectrical loads.

A high electrical load occurs whenseveral of the following are on, suchas: headlamps, high beams, rearwindow defogger, climate control fanat high speed, heated seats, enginecooling fans, trailer loads, and loadsplugged into accessory poweroutlets.

EPM works to prevent excessivedischarge of the battery. It does thisby balancing the generator's outputand the vehicle's electrical needs.It can increase engine idle speed togenerate more power wheneverneeded. It can temporarily reducethe power demands of someaccessories.

Normally, these actions occur insteps or levels, without beingnoticeable. In rare cases at thehighest levels of corrective action,

this action may be noticeable to thedriver. If so, a DIC message mightbe displayed and it is recommendedthat the driver reduce the electricalloads as much as possible.

Battery Power ProtectionThis feature shuts off the interiorlamps if they are left on for morethan 10 minutes when the ignition isoff. This helps to prevent the batteryfrom running down.

Exterior Lighting BatterySaverThe exterior lamps turn off about10 minutes after the ignition isturned off, if the parking lamps orheadlamps have been manually lefton. This protects against drainingthe battery. To restart the 10-minutetimer, turn the exterior lamp controlto the off position and then back tothe parking lamp or headlampposition.

To keep the lamps on for more than10 minutes, the ignition must be onor in ACC/ACCESSORY.


Infotainment System 159

InfotainmentSystem

IntroductionInfotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Introduction

InfotainmentSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, phone, navigation system,and voice or speech recognition.It also includes information onsettings.


160 Climate Controls

Climate Controls

Climate Control SystemsClimate Control Systems . . . . . 160Dual Automatic Climate

Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Air VentsAir Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

MaintenancePassenger Compartment Air

Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Climate Control Systems

With this system the heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can becontrolled.

1. Fan Control



4. Defrost

5. TEMP (Temperature Control)



9 : Turn clockwise orcounterclockwise to increase ordecrease the fan speed or turn thefan off.

TEMP : Turn the knob clockwise orcounterclockwise to increase ordecrease the temperature.


Climate Controls 161

Air Delivery Mode Control : PressY,\,[ , or- to change thedirection of the airflow. An indicatorlight comes on in the selected modebutton.

Y : Air is directed to the instrumentpanel outlets.

\ : Air is divided between theinstrument panel and floor outlets.

[ : Air is directed to the flooroutlets, with some to the windshield,side window outlets, and secondrow floor outlets.

- : This mode clears the windowsof fog or moisture. Air is directed tothe windshield, floor outlets, andside window vents.

0 : Press to clear the windshieldof fog or frost more quickly. Air isdirected to the windshield and theside window vents. The airconditioning compressor also comeson, unless the outside temperatureis below freezing.

Do not drive the vehicle until allwindows are clear.

See Air Vents 0 165.

A/C : Press to turn the airconditioning system on or off. Anindicator light comes on to showthat the air conditioning is enabled.The A/C light will stay on even if theoutside temperatures are belowfreezing and the compressor doesnot run. If the fan is turned off, theair conditioner will not run.

@ : Press to turn on recirculation.An indicator light comes on. Air isrecirculated to quickly cool theinside of the vehicle. It can also beused to help reduce outside air andodors that enter the vehicle.

Rear Window Defogger

The rear window defogger uses awarming grid to remove fog from therear window.

K : Press to turn the rear windowdefogger on or off. An indicator lighton the button comes on to show thatthe rear window defogger is on.

The rear window defogger onlyworks when the ignition is on. Thedefogger turns off if the ignition isturned to off or to ACC/ACCESSORY.

Caution

Using a razor blade or sharpobject to clear the inside rearwindow can damage the rearwindow defogger. Repairs wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Do not clear the insiderear window with sharp objects.

Heated Mirror : If equipped withheated outside mirrors, the mirrorsheat to help clear fog or frost fromthe surface of the mirror when therear window defog button ispressed. See Heated Mirrors 0 49.



Dual Automatic Climate Control SystemWith this system the heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can becontrolled.

1. Driver Temperature Control



4. Fan Control

5. Defrost

6. Passenger TemperatureControl

7. SYNC (SynchronizedTemperature)


9. Power Button


11. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

Automatic Operation

The system automatically controlsthe following four functions to heator cool the vehicle to the desiredtemperature:

. Fan Speed

. Air Delivery Mode

. Air Conditioning

. Recirculation

When the AUTO indicator light is lit,all four functions are operatingautomatically. Each function can bemanually set and the selectedsetting will be shown. This cancelsfull automatic operation and theAUTO indicator light turns off.Functions that are not manually setwill continue to be automaticallycontrolled, although the AUTOindicator light will not be lit.

To place the system inautomatic mode:

1. Press AUTO.

2. Set the driver and passengertemperature.

To find your comfort setting,start with 22 °C (72 °F) andallow the system time tostabilize. Then adjust thetemperature as needed for bestcomfort.



To improve fuel efficiency and tocool the vehicle faster, recirculationmay be automatically selected inwarm weather.

The recirculation light will not comeon when automatically controlled.Press@ to manually selectrecirculation; press it again to selectoutside air.

Do not cover the solar sensor on thetop of the instrument panel near thewindshield. This sensor regulatesair temperature based on sun load.See “Sensors” later in this section.

Manual Operation

O : Press to turn the climate controlsystem on or off. When off, no airwill flow into the vehicle. Turning thefan on, pressing any other button,or turning a knob will turn thesystem back on.

9 : Turn clockwise orcounterclockwise to increase ordecrease the fan speed. Press theknob to turn the fan off.

Press AUTO to return to automaticoperation.

Driver and PassengerTemperature Control : Thetemperature can be adjustedseparately for the driver andpassenger.

Turn the knob clockwise orcounterclockwise to increase ordecrease the driver or passengertemperature setting.

SYNC : Press to link the passengertemperature settings to the driversetting. The SYNC indicator light willturn on. When the passengertemperature settings are adjusted,the SYNC indicator light is off.

The driver side or passenger sidetemperature display shows thetemperature setting increasing ordecreasing.

Air Delivery Mode Control : PressY,\,[ , or- to change thedirection of the airflow. An indicatorlight comes on in the selected modebutton.

Changing the mode cancels theautomatic operation and the systemgoes into manual mode. PressAUTO to return to automaticoperation.

Y : Air is directed to the instrumentpanel outlets.

\ : Air is divided between theinstrument panel and floor outlets.

[ : Air is directed to the flooroutlets, with some to the windshield,side window outlets, and secondrow floor outlets.

- : This mode clears the windowsof fog or moisture. Air is directed tothe windshield, floor outlets, andside window vents.

0 : Press to clear the windshieldof fog or frost more quickly. Air isdirected to the windshield and theside window vents. The airconditioning compressor also comeson, unless the outside temperatureis below freezing.

Do not drive the vehicle until allwindows are clear.

See Air Vents 0 165.



A/C : Press to turn the airconditioning system on or off. Anindicator light comes on to showthat the air conditioning is enabled.If the fan is turned off, the airconditioner will not run. The A/Clight will stay on even if the outsidetemperatures are below freezingand the A/C compressor may be off.

@ : Press to turn on recirculation.An indicator light comes on. Air isrecirculated to quickly cool theinside of the vehicle. It can also beused to help reduce outside air andodors that enter the vehicle.

Rear Window Defogger

The rear window defogger uses awarming grid to remove fog from therear window.

K : Press to turn the rear windowdefogger on or off. An indicator lighton the button comes on to show thatthe rear window defogger is on.

The rear window defogger onlyworks when the ignition is on. Thedefogger turns off if the ignition isturned off or to ACC/ACCESSORY.

Caution

Using a razor blade or sharpobject to clear the inside rearwindow can damage the rearwindow defogger. Repairs wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Do not clear the insiderear window with sharp objects.

Heated Mirror : If equipped withheated outside mirrors, the mirrorsheat to help clear fog or frost fromthe surface of the mirror when therear window defog button ispressed. See Heated Mirrors 0 49.

Sensor

The solar sensor on top of theinstrument panel near thewindshield, monitors the solar heat.

The climate control system uses thesensor information to adjust thetemperature, fan speed,recirculation, and air delivery modefor best comfort.

Do not cover the sensor; otherwisethe automatic climate control systemmay not work properly.



Air VentsUse the louvers located on the airvents to change the direction of theairflow.

To open or close off the airflow:

. On the center air vents, movethe slider knobs up or down.

. On the outer and rear air vents,move the slider knobs rightor left.

Operation Tips

. Clear away any ice, snow,or leaves from air inlets at thebase of the windshield that couldblock the flow of air into thevehicle.

. Clear snow off the hood toimprove visibility and helpdecrease moisture drawn intothe vehicle, which may improvelong term system performance.

. Keep the path under the frontseats clear of objects to helpcirculate the air inside of thevehicle more effectively.

. Use of non-GM approved hooddeflectors can adversely affectthe performance of the system.Check with your dealer beforeadding equipment to the outsideof the vehicle.

. Do not attach any devices to theair vent slats. This restrictsairflow and may cause damageto the air vents.

Maintenance

Passenger CompartmentAir FilterThe filter removes dust, pollen, andother airborne irritants from outsideair that is pulled into the vehicle.

The filter should be replaced as partof routine scheduled maintenance.See Maintenance Schedule 0 353.To find out what type of filter to use,see Maintenance ReplacementParts 0 362.

1. Open the glove box.



2. Disconnect the glove box doordamper (1) from the glove boxdoor assembly by squeezingthe pivot (2) to release thedamper ring.

3. Squeeze both sides of theglove box bin inward to lowerbeyond the stops.

4. Press the latches on either sideof the service door inward torelease. Open the service doorand remove the old filter.

5. Install the new air filter.

6. Close the service doorcompletely.

7. Reverse the steps to reinstallthe glove box.

See your dealer if additionalassistance is needed.



ServiceAll vehicles have a label underhoodthat identifies the refrigerant used inthe vehicle. The refrigerant systemshould only be serviced by trainedand certified technicians. The airconditioning evaporator shouldnever be repaired or replaced byone from a salvage vehicle.It should only be replaced by a newevaporator to ensure proper andsafe operation.

During service, all refrigerantsshould be reclaimed with properequipment. Venting refrigerantsdirectly to the atmosphere is harmfulto the environment and may alsocreate unsafe conditions based oninhalation, combustion, frostbite,or other health-based concerns.


168 Driving and Operating

Driving andOperating

Driving InformationDriver Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Driving Environment . . . . . . . . . . 170Vehicle Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 170Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 171Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 173Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Off-Road Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 178Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 179Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 180Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Starting and OperatingNew Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 185Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 188Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 193Parking over Things

That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Engine ExhaustEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196Running the Vehicle While

Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

Diesel Particulate FilterDiesel Particulate Filter . . . . . . . 197

Diesel Exhaust FluidDiesel Exhaust Fluid . . . . . . . . . . 198

Automatic TransmissionAutomatic Transmission . . . . . . 204Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

Drive SystemsAll-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

BrakesAntilock Brake

System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 210Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . 212

Ride Control SystemsTraction Control/Electronic

Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . . 216Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . 216

Cruise ControlCruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

Driver Assistance SystemsDriver Assistance Systems . . . 222Assistance Systems for

Parking or Backing . . . . . . . . . . 223Assistance Systems for

Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228Forward Collision Alert (FCA)

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228Forward Automatic

Braking (FAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231Side Blind Zone

Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . 232Lane Departure

Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . 234

FuelFuel (Gasoline) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236California Fuel Requirements

(Gasoline) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237


Driving and Operating 169

Fuels in Foreign Countries(Gasoline) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Fuel for Diesel Engines . . . . . . . 238What Fuel to Use in the U.S.

(Diesel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239What Fuel to Use in Canada

and Mexico (Diesel) . . . . . . . . . 240Biodiesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241Cold Weather Operation

(Diesel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242Water in Fuel (Diesel) . . . . . . . . 243Running Out of Fuel

(Diesel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Fuel Filter Replacement

(Diesel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Filling the Tank (Gasoline) . . . . 247Filling the Tank (Diesel) . . . . . . . 248Filling a Portable Fuel

Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

Trailer TowingGeneral Towing

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Driving Characteristics and

Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 257

Conversions and Add-OnsAdd-On Electrical

Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

Driving Information

Driver BehaviorDriving is an importantresponsibility. Driver behavior, thedriving environment, and thevehicle's design all affect how well avehicle performs.

Being aware of these factors canhelp in understanding how thevehicle handles and what can bedone to avoid many types ofcrashes, including a rollover crash.

Most serious injuries and fatalities tounbelted occupants can be reducedor prevented by the use of seatbelts. In a rollover crash, anunbelted person is significantlymore likely to die than a personwearing a seat belt. In addition,avoiding excessive speed, suddenor abrupt turns, and drunken oraggressive driving can help maketrips safer and avoid the possibilityof a crash.



Driving EnvironmentBe prepared for driving in inclementweather, at night, or during othertimes where visibility or traction maybe limited, such as on curves,slippery roads, or hilly terrain.Unfamiliar surroundings can alsohave hidden hazards.

Learn more about driving in differentconditions and off-road driving inthis section.

Vehicle DesignUtility vehicles have a significantlyhigher rollover rate than other typesof vehicles. This is because theyhave a higher ground clearance anda narrower track or shorterwheelbase than passenger cars,which makes them more capable foroff-road driving. While these designcharacteristics provide the driverwith a better view of the road, thesevehicles do have a higher center ofgravity than other types of vehicles.A utility vehicle does not handle the

same as a vehicle with a lowercenter of gravity, like a car, in similarsituations.

Safe driver behavior andunderstanding of the environmentcan help avoid a rollover crash inany type of vehicle, including utilityvehicles.

Distracted DrivingDistraction comes in many formsand can take your focus from thetask of driving. Exercise goodjudgment and do not let otheractivities divert your attention awayfrom the road. Many localgovernments have enacted lawsregarding driver distraction. Becomefamiliar with the local laws inyour area.

To avoid distracted driving, keepyour eyes on the road, keep yourhands on the steering wheel, andfocus your attention on driving.

. Do not use a phone indemanding driving situations.Use a hands-free method toplace or receive necessaryphone calls.

. Watch the road. Do not read,take notes, or look upinformation on phones or otherelectronic devices.

. Designate a front seatpassenger to handle potentialdistractions.

. Become familiar with vehiclefeatures before driving, such asprogramming favorite radiostations and adjusting climatecontrol and seat settings.Program all trip information intoany navigation device prior todriving.

. Wait until the vehicle is parkedto retrieve items that have fallento the floor.


Driving and Operating 171. Stop or park the vehicle to tend

to children.

. Keep pets in an appropriatecarrier or restraint.

. Avoid stressful conversationswhile driving, whether with apassenger or on a cell phone.

{ Warning

Taking your eyes off the road toolong or too often could cause acrash resulting in injury or death.Focus your attention on driving.

Refer to the infotainment section formore information on using thatsystem and the navigation system,if equipped, including pairing andusing a cell phone.

Defensive DrivingDefensive driving means “alwaysexpect the unexpected.” The firststep in driving defensively is to wearthe seat belt. See Seat Belts 0 69.

. Assume that other road users(pedestrians, bicyclists, andother drivers) are going to becareless and make mistakes.Anticipate what they might doand be ready.

. Allow enough following distancebetween you and the driver infront of you.

. Focus on the task of driving.

Drunk DrivingDeath and injury associated withdrinking and driving is a globaltragedy.

{ Warning

Drinking and then driving is verydangerous. Your reflexes,perceptions, attentiveness, andjudgment can be affected by evena small amount of alcohol. Youcan have a serious — or evenfatal — collision if you drive afterdrinking.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Do not drink and drive or ride witha driver who has been drinking.Ride home in a cab; or if you arewith a group, designate a driverwho will not drink.

Control of a VehicleBraking, steering, and acceleratingare important factors in helping tocontrol a vehicle while driving.

BrakingBraking action involves perceptiontime and reaction time. Deciding topush the brake pedal is perceptiontime. Actually doing it isreaction time.

Average driver reaction time isabout three-quarters of a second. Inthat time, a vehicle moving at100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m(66 ft), which could be a lot ofdistance in an emergency.



Helpful braking tips to keep in mindinclude:

. Keep enough distance betweenyou and the vehicle in frontof you.

. Avoid needless heavy braking.

. Keep pace with traffic.

If the engine ever stops while thevehicle is being driven, brakenormally but do not pump thebrakes. Doing so could make thepedal harder to push down. If theengine stops, there will be somepower brake assist but it will beused when the brake is applied.Once the power assist is used up, itcan take longer to stop and thebrake pedal will be harder to push.

Steering

Electric Power Steering

The vehicle has electric powersteering. It does not have powersteering fluid. Regular maintenanceis not required.

If power steering assist is lost dueto a system malfunction, the vehiclecan be steered, but may requireincreased effort.

If the steering assist is used for anextended period of time while thevehicle is not moving, power assistmay be reduced.

If the steering wheel is turned until itreaches the end of its travel and isheld against that position for anextended period of time, powersteering assist may be reduced.

Normal use of the power steeringassist should return when thesystem cools down.

See your dealer if there is aproblem.

Curve Tips. Take curves at a reasonable

speed.

. Reduce speed before entering acurve.

. Maintain a reasonable steadyspeed through the curve.

. Wait until the vehicle is out ofthe curve before acceleratinggently into the straightaway.

Steering in Emergencies. There are some situations when

steering around a problem maybe more effective than braking.

. Holding both sides of thesteering wheel allows you to turn180 degrees without removinga hand.

. The Antilock Brake System(ABS) allows steering whilebraking.



Off-Road Recovery

The vehicle's right wheels can dropoff the edge of a road onto theshoulder while driving. Followthese tips:

1. Ease off the accelerator andthen, if there is nothing in theway, steer the vehicle so that itstraddles the edge of thepavement.

2. Turn the steering wheel aboutone-eighth of a turn, until theright front tire contacts thepavement edge.

3. Turn the steering wheel to gostraight down the roadway.

Loss of Control

Skidding

There are three types of skids thatcorrespond to the vehicle's threecontrol systems:

. Braking Skid — wheels are notrolling.

. Steering or Cornering Skid —too much speed or steering in acurve causes tires to slip andlose cornering force.

. Acceleration Skid — too muchthrottle causes the drivingwheels to spin.

Defensive drivers avoid most skidsby taking reasonable care suited toexisting conditions, and by notoverdriving those conditions. Butskids are always possible.

If the vehicle starts to slide, followthese suggestions:

. Ease your foot off theaccelerator pedal and steer theway you want the vehicle to go.The vehicle may straighten out.Be ready for a second skid if itoccurs.

. Slow down and adjust yourdriving according to weatherconditions. Stopping distancecan be longer and vehiclecontrol can be affected whentraction is reduced by water,snow, ice, gravel, or othermaterial on the road. Learn torecognize warning clues — suchas enough water, ice, or packedsnow on the road to make amirrored surface — and slowdown when you have any doubt.

. Try to avoid sudden steering,acceleration, or braking,including reducing vehicle speedby shifting to a lower gear. Anysudden changes could causethe tires to slide.

Remember: Antilock brakes helpavoid only the braking skid.



Off-Road DrivingAll-wheel-drive vehicles can beused for off-road driving. Vehicleswithout all-wheel drive and vehiclesnot equipped with All Terrain (AT) orOn-Off Road (OOR) tires must notbe driven off-road except on a level,solid surface. To contact the tiremanufacturer for more informationabout the original equipment tires,see the warranty manual.

Controlling the vehicle is the key tosuccessful off-road driving. One ofthe best ways to control the vehicleis to control the speed.

{ Warning

When driving off-road, bouncingand quick changes in directioncan easily throw you out ofposition. This could cause you tolose control and crash. You andyour passengers should alwayswear seat belts.

Before Driving Off-Road. Have all necessary maintenance

and service work completed.

. Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels,and check inflation pressure inall tires, including the spare,if equipped.

. Read all the information aboutall-wheel-drive vehicles in thismanual.

. Make sure all underbodyshields, if equipped, are properlyattached.

. Know the local laws that apply tooff-road driving.

Loading the Vehicle forOff-Road Driving

{ Warning

. Unsecured cargo on theload floor can be tossedabout when driving overrough terrain. You or your

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

passengers can be struckby flying objects. Secure thecargo properly.

. Keep cargo in the cargoarea as far forward and aslow as possible. Theheaviest things should beon the floor, forward of therear axle.

. Heavy loads on the roofraise the vehicle's center ofgravity, making it more likelyto roll over. You can beseriously or fatally injured ifthe vehicle rolls over. Putheavy loads inside thecargo area, not on the roof.

For more information about loadingthe vehicle, see Vehicle Load Limits0 181.



Environmental Concerns. Always use established trails,

roads, and areas that have beenset aside for public off-roadrecreational driving and obey allposted regulations.

. Do not damage shrubs, flowers,trees, or grasses or disturbwildlife.

. Do not park over things thatburn. See Parking over ThingsThat Burn 0 196.

Driving on Hills

Driving safely on hills requires goodjudgment and an understanding ofwhat the vehicle can and cannot do.

{ Warning

Many hills are simply too steepfor any vehicle. Driving up hillscan cause the vehicle to stall.Driving down hills can cause lossof control. Driving across hills can

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

cause a rollover. You could beinjured or killed. Do not drive onsteep hills.

Before driving on a hill, assess thesteepness, traction, andobstructions. If the terrain aheadcannot be seen, get out of thevehicle and walk the hill beforedriving further.

When driving on hills:

. Use a low gear and keep a firmgrip on the steering wheel.

. Maintain a slow speed.

. When possible, drive straight upor down the hill.

. Slow down when approachingthe top of the hill.

. Use headlamps even during theday to make the vehicle morevisible.

{ Warning

Driving to the top of a hill at highspeed can cause an accident.There could be a drop-off,embankment, cliff, or evenanother vehicle. You could beseriously injured or killed. As younear the top of a hill, slow downand stay alert.

. Never go downhill forward orbackward with the transmissionin N (Neutral). The brakes couldoverheat and you could losecontrol.

. When driving down a hill, keepthe vehicle headed straightdown. Use a low gear becausethe engine will work with thebrakes to slow the vehicle andhelp keep the vehicle undercontrol.



{ Warning

Heavy braking when going downa hill can cause your brakes tooverheat and fade. This couldcause loss of control and you orothers could be injured or killed.Apply the brakes lightly whendescending a hill and use a lowgear to keep vehicle speed undercontrol.

If the vehicle stalls on a hill:

1. Apply the brakes to stop thevehicle, and then apply theparking brake.

2. Shift into P (Park) and thenrestart the engine.

. If driving uphill when thevehicle stalls, shift toR (Reverse), release theparking brake, and backstraight down.

. Never try to turn the vehiclearound. If the hill is steepenough to stall the vehicle,it is steep enough to causeit to roll over.

. If you cannot make it up thehill, back straight downthe hill.

. Never back down a hill inN (Neutral) using only thebrake. The vehicle can rollbackward quickly and youcould lose control.

. If driving downhill when thevehicle stalls, shift to alower gear, release theparking brake, and drivestraight down the hill.

3. If the vehicle cannot berestarted after stalling, set theparking brake, shift intoP (Park), and turn thevehicle off.

3.1. Leave the vehicle andseek help.

3.2. Stay clear of the path thevehicle would take if itrolled downhill.

. Avoid turns that take the vehicleacross the incline of the hill.A hill that can be driven straightup or down might be too steep todrive across. Driving across anincline puts more weight on thedownhill wheels which couldcause a downhill slide or arollover.

. Surface conditions can be aproblem. Loose gravel, muddyspots, or even wet grass cancause the tires to slip sideways,downhill. If the vehicle slipssideways, it can hit somethingthat will trip it — a rock, a rut,etc. — and roll over.

. Hidden obstacles can make thesteepness of the incline moresevere. If a rock is driven acrosswith the uphill wheels, or if thedownhill wheels drop into a rutor depression, the vehicle can tilteven more.


Driving and Operating 177. If an incline must be driven

across, and the vehicle starts toslide, turn downhill. This shouldhelp straighten out the vehicleand prevent the side slipping.

{ Warning

Getting out of the vehicle on thedownhill side when stoppedacross an incline is dangerous.If the vehicle rolls over, you couldbe crushed or killed. Always getout on the uphill side of thevehicle and stay well clear of therollover path.

Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow,or Ice

Use a low gear when driving inmud — the deeper the mud, thelower the gear. Keep the vehiclemoving to avoid getting stuck.

Traction changes when driving onsand. On loose sand, such as onbeaches or sand dunes, the tirestend to sink into the sand. Thisaffects steering, accelerating, and

braking. Drive at a reduced speedand avoid sharp turns or abruptmaneuvers.

Traction is reduced on hard packedsnow and ice and it is easy to losecontrol. Reduce vehicle speed whendriving on hard packed snowand ice.

{ Warning

Driving on frozen lakes, ponds,or rivers can be dangerous. Iceconditions vary greatly and thevehicle could fall through the ice;you and your passengers coulddrown. Drive your vehicle on safesurfaces only.

Driving in Water

{ Warning

Driving through rushing water canbe dangerous. Deep water cansweep your vehicle downstreamand you and your passengers

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

could drown. If it is only shallowwater, it can still wash away theground from under your tires.Traction could be lost, and thevehicle could roll over. Do notdrive through rushing water.

Caution

Do not drive through standingwater if it is deep enough to coverthe wheel hubs, axles, or exhaustpipe. Deep water can damage theaxle and other vehicle parts.

If the standing water is not too deep,drive through it slowly. At fasterspeeds, water can get into theengine and cause it to stall. Stallingcan occur if the exhaust pipe isunder water. Do not turn off theignition when driving through water.If the exhaust pipe is under water,the engine will not start. When going



through water, the brakes get wetand it may take longer to stop. SeeDriving on Wet Roads 0 178.

After Off-Road Driving

Remove any brush or debris thathas collected on the underbody orchassis, or under the hood. Theseaccumulations can be a fire hazard.

After operation in mud or sand,have the brake linings cleaned andchecked. These substances cancause glazing and uneven braking.Check the body structure, steering,suspension, wheels, tires, andexhaust system for damage andcheck the fuel lines and coolingsystem for any leakage.

More frequent maintenance serviceis required. See the MaintenanceSchedule 0 353.

Driving on Wet RoadsRain and wet roads can reducevehicle traction and affect yourability to stop and accelerate.Always drive slower in these types

of driving conditions and avoiddriving through large puddles anddeep-standing or flowing water.

{ Warning

Wet brakes can cause crashes.They might not work as well in aquick stop and could causepulling to one side. You couldlose control of the vehicle.

After driving through a largepuddle of water or a car/vehiclewash, lightly apply the brakepedal until the brakes worknormally.

Flowing or rushing water createsstrong forces. Driving throughflowing water could cause thevehicle to be carried away. If thishappens, you and other vehicleoccupants could drown. Do notignore police warnings and bevery cautious about trying to drivethrough flowing water.

Hydroplaning

Hydroplaning is dangerous. Watercan build up under the vehicle'stires so they actually ride on thewater. This can happen if the road iswet enough and you are going fastenough. When the vehicle ishydroplaning, it has little or nocontact with the road.

There is no hard and fast rule abouthydroplaning. The best advice is toslow down when the road is wet.

Other Rainy Weather Tips

Besides slowing down, other wetweather driving tips include:

. Allow extra following distance.

. Pass with caution.

. Keep windshield wipingequipment in good shape.

. Keep the windshield washer fluidreservoir filled.

. Have good tires with propertread depth. See Tires 0 300.

. Turn off cruise control.



Hill and Mountain RoadsDriving on steep hills or throughmountains is different than drivingon flat or rolling terrain. Tips include:

. Keep the vehicle serviced and ingood shape.

. Check all fluid levels and brakes,tires, cooling system, andtransmission.

. Shift to a lower gear when goingdown steep or long hills.

{ Warning

Using the brakes to slow thevehicle on a long downhill slopecan cause brake overheating, canreduce brake performance, andcould result in a loss of braking.Shift the transmission to a lowergear to let the engine assist thebrakes on a steep downhill slope.

{ Warning

Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)or with the ignition off isdangerous. This can causeoverheating of the brakes andloss of steering assist. Alwayshave the engine running and thevehicle in gear.

. Drive at speeds that keep thevehicle in its own lane. Do notswing wide or cross thecenter line.

. Be alert on top of hills;something could be in your lane(e.g., stalled car, accident).

. Pay attention to special roadsigns (e.g., falling rocks area,winding roads, long grades,passing or no-passing zones)and take appropriate action.

Winter Driving

Driving on Snow or Ice

Snow or ice between the tires andthe road creates less traction orgrip, so drive carefully. Wet ice canoccur at about 0 °C (32 °F) whenfreezing rain begins to fall. Avoiddriving on wet ice or in freezing rainuntil roads can be treated.

For Slippery Road Driving:

. Accelerate gently. Acceleratingtoo quickly causes the wheels tospin and makes the surfaceunder the tires slick.

. Turn on Traction Control. SeeTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 213.

. The Antilock Brake System(ABS) improves vehicle stabilityduring hard stops, but thebrakes should be applied soonerthan when on dry pavement.See Antilock Brake System(ABS) 0 210.


180 Driving and Operating. Allow greater following distance

and watch for slippery spots. Icypatches can occur on otherwiseclear roads in shaded areas.The surface of a curve or anoverpass can remain icy whenthe surrounding roads are clear.Avoid sudden steeringmaneuvers and braking whileon ice.

. Turn off cruise control.

Blizzard Conditions

Stop the vehicle in a safe place andsignal for help. Stay with the vehicleunless there is help nearby.If possible, use RoadsideAssistance. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 373. To gethelp and keep everyone in thevehicle safe:


. Tie a red cloth to an outsidemirror.

{ Warning

Snow can trap engine exhaustunder the vehicle. This maycause exhaust gases to getinside. Engine exhaust containscarbon monoxide (CO), whichcannot be seen or smelled. It cancause unconsciousness and evendeath.

If the vehicle is stuck in snow:

. Clear snow from the base ofthe vehicle, especially anyblocking the exhaust pipe.

. Open a window about 5 cm(2 in) on the vehicle sidethat is away from the wind,to bring in fresh air.


. Adjust the climate controlsystem to circulate the airinside the vehicle and set

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

the fan speed to the highestsetting. See “ClimateControl Systems.”

For more information about CO,see Engine Exhaust 0 196.

To save fuel, run the engine forshort periods to warm the vehicleand then shut the engine off andpartially close the window. Movingabout to keep warm also helps.

If it takes time for help to arrive,when running the engine, push theaccelerator pedal slightly so theengine runs faster than the idlespeed. This keeps the batterycharged to restart the vehicle and tosignal for help with the headlamps.Do this as little as possible, tosave fuel.

If the Vehicle Is StuckSlowly and cautiously spin thewheels to free the vehicle whenstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.



If stuck too severely for the tractionsystem to free the vehicle, turn thetraction system off and use therocking method. See TractionControl/Electronic Stability Control0 213.

{ Warning

If the vehicle's tires spin at highspeed, they can explode, and youor others could be injured. Thevehicle can overheat, causing anengine compartment fire or otherdamage. Spin the wheels as littleas possible and avoid goingabove 56 km/h (35 mph).

Rocking the Vehicle to Getit Out

Turn the steering wheel left andright to clear the area around thefront wheels. Turn off any tractionsystem. Shift back and forthbetween R (Reverse) and a lowforward gear, spinning the wheelsas little as possible. To preventtransmission wear, wait until the

wheels stop spinning before shiftinggears. Release the acceleratorpedal while shifting, and presslightly on the accelerator pedalwhen the transmission is in gear.Slowly spinning the wheels in theforward and reverse directionscauses a rocking motion that couldfree the vehicle. If that does not getthe vehicle out after a few tries, itmight need to be towed out. If thevehicle does need to be towed out,see Towing the Vehicle 0 337.

Vehicle Load LimitsIt is very important to know howmuch weight the vehicle cancarry. This weight is called thevehicle capacity weight andincludes the weight of alloccupants, cargo, and allnonfactory-installed options.Two labels on the vehicle mayshow how much weight it mayproperly carry, the Tire andLoading Information label andthe Certification/Tire label.

{ Warning

Do not load the vehicle anyheavier than the GrossVehicle Weight Rating(GVWR), or either themaximum front or rear GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR).This can cause systems tobreak and change the way thevehicle handles. This couldcause loss of control and acrash. Overloading can alsoreduce stopping distance,damage the tires, and shortenthe life of the vehicle.



Tire and Loading InformationLabel

Example Label

A vehicle-specific Tire andLoading Information label isattached to the center pillar(B-pillar). The tire and loadinginformation label shows thenumber of occupant seatingpositions (1), and the maximumvehicle capacity weight (2) inkilograms and pounds.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label also shows thesize of the original equipment

tires (3) and the recommendedcold tire inflation pressures (4).For more information on tiresand inflation see Tires 0 300and Tire Pressure 0 307.

There is also important loadinginformation on the vehicleCertification/Tire label. It mayshow the Gross Vehicle WeightRating (GVWR) and the GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR) forthe front and rear axle. See“Certification/Tire Label” later inthis section.

“Steps for Determining CorrectLoad Limit–

1. Locate the statement "Thecombined weight ofoccupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX kg orXXX lbs." on your vehicle’splacard.

2. Determine the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers that will beriding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers from XXX kg orXXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equalsthe available amount ofcargo and luggage loadcapacity. For example, if the"XXX" amount equals1400 lbs. and there will befive 150 lb passengers inyour vehicle, the amount ofavailable cargo and luggageload capacity is 650 lbs.(1400-750 (5 x 150) =650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combinedweight of luggage and cargobeing loaded on the vehicle.That weight may not safelyexceed the available cargoand luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.



6. If your vehicle will be towinga trailer, load from yourtrailer will be transferred toyour vehicle. Consult thismanual to determine howthis reduces the availablecargo and luggage loadcapacity of your vehicle.”

See Trailer Towing 0 254 forimportant information on towinga trailer, towing safety rules andtrailering tips. Example 1

1. Vehicle Capacity Weightfor Example 1 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)× 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs).

3. Available Occupant andCargo Weight = 317 kg(700 lbs).

Example 2


2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)× 5 = 340 kg (750 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight= 113 kg (250 lbs).



Example 3


2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 91 kg(200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight= 0 kg (0 lbs).

Refer to the vehicle's tire andloading information label forspecific information about thevehicle's capacity weight andseating positions. The combined

weight of the driver, passengers,and cargo should never exceedthe vehicle's capacity weight.

Certification/Tire Label

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Certification/Tire label is attached to thecenter pillar (B-pillar).

The label may show the size ofthe vehicle's original tires andthe inflation pressures needed toobtain the gross weight capacityof the vehicle. The label showsthe gross weight capacity of thevehicle. This is called the Gross

Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR).The GVWR includes the weightof the vehicle, all occupants,fuel, and cargo.

The Certification/Tire label mayalso show the maximum weightsfor the front and rear axles,called the Gross Axle WeightRating (GAWR). To find out theactual loads on the front andrear axles, weigh the vehicle ata weigh station. Your dealer canhelp with this. Be sure to spreadthe load equally on both sides ofthe centerline.

Caution

Overloading the vehicle maycause damage. Repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Do not overload thevehicle.



{ Warning

Things inside the vehicle canstrike and injure people in asudden stop or turn, or in acrash.

. Put things in the cargoarea of the vehicle. In thecargo area, put them asfar forward as possible.Try to spread the weightevenly.

. Never stack heavierthings, like suitcases,inside the vehicle so thatsome of them are abovethe tops of the seats.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Do not leave anunsecured child restraintin the vehicle.

. Secure loose items in thevehicle.

. Do not leave a seatfolded down unlessneeded.

Starting andOperating

New Vehicle Break-In

Caution

The vehicle does not need anelaborate break-in. But it willperform better in the long run ifyou follow these guidelines:

. Do not drive at any oneconstant speed, fast or slow,for the first 800 km (500 mi).Do not make full-throttlestarts. Avoid downshifting tobrake or slow the vehicle.

. Avoid making hard stops forthe first 300 km (200 mi) orso. During this time the newbrake linings are not yetbroken in. Hard stops withnew linings can meanpremature wear and earlierreplacement. Follow this

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

breaking-in guideline everytime you get new brakelinings.

Following break-in, engine speedand load can be graduallyincreased.

Ignition Positions

The vehicle has an electronickeyless ignition with pushbuttonstart.

The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter must be in the vehicle forthe system to operate. If thepushbutton start is not working, thevehicle may be near a strong radioantenna signal causing interferenceto the Keyless Access system. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 29.

To shift out of P (Park), vehicles witha gasoline engine must be turnedon, and the brake pedal must beapplied. For vehicles with a dieselengine, the vehicle does not need tobe on to shift out of P (Park). SeeShifting out of Park 0 193.

Stopping the Engine/Off (NoIndicator Lights) : When thevehicle is stopped, press ENGINESTART/STOP once to turn theengine off.

If the vehicle is in P (Park), theignition will turn off, and RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) will remainactive. See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 192.

If the vehicle is not in P (Park), theignition will return to ACC/ACCESSORY and display themessage SHIFT TO PARK in theDriver Information Center (DIC).When the vehicle is shifted intoP (Park), the ignition system willturn off.

The vehicle may have an electricsteering column lock. The lock isactivated when the vehicle is turnedoff and either front door is opened.A sound may be heard as the lockactuates or releases. The steeringcolumn lock may not release withthe wheels turned off center. If thishappens, the vehicle may not start.Move the steering wheel from left toright while attempting to start thevehicle. If this does not work, thevehicle needs service.

Do not turn the engine off when thevehicle is moving. This will cause aloss of power assist in the brakeand steering systems and disablethe airbags.



If the vehicle must be turned off inan emergency:

1. Brake using a firm and steadypressure. Do not pump thebrakes repeatedly. This maydeplete power assist, requiringincreased brake pedal force.

2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).This can be done while thevehicle is moving. After shiftingto N (Neutral), firmly apply thebrakes and steer the vehicle toa safe location.

3. Come to a complete stop, shiftto P (Park), and turn theignition off. The vehicle mustbe in P (Park) to turn theignition off.

4. Set the electric parking brake.See Electric Parking Brake0 210.

{ Warning

Turning off the vehicle whilemoving may cause loss of powerassist in the brake and steeringsystems and disable the airbags.While driving, only shut thevehicle off in an emergency.

If the vehicle cannot be pulled overand must be shut off while driving,press and hold ENGINE START/STOP for longer than two seconds,or press twice in five seconds.

ACC/ACCESSORY (AmberIndicator Light) : This mode allowsyou to use some electricalaccessories when the engine is off.

With the ignition off, pressing thebutton one time without the brakepedal applied will place the ignitionsystem in ACC/ACCESSORY.

The ignition will switch from ACC/ACCESSORY to OFF afterfive minutes to prevent batteryrundown.

ON/RUN/START (Green IndicatorLight) : This mode is for startingand driving. With the ignition off andthe brake pedal applied, pressingthe button once will turn the ignitionon. Once engine cranking begins,release the button. Engine crankingwill continue until the engine starts.See Starting the Engine 0 188. Theignition will then remain in on.

Service Mode

This power mode is available forservice and diagnostics, and toverify the proper operation of themalfunction indicator lamp as maybe required for emission inspectionpurposes. With the vehicle off andthe brake pedal not applied,pressing and holding ENGINESTART/STOP for more thanfive seconds will place the vehicle inService Mode. The instruments andaudio systems will operate as theydo in ON/RUN, but the vehicle willnot be able to be driven. The enginewill not start in Service Mode. PressENGINE START/STOP again to turnthe vehicle off.



Starting the EngineShift the vehicle into P (Park) orN (Neutral). To restart the enginewhen the vehicle is already moving,use N (Neutral) only.

Caution

Do not try to shift to P (Park) if thevehicle is moving. If you do, youcould damage the transmission.Shift to P (Park) only when thevehicle is stopped.

Caution

If you add electrical parts oraccessories, you could changethe way the engine operates. Anyresulting damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.See Add-On Electrical Equipment0 257.

Gasoline Engine StartingProcedure

1. With the Keyless Accesssystem, the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter mustbe in the vehicle. PressENGINE START/STOP with thebrake pedal applied. When theengine begins cranking, let goof the button.

The idle speed will go down asthe engine gets warm. Do notrace the engine immediatelyafter starting it.

If the RKE transmitter is not inthe vehicle, if there isinterference, or if the RKEbattery is low, a DriverInformation Center (DIC) willdisplay a message. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 29.

Caution

Cranking the engine for longperiods of time, by trying to startthe engine immediately aftercranking has ended, can overheatand damage the cranking motor,and drain the battery. Wait atleast 15 seconds between eachtry, to let the cranking motorcool down.

2. If the engine does not startafter five to 10 seconds,especially in very cold weather(below −18 °C or 0 °F), it couldbe flooded with too muchgasoline. Try pushing theaccelerator pedal all the way tothe floor and holding it there asyou press ENGINE START/STOP. Wait at least 15 secondsbetween each try, to allow thecranking motor to cool down.When the engine starts,release the accelerator. If thevehicle starts briefly but thenstops again, do the same thing.



This clears the extra gasolinefrom the engine. Do not racethe engine immediately afterstarting it. Operate the engineand transmission gently untilthe oil warms up and lubricatesall moving parts.

Diesel Engine Starting Procedure

The diesel engine starts differentlythan a gasoline engine.

1. With the Keyless Accesssystem, the RKE transmittermust be in the vehicle. PressENGINE START/STOP andobserve the wait-to-start light.See Wait-to-Start Light 0 133.This light may not come on ifthe engine is warm.

2. As soon as the wait-to-startlight goes off, immediatelypress ENGINE START/STOPwith the brake pedal applied tostart.

The engine has a fast warm-upglow plug system. Thewait-to-start light will illuminatefor a much shorter time than

most diesel engines, due to therapid heating of the glow plugsystem.

Caution

If the wait-to-start light stays onafter starting the vehicle, thevehicle may not run properly.Have the vehicle servicedright away.

3. If the engine does not startafter 15 seconds of cranking,wait one minute for thecranking motor to cool, then trythe same steps again.

If you are trying to start the engineafter the vehicle has run out of fuel,follow the steps in Running Out ofFuel (Diesel) 0 246.

When the engine is cold, let it runfor a few minutes before driving.This lets oil pressure build up. Theengine will sound louder when itis cold.

Cold Weather Starting (DieselEngine)

Use the recommended engine oilwhen the outside temperature dropsbelow freezing. See Engine Oil0 269. When the outsidetemperature drops below –18°C(0°F), use of the engine heater isrecommended.

See Fuel for Diesel Engines 0 238for information on what fuel to use incold weather.

If the Diesel Engine Will NotStart

If the vehicle has run out of fuel, seeRunning Out of Fuel (Diesel) 0 246.

If the vehicle is not out of fuel, andthe engine will not start:

Press ENGINE START/STOP.Immediately after the wait-to-startlight goes off, press ENGINESTART/STOP to start the vehicle.

If the light does not go off, wait afew seconds, then try starting theengine again. See your dealer for astarting system check.



If the light comes on and then goesoff, and it is known that the batteryis charged, but the engine still willnot start, the vehicle needs service.

If the light does not come on whenthe engine is cold, the vehicleneeds service.

If the battery does not have enoughcharge to start the engine, seeBattery - North America 0 284.

Check that the correct engine oilhas been used and changed atappropriate intervals. If the wrong oilis used, the engine may be harderto start.

Be sure to use the proper fuel forexisting weather conditions. SeeFuel for Diesel Engines 0 238.

If the engine starts, runs a shorttime, then stops, the vehicle needsservice.

{ Warning

Do not use gasoline or startingaids, such as ether, in the airintake. They could damage theengine, which may not becovered by the vehicle warranty.They could also cause a fire,which could cause seriouspersonal injury.

Stop/Start System

{ Warning

Exiting the vehicle without firstshifting into P (Park) may causethe vehicle to move. You or othersmay be injured. Because thevehicle may have an auto engineStop/Start feature, the vehicle'sengine might seem to be shut off;however, once the brake pedal isreleased, the engine will start upagain. The engine may restarteven while the brake is applied.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Shift to P (Park) and turn theignition off before exiting thevehicle.

The vehicle has a fuel saving stop/start system to shut off the engineand help conserve fuel.

Auto Engine Stop/Start

When the brakes are applied andthe vehicle is at a complete stop,the engine may turn off. When theengine turns off, the tachometerdisplays AUTO STOP. SeeTachometer 0 123. When the brakepedal is released or the acceleratorpedal is pressed, the engine willrestart.

Auto Stop may be deactivated if:

. A minimum vehicle speed is notreached.

. The engine or transmission isnot at the required operatingtemperature.


Driving and Operating 191. The outside temperature is not

in the required operating range,typically between −10 °C (14 °F)and 50 °C (122 °F).

. The vehicle is in any gear otherthan D (Drive).

. The battery has been recentlydisconnected.

. The battery charge is low.

. The interior comfort level has notreached the required level forthe climate control system ordefog settings. See DualAutomatic Climate ControlSystem 0 162.

. The Auto Stop time is greaterthan two minutes.

Engine Heater

{ Warning

Do not plug in the engine blockheater while the vehicle is parkedin a garage or under a carport.Property damage or personalinjury may result. Always park thevehicle in a clear open area awayfrom buildings or structures.

The engine heater, if available, canhelp in cold weather conditions at orbelow −18 °C (0 °F) for easierstarting and better fuel economy

during engine warm-up. Plug in theengine heater at least four hoursbefore starting the vehicle. Aninternal thermostat in the plug endof the cord will prevent engineheater operation at temperaturesabove −18 °C (0 °F).

To Use the Engine Heater

1. Turn off the engine.

2. Remove the heater cord fromthe rear compartment.

3. Check the heater cord fordamage. If it is damaged, donot use it. See your dealer fora replacement. Inspect thecord for damage yearly.

4. Plug the cord into thereceptacle in the front fascia.

5. Plug the other end of the cordinto a normal, grounded110-volt AC outlet.



{ Warning

Improper use of the heater cordor an extension cord can damagethe cord and may result inoverheating and fire.

. Plug the cord into athree-prong electrical utilityreceptacle that is protectedby a ground fault detectionfunction. An ungroundedoutlet could cause anelectric shock.

. Use a weatherproof,heavy-duty, 15 amp-ratedextension cord if needed.Failure to use therecommended extensioncord in good operatingcondition, or using adamaged heater orextension cord, could makeit overheat and cause a fire,property damage, electricshock, and injury.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Do not operate the vehiclewith the heater cordpermanently attached to thevehicle. Possible heatercord and thermostatdamage could occur.

. While in use, do not let theheater cord touch vehicleparts or sharp edges. Neverclose the hood on theheater cord.

. Before starting the vehicle,unplug the cord, reattachthe cover to the plug, andsecurely fasten the cord.Keep the cord away fromany moving parts.

The length of time the heater shouldremain plugged in depends onseveral factors. Ask a dealer in thearea where you will be parking thevehicle for the best advice on this.

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP)Some vehicle accessories may beused after the ignition is turned off.

The power windows and sunroof,if equipped, will continue to work forup to 10 minutes or until any door isopened.

The infotainment system willcontinue to work for 10 minutes,until the driver door is opened,or until the ignition is turned on orplaced in ACC/ACCESSORY.

Shifting Into Park

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to get out ofthe vehicle if the vehicle is not inP (Park) with the parking brakeset. The vehicle can roll. If youhave left the engine running, thevehicle can move suddenly. Youor others could be injured. To besure the vehicle will not move,

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

even when you are on fairly levelground, use the steps that follow.If you are pulling a trailer, seeDriving Characteristics andTowing Tips 0 251.

To shift into P (Park):

1. Hold the brake pedal down andset the parking brake.

See Electric Parking Brake0 210 for more information.

2. Press P (Park).

3. Turn the ignition off.

Leaving the Vehicle With theEngine Running

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to leave thevehicle with the engine running.It could overheat and catch fire.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the vehicle is not inP (Park) with the parking brakeset. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If you have leftthe engine running, the vehiclecan move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andshift the vehicle to P (Park). SeeShifting Into Park 0 192. If youare towing a trailer, see DrivingCharacteristics and Towing Tips0 251.

If you have to leave the vehicle withthe engine running, the vehicle mustbe in P (Park) with the parkingbrake set.

Confirm that the vehicle is inP (Park).

Torque Lock

Torque lock is when the weight ofthe vehicle puts too much force onthe parking pawl in thetransmission. This happens whenparking on a hill and shifting thetransmission into P (Park) is notdone properly and then it is difficultto shift out of P (Park). To preventtorque lock, set the parking brakeand then shift into P (Park). To findout how, see “Shifting Into Park”listed previously.

On certain steep grades, thetransmission will automatically setthe parking brake to preventtorque lock.

If torque lock does occur, thevehicle may need to be pusheduphill by another vehicle to relievethe parking pawl pressure, so youcan shift out of P (Park).

Shifting out of ParkThis vehicle is equipped with anelectronic transmission. If thevehicle has an uncharged battery ora battery with low voltage, try



charging or jump starting thebattery. See Jump Starting - NorthAmerica 0 335.

To shift out of P (Park):

1. Apply the brake pedal.

2. Press ENGINE START/STOP.

3. Press/Pull the desired shiftswitch on the front shiftconsole.

4. The P indicator will turn whiteand the gear indicator will turnred when the vehicle is nolonger in P (Park).

If the vehicle cannot shift out ofP (Park), a Driver InformationCenter (DIC) message will bedisplayed. See your dealer forservice.

Diesel Engine Only

Vehicles with a Diesel do not havemanual park release and the ignitiondoes not need to be on to shift outof P (Park). To shift from P (Park) toN (Neutral) with the engine notrunning, the driver must apply thebrake pedal and press the

N (Neutral) button until N isdisplayed on the console and thecluster.

Manual Park Release (GasolineEngine Only)

Vehicles with a gasoline engine mayinclude a manual park release thatcan be used to shift the vehicle intoN (Neutral) when the engine is notrunning.

{ Warning

The transmission will be placed inN (Neutral) when the manual parkrelease is pulled. The vehicle canroll and you or others could beinjured. Ensure the vehicle is onlevel ground.

Caution

The manual park release is notintended to be used for towing.Damage may result from using

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

the manual park release in thisway. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Pulling the manual park releasewhile the vehicle is on or turning theignition on while the manual parkrelease is pulled, will result in aService Transmission messagebeing displayed.

To place the vehicle in N (Neutral)using the manual park release:

1. Ensure the vehicle is on levelground and set the parkingbrake. Release the brakepedal.




3. Use a flat-bladed tool toremove the interior trim panelon the center console to theright of the accelerator pedal.

4. Ensure more than one minutehas elapsed since Step 2.Apply the brake pedal.

5. Pull the manual park releaselever 90° to its latchingposition.

6. Release the brake pedal, placethe ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY and release theparking brake.

To return the vehicle to P (Park)using the manual park release:

1. Bring the vehicle to acomplete stop.

2. Rotate the manual park release90° back to its original position.

3. Apply the parking brake.

4. Confirm that the vehicle is inP (Park) by turning the ignitionon or placing the ignition inACC/ACCESSORY, thenensure that the indicatordisplays P.



Parking over ThingsThat Burn

{ Warning

Things that can burn could touchhot exhaust parts under thevehicle and ignite. Do not parkover papers, leaves, dry grass,or other things that can burn.

Extended ParkingIt is best not to park with the vehiclerunning. If the vehicle is left running,be sure it will not move and there isadequate ventilation.

See Shifting Into Park 0 192 andEngine Exhaust 0 196.

If the vehicle is left parked andrunning with the RKE transmitteroutside the vehicle, it will turn offafter one hour.

If the vehicle is left parked andrunning with the RKE transmitterinside the vehicle, it will turn off aftertwo hours.

The vehicle could turn off sooner if itis parked on a hill, due to lack ofavailable fuel.

The timer will reset if the vehicle istaken out of P (Park) while it isrunning.

Engine Exhaust

{ Warning

Engine exhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO), which cannot beseen or smelled. Exposure to COcan cause unconsciousness andeven death.

Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:

. The vehicle idles in areaswith poor ventilation(parking garages, tunnels,deep snow that may blockunderbody airflow or tailpipes).

. The exhaust smells orsounds strange or different.

. The exhaust system leaksdue to corrosion or damage.

. The vehicle exhaust systemhas been modified,damaged, or improperlyrepaired.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. There are holes or openingsin the vehicle body fromdamage or aftermarketmodifications that are notcompletely sealed.

If unusual fumes are detected orif it is suspected that exhaust iscoming into the vehicle:

. Drive it only with thewindows completely down.

. Have the vehicle repairedimmediately.

Never park the vehicle with theengine running in an enclosedarea such as a garage or abuilding that has no fresh airventilation.

Running the VehicleWhile ParkedIt is better not to park with theengine running.

If the vehicle is left with the enginerunning, follow the proper steps tobe sure the vehicle will not move.See Shifting Into Park 0 192 andEngine Exhaust 0 196.

If parking on a hill and pulling atrailer, see Driving Characteristicsand Towing Tips 0 251.

Diesel ParticulateFilterThe Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)system filters soot particles out ofthe exhaust gases. The DPF isunder the vehicle in the exhaustsystem.

Depending on a number of factorsmonitored by the engine computer,the DPF will need to be cleaned ofaccumulated solids. When acleaning is needed, the enginecomputer will initiate a self-cleaningfunction that runs automaticallyduring driving without anynotification. The filter is cleaned byperiodically burning off the sootparticles at high temperature. Thisprocess takes place automaticallyunder set driving conditions andmay take up to 25 minutes. Fuelconsumption may be higher duringthis period.

While the DPF cleaning isautomatically controlled by theengine computer, the vehicle willneed to operate continuously forapproximately 25 minutes and at



speeds greater than 50 km/h(30 mph) to clean the DPFeffectively.

If the vehicle is used for numerousshort trips or extended slow-speedoperation, the engine computer maynot be able to adequately heat upthe exhaust system to clean theDPF effectively. The enginecomputer has been designed tocontinuously monitor the conditionof the DPF. When the enginecomputer detects that the DPF isnearly full of particulates and thatthe vehicle is not being operated ina manner that would allow effectiveautomatic DPF cleaning, a DriverInformation Center (DIC) messagewill display. Start the cleaningprocess as soon as possible.

Cleaning Process

To activate the cleaning process,continue driving safely, and keepvehicle speed above 50 km/h (30mph) until the warning message inthe DIC turns off.

If the vehicle continues to be drivenwith the DPF warning message on,and the exhaust filter is not cleanedas required, the malfunctionindicator lamp and the ENGINEPOWER IS REDUCED messagewill come on. Dealer service isnecessary.

See Malfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Light) 0 127.

{ Warning

During DPF self cleaning orduring extended idling whileparked, the exhaust system andexhaust gases are very hot.Things that burn could touch hotexhaust parts under the vehicleand ignite. You or others could beburned. Do not park, or idle for anextended period of time, near orover papers, leaves, dry grass,or other things that can burn.Keep the exhaust area clear ofmaterial that could ignite or burn.See Parking over Things ThatBurn 0 196 for more information.

Diesel Exhaust Fluid

{ Warning

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) iscorrosive. Do not allow it to comein contact with your skin, eyes,or the finished surfaces of thevehicle. If exposed, it may causeskin and eye irritation. Wear skinand eye protection whenhandling. Inhalation may causeirritation to the upper respiratorytract. Store in a cool,well-ventilated area. For moresafety and storage information,see the label of the DieselExhaust Fluid container.

DEF is used with diesel engines toreduce the amount of regulatedemissions produced. The fluid levelin the DEF tank must be maintainedfor the vehicle to run correctly. Thecapacity of the DEF tank is 18.5 L(4.9 gal).



It is normal to hear the DEF systempurge fluid back into the tank afterthe vehicle is shut off.

Locating Diesel Exhaust Fluid

DEF can be purchased at a GMCdealer. It can also be purchased atauthorized vehicle dealerships.Additionally, some diesel fuelingstations or retailers may have DEFfor purchase. For vehicles with anactive OnStar service plan, OnStarcan help locate a DEF retailer. SeeCustomer Assistance Offices 0 371for phone numbers to assist incontacting a GM dealer. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 361.

Filling the DEF Tank

Caution

Use only DEF that is GMapproved, or fluid containing theAPI certified or ISO 22241 label.The use of other fluids coulddamage the system, requiringcostly repairs that will not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

When adding DEF to an empty orvery low tank, always add at least7.6 L (2 gal) of fluid to release thevehicle from speed limitation.

To prevent damage to the system,do not overfill the DEF tank. Whenfluid reaches the top of the fill pipe,stop filling. Do not top off theDEF tank.

If you spill DEF during filling, wipeany affected surface with a dampcloth.

For information on how to fill theDEF tank, see Filling the Tank(Gasoline) 0 247 or Filling the Tank(Diesel) 0 248.

Exhaust Fluid Low

A full DEF tank will last for severalthousand kilometers (miles),depending on vehicle usage. As theexhaust fluid level drops, warningswill automatically be displayed in theDriver Information Center (DIC).Exhaust fluid level status isavailable on the DIC under theVehicle Information menu. See“Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)” inDriver Information Center (DIC)0 136.

To avoid vehicle speed limitations,the DEF tank should be refilled atthe first opportunity after a low



warning indication. If DEF is addedbefore the EXHAUST FLUIDEMPTY REFILL NOW messageappears, it may take several km/mifor the DIC message to update.

If the vehicle speed has beenlimited and DEF has been added, itmay take up to 30 seconds afterengine start with the vehiclestopped for the EXHAUST FLUIDEMPTY REFILL NOW message toclear. If the vehicle is driven prior tothe DIC message clearing, thevehicle speed will still be limited.If the DIC message clears whiledriving, the speed limitation will beremoved gradually.

If DEF is added under freezingconditions, additional time may berequired to remove speed limitationsand may require less fluid to fill theDEF tank.

The following actions describestrategies required by the U.S.Environmental Protection Agency(EPA) and the California AirResource Board (CARB). The DEFmessages relate to these strategies.

The DIC message EXHAUSTFLUID RANGE: XXXX km (mi)displays at approximately 1 600 km(1,000 mi) of fluid range remaining.This message appears again atapproximately 500 km (300 mi) ofremaining range before the exhaustfluid tank becomes empty.

Below 500 km (300 mi) of rangeremaining, these messages willappear every time the vehicle isstarted.

Below 121 km (75 mi) of rangeremaining, the DIC messageEXHAUST FLUID LOW SPEEDLIMITED SOON displays. Thismessage will display every time thevehicle is started.

If these warnings are ignored andthe DEF tank becomes empty, theDIC message EXHAUST FLUIDEMPTY REFILL NOW - 563 KM(350 MI) UNTIL 104 KM/H (65 MPH)MAX SPEED displays. Thedisplayed mileage will decrease asdriving continues. A warning lightalso comes on.

When the mileage countdown iszero, the DIC message EXHAUSTFLUID EMPTY REFILL NOW -TRANSITIONING TO 104 KM/H(65 MPH) MAX SPEED displays.A warning light and a chime alsocome on. Vehicle speed will bereduced to a maximum speed limitof 104 km/h (65 mph).

After the transition to 104 km/h(65 mph) is complete, the DICmessage EXHAUST FLUID EMPTYREFILL NOW - SPEED LIMITEDTO 104 KM/H (65 MPH) – 120 KM(75 MI) UNTIL 88 KM/H (55 MPH)MAX SPEED displays. Thedisplayed mileage will decrease asdriving continues. A warning lightand a chime also come on.

When the mileage countdown iszero, the DIC message EXHAUSTFLUID EMPTY REFILL NOW -TRANSITIONING TO 88 KM/H(55 MPH) MAX SPEED displays.A flashing warning light and a chimealso come on. Vehicle speed will bereduced to a maximum speed limitof 88 km/h (55 mph).



After the transition to 88 km/h(55 mph) is complete, the DICmessage EXHAUST FLUID EMPTYREFILL NOW - SPEED LIMITEDTO 88 KM/H (55 MPH) – 120 KM(75 MI) UNTIL 8 KM/H (5 MPH) MAXSPEED displays. The displayedmileage will decrease as drivingcontinues. A flashing warning lightand a chime also come on.

When the mileage countdown iszero, the DIC message EXHAUSTFLUID EMPTY REFILL NOW -TRANSITIONING TO 8 KM/H(5 MPH) MAX SPEED displays.A flashing warning light and a chimealso come on. Vehicle speed will bereduced to a maximum speed limitof 8 km/h (5 mph).

After the transition to 8 km/h (5 mph)is complete, the DIC messageEXHAUST FLUID EMPTY REFILLNOW - SPEED LIMITED TO 8 KM/H(5 MPH) displays. A flashingwarning light and a chime alsocome on.

Add at least 7.6 L (2 gal) of fluid torelease the vehicle from speedlimitation from a very low or emptytank. The capacity of the DEF tankis 18.5 L (4.9 gal).

See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)Warning Light 0 134 andRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 361.

Exhaust Fluid Quality Poor

Use only exhaust fluid that is GMapproved, or fluid containing the APIcertified or ISO 22241 label.

All DEF has an expiration date.If the system detects poor quality,or contaminated or diluted DEF, theDIC message EXHAUST FLUIDQUALITY POOR - SEE OWNERSMANUAL NOW – 160 KM (99 MI)UNTIL 104 KM/H (65 MPH) MAXSPEED displays. The displayedmileage will decrease as drivingcontinues. A warning light alsocomes on. Adding fresh DEF to thesystem may resolve the problem,depending on several factors. If the

DIC message persists, see yourdealer or additional DIC messagesmay display.

When the mileage countdown iszero, a DIC message EXHAUSTFLUID QUALITY POOR - SEEOWNERS MANUAL NOW -TRANSITIONING TO 104 KM/H(65 MPH) MAX SPEED displays.A warning light and a chime alsocome on. Vehicle speed will bereduced to a maximum speed limitof 104 km/h (65 mph).

After the transition to 104 km/h(65 mph) is complete, the DICmessage EXHAUST FLUIDQUALITY POOR - SEE OWNERSMANUAL NOW - SPEED LIMITEDTO 104 KM/H (65 MPH) – 120 KM(75 MI) UNTIL 88 KM/H (55 MPH)MAX SPEED displays. Thedisplayed mileage will decrease asdriving continues. A warning lightand a chime also come on.

When the mileage countdown iszero, the DIC message EXHAUSTFLUID QUALITY POOR - SEEOWNERS MANUAL NOW -TRANSITIONING TO 88 KM/H



(55 MPH) MAX SPEED displays.A flashing warning light and a chimealso come on. Vehicle speed will bereduced to a maximum speed limitof 88 km/h (55 mph).

After the transition to 88 km/h(55 mph) is complete, a DICmessage EXHAUST FLUIDQUALITY POOR - SEE OWNERSMANUAL NOW - SPEED LIMITEDTO 88 KM/H (55 MPH) – 120 KM(75 MI) UNTIL 8 KM/H (5 MPH) MAXSPEED displays. The displayedmileage will decrease as drivingcontinues. A flashing warning lightand a chime also come on.

When the mileage countdown iszero, a DIC message EXHAUSTFLUID QUALITY POOR - SEEOWNERS MANUAL NOW -TRANSITIONING TO 8 KM/H(5 MPH) MAX SPEED displays.A flashing warning light and a chimealso come on. Vehicle speed will bereduced to a maximum speed limitof 8 km/h (5 mph).

After the transition to 8 km/h (5 mph)is complete, a DIC messageEXHAUST FLUID QUALITY POOR

- SEE OWNERS MANUAL NOW -SPEED LIMITED TO 8 KM/H(5 MPH) displays. A flashingwarning light and a chime alsocome on.

Service Exhaust Fluid System

If a problem occurs with the DEFsystem, the DIC message SERVICEEXHAUST FLUID SYSTEM - SEEOWNERS MANUAL NOW – 160 KM(99 MI) UNTIL 104 KM/H (65 MPH)MAX SPEED displays. Thedisplayed mileage will decrease asdriving continues. A warning lightalso comes on. In some cases thismessage will clear itself, indicatingthat the DEF system was able tocorrect the condition. If the DICmessage persists, see your dealeror additional DIC messages maydisplay.

When the mileage countdown iszero, the DIC message SERVICEEXHAUST FLUID SYSTEM - SEEOWNERS MANUAL NOW -TRANSITIONING TO 104 KM/H(65 MPH) MAX SPEED displays.A warning light and a chime also

come on. Vehicle speed will bereduced to a maximum speed limitof 104 km/h (65 mph).

After the transition to 104 km/h(65 mph) is complete, a DICmessage SERVICE EXHAUSTFLUID SYSTEM - SEE OWNERSMANUAL NOW - SPEED LIMITEDTO 104 KM/H (65 MPH) – 120 KM(75 MI) UNTIL 88 KM/H (55 MPH)MAX SPEED displays. Thedisplayed mileage will decrease asdriving continues. A warning lightand a chime also come on.

When the mileage countdown iszero, the DIC message SERVICEEXHAUST FLUID SYSTEM - SEEOWNERS MANUAL NOW -TRANSITIONING TO 88 KM/H(55 MPH) MAX SPEED displays.A flashing warning light and a chimealso come on. Vehicle speed will bereduced to a maximum speed limitof 88 km/h (55 mph).

After the transition to 88 km/h(55 mph) is complete, the DICmessage SERVICE EXHAUSTFLUID SYSTEM - SEE OWNERSMANUAL NOW - SPEED LIMITED



TO 88 KM/H (55 MPH) – 120 KM(75 MI) UNTIL 8 KM/H (5 MPH) MAXSPEED displays. The displayedmileage will decrease as drivingcontinues. A flashing warning lightand a chime also come on.

When the mileage countdown iszero, the DIC message SERVICEEXHAUST FLUID SYSTEM - SEEOWNERS MANUAL NOW -TRANSITIONING TO 8 KM/H(5 MPH) MAX SPEED displays.A flashing warning light and a chimealso come on. Vehicle speed will bereduced to a maximum speed limitof 8 km/h (5 mph).

After the transition to 8 km/h (5 mph)is complete, the DIC messageSERVICE EXHAUST FLUIDSYSTEM - SEE OWNERSMANUAL NOW - SPEED LIMITEDTO 8 KM/H (5 MPH) displays.A flashing warning light and a chimealso come on.

Service Emission System

If a problem occurs with the vehicleemission system, the DIC messageSERVICE EMISSION SYSTEM -

SEE OWNERS MANUAL NOW –282 KM (175 MI) UNTIL 104 KM/H(65 MPH) MAX SPEED displays.The displayed mileage will decreaseas driving continues. In some casesthis message will clear itself,indicating that the emission systemwas able to correct the condition.If the DIC message persists, seeyour dealer or additional DICmessages may display.

When the mileage countdown iszero, the DIC message SERVICEEMISSION SYSTEM - SEEOWNERS MANUAL NOW -TRANSITIONING TO 104 KM/H(65 MPH) MAX SPEED displays.A chime also comes on. Vehiclespeed will be reduced to amaximum speed limit of 104 km/h(65 mph).

After the transition to 104 km/h(65 mph) is complete, the DICmessage SERVICE EMISSIONSYSTEM - SEE OWNERSMANUAL NOW - SPEED LIMITEDTO 104 KM/H (65 MPH) – 120 KM(75 MI) UNTIL 88 KM/H (55 MPH)MAX SPEED displays. The

displayed mileage will decrease asdriving continues. A chime alsocomes on.

When the mileage countdown iszero, the DIC message SERVICEEMISSION SYSTEM - SEEOWNERS MANUAL NOW -TRANSITIONING TO 88 KM/H(55 MPH) MAX SPEED displays.A chime also comes on. Vehiclespeed will be reduced to amaximum speed limit of 88 km/h(55 mph).

After the transition to 88 km/h(55 mph) is complete, the DICmessage SERVICE EMISSIONSYSTEM - SEE OWNERSMANUAL NOW - SPEED LIMITEDTO 88 KM/H (55 MPH) displays.A chime also comes on.



AutomaticTransmission

The shift switches are on the frontshift console. The selected gearposition will illuminate red on theshift switch, while all others will bedisplayed in white. If the shift is notimmediate, as in very coldconditions, the indicator on the shiftswitch may blink until it is fullyengaged.

The transmission does not operatewhen the vehicle is off.

If the vehicle is in ACC/ACCESSORY, the transmission canbe shifted into P (Park).

If ENGINE START/STOP is pressedtwice while at a relatively highspeed, the engine will turn off andthe transmission will automaticallyshift to N (Neutral). Once the vehicleis stopped, P (Park) can beselected.

P : This position locks the drivewheels. Use P (Park) when startingthe vehicle to ensure the vehicledoes not move.

{ Warning

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the transmission is notin P (Park) with the parking brakeset. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If the enginehas been left running, the vehiclecan move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

vehicle will not move, even whenon fairly level ground, always setthe parking brake and place thetransmission into P (Park).See Shifting Into Park 0 192 andDriving Characteristics andTowing Tips 0 251.

This vehicle is equipped with anelectronic transmission. TheR (Reverse) and D (Drive) shiftswitches are designed to preventinadvertent shifting out of P (Park)unless the ignition is on, and thebrake pedal is applied.

For vehicles with a diesel engine,the vehicle does not need to be onto shift out of P (Park).

When the vehicle is stopped, pressENGINE START/STOP to turn offthe vehicle. The transmission willshift to P (Park) automatically.

The vehicle will not shift intoP (Park) if it is moving too fast. Stopthe vehicle and shift into P (Park).



To shift in and out of P (Park), seeShifting Into Park 0 192 and Shiftingout of Park 0 193.

R : Use this gear to back up.

If the vehicle is shifted from eitherR (Reverse) to D (Drive),or D (Drive) to R (Reverse) while thespeed is too high, the vehicle willshift to N (Neutral). Reduce thevehicle speed and try the shiftagain.

To shift into R (Reverse):


2. Pull the R (Reverse) switch onthe front shift console.

To shift out of R (Reverse):


2. Shift to the desired gear.

At low vehicle speeds, R (Reverse)can be used to rock the vehicleback and forth to get out of snow,ice, or sand without damaging thetransmission. See If the Vehicle IsStuck 0 180.

N : In this position, the engine doesnot connect with the wheels. Torestart the engine when the vehicleis already moving, useN (Neutral) only.

{ Warning

Shifting into a drive gear while theengine is running at high speed isdangerous. Unless your foot isfirmly on the brake pedal, thevehicle could move very rapidly.You could lose control and hitpeople or objects. Do not shiftinto a drive gear while the engineis running at high speed.

Caution

Shifting out of P (Park) orN (Neutral) with the enginerunning at high speed maydamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered by

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

the vehicle warranty. Be sure theengine is not running at highspeed when shifting the vehicle.

Caution

The vehicle is not designed tostay in N (Neutral) for extendedperiods of time. It willautomatically shift into P (Park).

To shift into N (Neutral), press theN (Neutral) switch on the front shiftconsole until the N (Neutral)indicator displays.

To shift out of N (Neutral):





Car Wash Mode

This vehicle includes a Car WashMode that allows the vehicle toremain in N (Neutral) for use inautomatic car washes.

Caution

The vehicle is not designed tostay in N (Neutral) for extendedperiods of time. It willautomatically shift into P (Park) ifleft in Car Wash Mode.

Car Wash Mode (Engine Off –Driver in Vehicle) – GasolineEngine Only

To place the vehicle in N (Neutral)with the engine off and the vehicleoccupied:

1. Drive to the entrance of thecar wash.


3. Shift to N (Neutral).

4. Turn off the engine and releasethe brake pedal.

5. The indicator should continueto show N. If it does not, repeatSteps 2–4.

6. The vehicle is now ready forthe car wash.

Car Wash Mode (Engine Off –Driver out of Vehicle) – GasolineEngine Only

To place the vehicle in N (Neutral)with the engine off and the vehicleunoccupied:



3. Open the door.


5. Turn off the engine and releasethe brake pedal.


7. Exit the vehicle and close thedoor. The vehicle is now readyfor the car wash.

8. Ensure the vehicle is inP (Park) upon returning to thevehicle.

Car Wash Mode (Engine Off –Driver in Vehicle) – DieselEngine Only

To place the vehicle in N (Neutral)with the engine off and the vehicleoccupied:


2. Shift to P (Park) and turn off thevehicle.


4. Apply the brake pedal and shiftto N (Neutral).

5. Release the brake pedal. Theindicator should continue toshow N. If it does not, repeatSteps 2–4.

6. The vehicle is now ready forthe car wash.



Car Wash Mode (Engine Off –Driver out of Vehicle) – DieselEngine Only

To place the vehicle in N (Neutral)with the engine off and the vehicleunoccupied:


2. Shift to P (Park) and turn off thevehicle.


4. Open the door.

5. Apply the brake pedal and shiftto N (Neutral).

6. Release the brake pedal. Theindicator should continue toshow N. If it does not, repeatsteps 2–5.



Car Wash Mode (Engine On –Driver in Vehicle) – Gasoline andDiesel Engines

To place the vehicle in N (Neutral)with the engine on and the vehicleoccupied:




4. Release the brake pedal. Thevehicle is now ready for thecar wash.

Car Wash Mode (Engine On –Driver out of Vehicle) – Gasolineand Diesel Engines

To place the vehicle in N (Neutral)with the engine on and the vehicleunoccupied:



3. Open the door.

4. Shift to N (Neutral), thenrelease the brake pedal.




Caution

A transmission hot message maydisplay if the automatictransmission fluid is too hot.Driving under this condition candamage the vehicle. Stop and idlethe engine to cool the automatictransmission fluid. This messageclears when the transmission fluidhas cooled sufficiently.

D : This position is for normaldriving. If more power is needed forpassing, press the acceleratorpedal down.



To shift into D (Drive):


2. Pull the D (Drive) switch on thefront shift console.

To shift out of D (Drive):



Downshifting the transmission inslippery road conditions could resultin skidding. See “Skidding” underLoss of Control 0 173.

Caution

Spinning the tires or holding thevehicle in one place on a hillusing only the accelerator pedalmay damage the transmission.The repair will not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. If the vehicleis stuck, do not spin the tires.When stopping on a hill, use thebrakes to hold the vehicle inplace.

Manual Mode

Electronic Range Select(ERS) Mode

ERS or manual mode allows for theselection of the range of gearpositions. Use this mode whendriving downhill or towing a trailer tolimit the top gear and vehicle speed.The shift position indicator within theDriver Information Center (DIC) willdisplay a number next to the Lindicating the highest available gearunder manual mode and the drivingconditions when manual mode wasselected.

To use this feature:

1. Press the L (Low) button.

2. Press the plus/minus button onthe front shift console toincrease or decrease the gearrange available.

When shifting to L (Low), thetransmission will shift to a presetlower gear range. For this presetrange, the highest gear available isdisplayed next to the L in the DIC.See Driver Information Center (DIC)0 136. All gears below that numberare available to use. For example,when 4 (Fourth) is shown next to theL, 1 (First) through 4 (Fourth) gearsare shifted automatically. To shift to5 (Fifth) gear, press the + (Plus)button or shift into D (Drive).

L (Low) will prevent shifting to alower gear range if the enginespeed is too high. If vehicle speed isnot reduced within the time allowed,the lower gear range shift will not becompleted. Slow the vehicle, thenpress the − (Minus) button to thedesired lower gear range.



While using ERS, cruise control canbe used.

Tow/Haul ModeFor information on the Tow/HaulMode, see Driver Mode Control0 216.

Automatic Engine GradeBraking

Automatic Engine Grade Brakingassists when driving downhill.It maintains vehicle speed byautomatically implementing a shiftpattern that uses the engine and thetransmission to slow the vehicle.The system will automaticallycommand downshifts to reducevehicle speed. The normal shiftpattern will return once the vehicleis on a low grade or when theaccelerator pedal is pressed.

While in the Electronic RangeSelect (ERS) mode, grade brakingis deactivated, allowing the driver toselect a range and limiting thehighest gear available. Gradebraking is available for normaldriving and in Tow/Haul Mode.

See Automatic Transmission 0 204.

Drive Systems

All-Wheel DriveFor information on All-WheelDrive (AWD), see Driver ModeControl 0 216.



Brakes

Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS)This vehicle has an Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS), an advancedelectronic braking system that helpsprevent a braking skid.

When the vehicle begins to driveaway, ABS checks itself.A momentary motor or clicking noisemay be heard while this test is goingon, and it may even be noticed thatthe brake pedal moves a little. Thisis normal.

If there is a problem with ABS, thiswarning light stays on. See AntilockBrake System (ABS) Warning Light0 131.

If driving safely on a wet road and itbecomes necessary to slam on thebrakes and continue braking toavoid a sudden obstacle, acomputer senses the wheels areslowing down. If one of the wheelsis about to stop rolling, the computerwill separately work the brakes ateach wheel.

ABS can change the brake pressureto each wheel, as required, fasterthan any driver could. This can helpyou steer around the obstacle whilebraking hard.

As the brakes are applied, thecomputer keeps receiving updateson wheel speed and controlsbraking pressure accordingly.

Remember: ABS does not changethe time needed to get a foot up tothe brake pedal or always decreasestopping distance. If you get tooclose to the vehicle in front of you,there will not be enough time toapply the brakes if that vehiclesuddenly slows or stops. Alwaysleave enough room up ahead tostop, even with ABS.

Using ABS

Do not pump the brakes. Just holdthe brake pedal down firmly and letABS work. You may hear the ABSpump or motor operating and feelthe brake pedal pulsate. This isnormal.

Braking in Emergencies

ABS allows you to steer and brakeat the same time. In manyemergencies, steering can helpmore than even the very bestbraking.

Electric Parking Brake



The vehicle has an Electric ParkingBrake (EPB). The EPB can alwaysbe activated, even if the ignition isoff. To prevent draining the battery,avoid repeated cycles of the EPBsystem when the engine is notrunning.

The system has aY or PARK

Electric Parking Brake light, and a 8Service Parking Brake light orService Parking Brake message.See Electric Parking Brake Light0 130 and Service Electric ParkingBrake Light (Uplevel Only) 0 130.

Before leaving the vehicle, check fortheY or PARK light to ensure thatthe parking brake is applied.

EPB Apply

To apply the EPB:

1. Be sure the vehicle is at acomplete stop.

2. Press the EPB switchmomentarily.

TheY or PARK light will flash andthen stay on once the EPB is fullyapplied. If theY or PARK lightflashes continuously, then the EPBis only partially applied or there is aproblem with the EPB. A DriverInformation Center (DIC) messagewill display. Release the EPB andtry to apply it again. If the light doesnot come on, or keeps flashing,have the vehicle serviced. Do notdrive the vehicle if theY or PARKlight is flashing. See your dealer.See Electric Parking Brake Light0 130.

If the 8 light or Service ParkingBrake message is on, press theEPB switch and hold it. Continue tohold the switch until theY or

PARK light remains on. If the 8 lightor Service Parking Brake messageremains on, see your dealer.

If the EPB is applied while thevehicle is moving, the vehicle willdecelerate as long as the switch is

pressed. If the switch is presseduntil the vehicle comes to a stop,the EPB will remain applied.

The vehicle may automatically applythe EPB in some situations whenthe vehicle is not moving. This isnormal, and is done to periodicallycheck the correct operation of theEPB system.

If the EPB fails to apply, block therear wheels to prevent vehiclemovement.

EPB Release

To release the EPB:


2. Apply and hold the brakepedal.

3. Press the EPB switchmomentarily.

The EPB is released when theYor PARK light is off.

If the 8 light or Service ParkingBrake message is on, release theEPB by pressing and holding the



EPB switch. Continue to hold theswitch until theY or PARK light isoff. If either light stays on afterrelease is attempted, see yourdealer.

Caution

Driving with the parking brake oncan overheat the brake systemand cause premature wear ordamage to brake system parts.Make sure that the parking brakeis fully released and the brakewarning light is off before driving.

Automatic EPB Release

The EPB will automatically release ifthe vehicle is running, placed intogear, and an attempt is made todrive away. Avoid rapid accelerationwhen the EPB is applied, topreserve parking brake lining life.

Brake AssistThe Brake Assist feature isdesigned to assist the driver instopping or decreasing vehicle

speed in emergency drivingconditions. This feature uses thestability system hydraulic brakecontrol module to supplement thepower brake system underconditions where the driver hasquickly and forcefully applied thebrake pedal in an attempt to quicklystop or slow down the vehicle. Thestability system hydraulic brakecontrol module increases brakepressure at each corner of thevehicle until the ABS activates.Minor brake pedal pulsation orpedal movement during this time isnormal and the driver shouldcontinue to apply the brake pedal asthe driving situation dictates. TheBrake Assist feature willautomatically disengage when thebrake pedal is released or brakepedal pressure is quicklydecreased.

Hill Start Assist (HSA)This vehicle has a Hill Start Assist(HSA) feature, which may be usefulwhen the vehicle is stopped on agrade sufficient enough to activate

HSA. This feature is designed toprevent the vehicle from rolling,either forward or rearward, duringvehicle drive off. After the drivercompletely stops and holds thevehicle in a complete standstill on agrade, HSA will be automaticallyactivated. During the transitionperiod between when the driverreleases the brake pedal and startsto accelerate to drive off on a grade,HSA holds the braking pressure fora maximum of two seconds toensure that there is no rolling. Thebrakes will automatically releasewhen the accelerator pedal isapplied within the two-secondwindow. It will not activate if thevehicle is in a drive gear and facingdownhill, or if the vehicle is facinguphill and in R (Reverse). Tochange the duration, see “ExtendedHill Start Assist” in VehiclePersonalization 0 142.



Ride Control Systems

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControl

System Operation

The vehicle has a Traction ControlSystem (TCS) and StabiliTrak, anelectronic stability control system.These systems help limit wheel slipand assist the driver in maintainingcontrol, especially on slippery roadconditions.

TCS activates if it senses that anyof the drive wheels are spinning orbeginning to lose traction. When thishappens, TCS applies the brakes tothe spinning wheels and reducesengine power to limit wheel spin.

StabiliTrak activates when thevehicle senses a difference betweenthe intended path and the directionthe vehicle is actually traveling.StabiliTrak selectively appliesbraking pressure to any one of the

vehicle wheel brakes to assist thedriver in keeping the vehicle on theintended path.

If cruise control is being used andTCS or StabiliTrak begins to limitwheel spin, cruise control willdisengage. Cruise control may beturned back on when roadconditions allow.

Both systems come onautomatically when the vehicle isstarted and begins to move. Thesystems may be heard or felt whilethey are operating or whileperforming diagnostic checks. Thisis normal and does not mean thereis a problem with the vehicle.

It is recommended to leave bothsystems on for normal drivingconditions, but it may be necessaryto turn TCS off if the vehicle getsstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 180and “Turning the Systems Off andOn” later in this section.

The indicator light for both systemsis in the instrument cluster. Thislight will:

. Flash when TCS is limitingwheel spin

. Flash when StabiliTrak isactivated

. Turn on and stay on when eithersystem is not working

If either system fails to turn on or toactivate, a message displays in theDriver Information Center (DIC), andd comes on and stays on toindicate that the system is inactiveand is not assisting the driver inmaintaining control. The vehicle issafe to drive, but driving should beadjusted accordingly.

If d comes on and stays on:

1. Stop the vehicle.



2. Turn the engine off and wait15 seconds.

3. Start the engine.

Drive the vehicle. If d comes onand stays on, the vehicle may needmore time to diagnose the problem.If the condition persists, see yourdealer.

Turning the Systems Off andOn (Uplevel Cluster)

Caution

Do not repeatedly brake oraccelerate heavily when TCS isoff. The vehicle driveline could bedamaged.

At speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) orabove, this ability to turn off or on isdisabled.

TCS and StabiliTrak can be turnedoff or on using the DIC controls asfollows:

Press o to access the cluster

applications. Usew orx to scrollthrough the list of availableapplications.

Press V to select the Options

application, then press p to enter

the Options menu. Usew orx toscroll through items in theOptions menu.

Press V to select the Traction and

Stability page, then press p to

select Traction menu. Usew orxto select Traction (TCS) or Stability(StabiliTrak).

To turn TCS off, select Traction,then press V. The TCS icon on theDIC will change from On to Off andi illuminates in the instrumentcluster.

To turn TCS back on, selectTraction, then press V. The TCSicon on the DIC will change from Offto On and i goes out in theinstrument cluster. TCS cannot beon when StabiliTrak is off.

To turn StabiliTrak off, selectStability, then press V. TheStabiliTrak icon on the DIC willchange from On to Off. If TCS wason when StabiliTrak was turned off,both will turn off and i and gilluminate.



To turn StabiliTrak back on, selectStability then press V. TheStabiliTrak icon on the DIC willchange from Off to On and g goesout in the instrument cluster.

To turn both StabiliTrak and TCSback on, select Traction, then pressV. The StabiliTrak and TCS iconson the DIC will change from Off toOn and g and i go out in theinstrument cluster.

Adding accessories can affect thevehicle performance. SeeAccessories and Modifications0 261.

Turning the Systems Off andOn (Base Level DIC)

Caution

Do not repeatedly brake oraccelerate heavily when TCS isoff. The vehicle driveline could bedamaged.

At speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) orabove, this ability to turn off or on isdisabled.

TCS and StabiliTrak can be turnedoff or on using the DIC controls asfollows:

Press o or p to select VEHICLE

menu, then usew orx to scrollthrough the menu items to selectTCS/StabiliTrak.

Press V to enter TC/StabiliTrak,

and then usew orx to select TCSor StabiliTrak.

To turn TCS off, select TCS, thenpress V. i will illuminate in theinstrument cluster.

To turn TCS back on, select TCS,then press V. i goes out in theinstrument cluster. TCS cannot beon when StabiliTrak is off.

To turn StabiliTrak off, selectStabiliTrak, then press V. If TCSwas on when StabiliTrak was turnedoff, both will turn off and i and gilluminate in the instrument cluster.

To turn StabiliTrak back on, selectStabiliTrak then press V. g goesout in the instrument cluster.

To turn both StabiliTrak and TCSback on, select Traction, then pressV. g and i go out in theinstrument cluster.

Adding accessories can affect thevehicle performance. SeeAccessories and Modifications0 261.



Hill DescentControl (HDC)HDC can be used when drivingdownhill. It sets and maintainsvehicle speed while descending avery steep incline in a forward orreverse gear.

The HDC switch is on the centerconsole.

Press 5 to enable or disable HDC.Vehicle speed must be below50 km/h (31 mph).

The HDC light displays on theinstrument cluster when enabled.

HDC can maintain vehicle speedsbetween 3 and 22 km/h (2 and14 mph) on an incline greater thanor equal to a 10% grade. A blinking

HDC light indicates the system isactively applying the brakes tomaintain vehicle speed.

When HDC is activated, the initialHDC speed is set to the currentdriving speed. It can be increased ordecreased by pressing +RES or –SET on the steering wheel or byapplying the accelerator or brakepedal. This adjusted speedbecomes the new set speed.

HDC will remain enabled between22 and 60 km/h (14 and 37 mph);however vehicle speed cannot beset or maintained in this range.It will automatically disable if thevehicle speed is above 80 km/h(50 mph) or above 60 km/h(37 mph) for at least 30 seconds.Press 5 again to re-enable HDC.

Driver Mode Control

Driver Mode Control Knobfor FWD



Driver Mode Control Knobfor AWD

q (Vehicles without AWD) or5(AWD equipped vehicles) TourMode : Use Tour Mode duringnormal driving conditions. TourMode either puts the vehicle inFront-Wheel Drive (AWD vehicles)or is the normal drive mode (FWDvehicles). Tour Mode is the mostfuel efficient drive mode. SeeDriving for Better Fuel Economy0 26. When selecting Tour Mode,the AWD light will flash briefly whilethe system disables, and thenstays off.

4 AWD Mode : In AWD Mode, theAWD system delivers power to allfour wheels and the system adjustsas needed to improve traction.Selecting AWD Mode will activatethe system. The AWD light will flashbriefly while the system is engagingand stay on to indicate AWD isactive. AWD Mode will stay selecteduntil the mode is changed. AWD isactive in Tow/Haul and Off-RoadModes. AWD Mode is only availableon vehicles equipped with All-WheelDrive.

Tow/Haul and Off-Road Modes arecanceled with each ignition cycleand will return to the Tour Mode.

When using a compact spare tire onan AWD vehicle, the systemautomatically detects the compactspare and reduces AWDperformance to protect the system.To restore full AWD operation andprevent excessive wear on thesystem, replace the compact sparetire with a full-size tire as soon aspossible. See Compact Spare Tire0 334.

6 Snow Mode : Snow Modeimproves vehicle acceleration onsnow and ice-covered roads. SnowMode is not available on vehiclesequipped with all wheel drive.

7 Off-Road Mode : Use Off-RoadMode for public off-road recreationaldriving. See Off-Road Driving 0 174.Off-Road Mode is only available onvehicles equipped with All-WheelDrive.

_ Tow/Haul Mode : Tow/HaulMode can assist when towing orhauling a heavy load. It changestransmission shift patterns, turns onAWD, if equipped, and increasestrailer sway control assistance.When Tow/Haul is activated, theTow/Haul symbol will come on in theinstrument cluster. See DrivingCharacteristics and Towing Tips0 251. Tow/Haul Mode is onlyavailable on vehicles with the towingpackage.



Automatic Engine Grade Brakingassists when driving downhill.It maintains vehicle speed byautomatically implementing a shiftpattern that uses the engine and thetransmission to slow the vehicle.The system will automaticallycommand downshifts to reducevehicle speed. The normal shiftpattern will return once the vehicleis on a low grade or when theaccelerator pedal is pressed.

While in the Electronic RangeSelect (ERS) Mode, grade brakingis deactivated, allowing the driver toselect a range and limiting thehighest gear available. Gradebraking is available for normaldriving and in Tow/Haul Mode. SeeManual Mode 0 208.



Mode Name In Cluster Menu: Tour AWD Snow Off-Road Tow/Haul

Mode Availability AWD & FWD AWD FWD AWD TowingPackage

(AWD& FWD)

Retained Across Ignition Cycles Yes Yes No No No

Pedal Map Normal Normal Off-Road Off-Road Normal

Auto Transmission Schedule Normal Normal Normal Normal Tow/Haul

AWD (If Equipped) Normal FWD Normal AWD NA Off-RoadAWD

Normal AWD

Steering Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal

Trailer Sway Control Normal Normal Normal Normal Tow/Haul

StabiliTrak Setting Normal Normal Normal Off-Road Normal

Traction Control Setting Normal Normal Normal Off-Road Normal



Cruise ControlThe cruise control lets the vehiclemaintain a speed of about 40 km/h(25 mph) or more without keepingyour foot on the accelerator. Cruisecontrol does not work at speedsbelow 40 km/h (25 mph).

{ Warning

Cruise control can be dangerouswhere you cannot drive safely ata steady speed. Do not usecruise control on winding roads orin heavy traffic.

Cruise control can be dangerouson slippery roads. On such roads,fast changes in tire traction cancause excessive wheel slip, andyou could lose control. Do not usecruise control on slippery roads.

With the Traction Control System(TCS) or Electronic Stability Control(ESC), the system may begin tolimit wheel spin while you are usingcruise control. If this happens, thecruise control will automatically

disengage. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 213.If a collision alert occurs whencruise control is activated, cruisecontrol is disengaged. See ForwardCollision Alert (FCA) System 0 228.When road conditions allow you tosafely use it again, cruise controlcan be turned back on.

Cruise control will disengage ifeither TCS or StabiliTrak isturned off.

If Hill Descent Control (HDC) isengaged, cruise control disengages.See Hill Descent Control (HDC)0 216.

If the brakes are applied, cruisecontrol disengages.

5 : Press to turn the cruise controlsystem on and off. A white indicatorcomes on in the instrument clusterwhen cruise control is turned on.

* : Press to disengage cruisecontrol without erasing the setspeed from memory.

+RES : If there is a set speed inmemory, press briefly to resume thatspeed or press and hold toaccelerate. If cruise control isalready active, use to increasevehicle speed.



–SET : Press briefly to set thespeed and activate cruise control.If cruise control is already active,use to decrease vehicle speed.

Setting Cruise Control

If5 is on when not in use, –SET or+RES could get bumped and go intocruise when not desired. Keep 5off when cruise is not being used.

To set a speed:

1. Press5 to turn the cruisesystem on.

2. Get up to the desired speed.

3. Press and release –SET. Thedesired set speed brieflyappears in the instrumentcluster.

4. Remove your foot from theaccelerator pedal.

The cruise control indicator on theinstrument cluster turns green aftercruise control has been set to thedesired speed. See InstrumentCluster 0 119.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the cruise control is set at adesired speed and then the brakesare applied or* is pressed, thecruise control is disengaged withouterasing the set speed from memory.

Once the vehicle speed reachesabout 40 km/h (25 mph) or more,briefly press +RES. The vehiclereturns to the previous set speed.

Increasing Speed While UsingCruise Control

If the cruise control system isalready activated:

. Press and hold +RES on thesteering wheel until the vehicleaccelerates to the desiredspeed, then release it.

. To increase the speed in smallincrements, briefly press +RES.For each press, the vehicle goesabout 1 km/h (1 mph) faster.

The speedometer reading can bedisplayed in either English or metricunits. See Instrument Cluster 0 119.The increment value used dependson the units displayed.

Reducing Speed While UsingCruise Control

If the cruise control system isalready activated:

. Press and hold –SET until thedesired lower speed is reached,then release it.

. To slow down in smallincrements, briefly press –SET.For each press, the vehicle goesabout 1 km/h (1 mph) slower.

The speedometer reading can bedisplayed in either English or metricunits. See Instrument Cluster 0 119.The increment value used dependson the units displayed.

Passing Another Vehicle WhileUsing Cruise Control

Use the accelerator pedal toincrease the vehicle speed. Whenyou take your foot off the pedal, thevehicle will slow down to theprevious set cruise speed. Whilepressing the accelerator pedal orshortly following the release tooverride cruise control, briefly



pressing –SET will result in cruisecontrol set to the current vehiclespeed.

Using Cruise Control on Hills

How well the cruise control workson hills depends upon the vehiclespeed, load, and the steepness ofthe hills. When going up steep hills,you might have to step on theaccelerator pedal to maintain thevehicle speed. When goingdownhill, you might have to brake orshift to a lower gear to keep yourspeed down. If the brake pedal isapplied, cruise control willdisengage.

Ending Cruise Control

There are four ways to end cruisecontrol:

. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press*.

. Shift the transmission toN (Neutral).

. To turn off cruise control,press5.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed iserased from memory if 5 is pressedor if the ignition is turned off.

Driver AssistanceSystemsThis vehicle may have features thatwork together to help avoid crashesor reduce crash damage whiledriving, backing, and parking. Readthis entire section before usingthese systems.

{ Warning

Do not rely on the DriverAssistance Systems. Thesesystems do not replace the needfor paying attention and drivingsafely. You may not hear or feelalerts or warnings provided bythese systems. Failure to useproper care when driving mayresult in injury, death, or vehicledamage. See Defensive Driving0 171.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

Under many conditions, thesesystems will not:

. Detect children,pedestrians, bicyclists,or animals.

. Detect vehicles or objectsoutside the area monitoredby the system.

. Work at all driving speeds.

. Warn you or provide youwith enough time to avoid acrash.

. Work under poor visibility orbad weather conditions.

. Work if the detection sensoris not cleaned or is coveredby ice, snow, mud, or dirt.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Work if the detection sensoris covered up, such as witha sticker, magnet, or metalplate.

. Work if the area surroundingthe detection sensor isdamaged or not properlyrepaired.

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take actionand apply the brakes and/or steerthe vehicle to avoid crashes.

Audible or Safety Alert Seat

Some driver assistance featuresalert the driver of obstacles bybeeping. To change the volume ofthe warning chime, see “Comfortand Convenience” under VehiclePersonalization 0 142.

If equipped with the Safety AlertSeat, the driver seat cushion mayprovide a vibrating pulse alert

instead of beeping. To change this,see “Collision/Detection Systems”under Vehicle Personalization0 142.

Assistance Systems forParking or BackingIf equipped, the Rear Vision Camera(RVC), Rear Parking Assist (RPA),Front Parking Assist (FPA),Surround Vision, Front VisionCamera, Rear Cross Traffic Alert(RCTA), and Automatic ParkingAssist (APA) may help the driverpark or avoid objects. Always checkaround the vehicle when parking orbacking.

Rear Vision Camera (RVC)

When the vehicle is shifted intoR (Reverse), the RVC displays animage of the area behind the vehiclein the infotainment display. Theprevious screen displays when thevehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse)after a short delay. To return to theprevious screen sooner, press anybutton on the infotainment display,shift into P (Park), or reach a vehicle



speed of 12 km/h (8 mph). SelectGuidance Lines on the infotainmentdisplay to enable or disable theguidance lines.

1. View Displayed by the RearVision Camera

1. View Displayed by the RearVision Camera

2. Corners of the Rear Bumper

Displayed images may be farther orcloser than they appear. The areadisplayed is limited and objects thatare close to either corner of thebumper or under the bumper do notdisplay.

A warning triangle may display toshow that Rear Parking Assist(RPA) has detected an object. Thistriangle changes from amber to redand increases in size the closer theobject.

Surround Vision

If equipped, Surround Visiondisplays an image of the areasurrounding the vehicle, along withthe front or rear camera views in theinfotainment display. The frontcamera is in the grille or near thefront emblem, the side cameras areon the bottom of the outside mirrors,and the rear camera is above thelicense plate.

{ Warning

The Surround Vision camerashave blind spots and will notdisplay all objects near thecorners of the vehicle. Foldingside mirrors that are out ofposition will not display surroundview correctly. Always checkaround the vehicle when parkingor backing.

1. Views Displayed by theSurround Vision Cameras

2. Area Not Shown



1. Views Displayed by theSurround Vision Cameras

2. Area Not Shown

Front Vision Camera

If equipped, a view of the area infront of the vehicle displays. Theview displays after shifting from

R (Reverse) to a forward gear, or bytouching CAMERA in theinfotainment display, and when thevehicle is moving forward slowerthan 8 km/h (5 mph). If equipped,the Front Vision Camera alsodisplays when the Parking Assistsystem detects an object within30 cm (12 in).

{ Warning

The camera(s) do not displaychildren, pedestrians, bicyclists,crossing traffic, animals, or anyother object outside of thecameras’ field of view, below thebumper, or under the vehicle.Shown distances may be differentfrom actual distances. Do notdrive or park the vehicle usingonly these camera(s). Alwayscheck behind and around thevehicle before driving. Failure touse proper care may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.

Parking Assist

With RPA, and if equipped with FPA,as the vehicle moves at speeds ofless than 8 km/h (5 mph), thesensors on the bumpers may detectobjects up to 2.5 m (8 ft) behind thevehicle and 1.2 m (4 ft) in front of thevehicle within a zone 25 cm (10 in)high off the ground and belowbumper level. These detectiondistances may be shorter duringwarmer or humid weather. Blockedsensors will not detect objects andcan also cause false detections.Keep the sensors clean of mud, dirt,snow, ice, and slush; and cleansensors after a car wash in freezingtemperatures.

{ Warning

The Parking Assist system doesnot detect children, pedestrians,bicyclists, animals, or objectslocated below the bumper or thatare too close or too far from thevehicle. It is not available at

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

speeds greater than 8 km/h(5 mph). To prevent injury, death,or vehicle damage, even withParking Assist, always check thearea around the vehicle andcheck all mirrors before movingforward or backing.

The instrument cluster may have aparking assist display with bars thatshow “distance to object” and objectlocation information for the ParkingAssist system. As the object getscloser, more bars light up and thebars change color from yellow toamber to red.

When an object is first detected inthe rear, one beep will be heardfrom the rear, or both sides of theSafety Alert Seat will pulse twotimes. When an object is very close(<0.6 m (2 ft) in the vehicle rear,or <0.3 m (1 ft) in the vehicle front),five beeps will sound from the frontor rear depending on objectlocation, or both sides of the SafetyAlert Seat will pulse five times.Beeps for FPA are higher pitchedthan for RPA.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)

If equipped, when the vehicle isshifted into R (Reverse), RCTAdisplays a red warning triangle witha left or right pointing arrow to warnof traffic coming from the left orright. This system detects objectscoming from up to 20 m (65 ft) fromthe left or right side of the vehicle.When an object is detected, eitherthree beeps sound from the left orright or three Safety Alert Seatpulses occur on the left or right side,depending on the direction of thedetected vehicle.

Use caution while backing up whentowing a trailer, as the RCTAdetection zones that extend outfrom the back of the vehicle do notmove further back when a trailer istowed.

Turning the Features On or Off

TheX button on the centerconsole is used to turn on or off theFront and Rear Parking Assist andthe Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA).The indicator light in the buttoncomes on when the features are onand turns off when the featureshave been disabled.

Turn off parking assist and RCTAwhen towing a trailer.

RCTA can be turned off through“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 142.

Automatic ParkingAssist (APA)

If equipped, APA searches for andsteers the vehicle into parallel andperpendicular parking spots. Whenusing APA, you must still shift gears,and control the brakes and



accelerator. A display and audiblebeeps help to guide parkingmaneuvers.

{ Warning

APA does not apply the brakes.APA may not detect objects in theparking space, objects that aresoft or narrow, objects high off theground such as flatbed trucks,or objects below ground levelsuch as large potholes. Alwaysverify that the parking space isappropriate for parking a vehicle.APA does not respond to changesin the parking space, such asmovement of an adjacent vehicle,or a person or object entering theparking space. APA does notdetect or avoid traffic that isbehind or alongside of thevehicle. Always be prepared tostop the vehicle during theparking maneuver.

PressO on the center console toenable the system to search for aparking space that is large enoughand within 1.5 m (5 ft) of the vehicle.The vehicle speed must be below30 km/h (18 mph). The systemcannot:

. Detect whether it is a legalparking space.

. Park exactly lined up with thevehicle next to it if the spot isapproached at an angle or if theparking space is angled.

. Park exactly centered in a spotthat is marked too large.

. Always detect short curbs.

When enabled, APA searches forparallel parking spaces to the rightof the vehicle. To search for aparking space to the left, turn on theleft turn signal or, if available,change the side selection in theinfotainment display. To switch theparking mode between parallel andperpendicular, press and holdO

during the search process or,if available, change the parkingmode in the infotainment display.

After completely passing a largeenough space, an audible beepoccurs and a red stop symbol isdisplayed.

If the vehicle is in R (Reverse), butdoes not steer into the expectedspace, this may be because thesystem is maneuvering the vehicleinto a previously detected space.The APA system does not needservice.



APA will instruct the vehicle to stoponce a large enough space is found.Follow the displayed instructions.When instructed to drive in reverse,shift to R (Reverse) to engageautomatic steering. The steeringwheel will briefly vibrate as areminder to remove hands from thesteering wheel. Check surroundingsand continue braking or acceleratingas needed, and be prepared to stopto avoid vehicles, pedestrians,or objects.

If the vehicle exceeds 10 km/h(6 mph), APA is automaticallydisengaged and automatic steeringwill turn off. A progress arrowdisplays the status of the parkingmaneuver. Depending on the spacesize, additional maneuvers may be

required, and there will be additionalinstructions. When changing gears,allow the automatic steering tocomplete before continuing theparking maneuver. Upon successfulcompletion of a maneuver, APA willbeep and display a PARKINGCOMPLETE message. Place thevehicle in P (Park).

APA may automatically disengage if:

. The steering wheel is used bythe driver.

. The maximum allowed speed isexceeded.

. There is a failure with the APAsystem.

. Electronic stability control orantilock brakes are activated.

. A high priority vehicle messageis displayed in the DriverInformation Center (DIC).

To cancel APA, pressO again.

When the System Does Not Seemto Work Properly

The APA system may require ashort period of driving along curvesto calibrate.

Assistance Systems forDrivingIf equipped, when driving thevehicle in a forward gear, ForwardCollision Alert (FCA), LaneDeparture Warning (LDW), LaneKeep Assist (LKA), Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA), Lane Change Alert(LCA), and/or Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB) can help to avoid acrash or reduce crash damage.

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemIf equipped, the FCA system mayhelp to avoid or reduce the harmcaused by front-end crashes. Whenapproaching a vehicle ahead tooquickly, FCA provides a red flashingalert on the windshield and rapidlybeeps or pulses the driver seat.



FCA also lights an amber visualalert if following another vehiclemuch too closely.

FCA detects vehicles within adistance of approximately 60 m(197 ft) and operates at speedsabove 8 km/h (5 mph).

{ Warning

FCA is a warning system anddoes not apply the brakes. Whenapproaching a slower-moving orstopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,or when following a vehicle tooclosely, FCA may not provide awarning with enough time to helpavoid a crash. It also may notprovide any warning at all. FCAdoes not warn of pedestrians,animals, signs, guardrails,bridges, construction barrels,or other objects. Be ready to takeaction and apply the brakes. SeeDefensive Driving 0 171.

FCA can be disabled with the FCAsteering wheel control, or ifequipped, through vehiclepersonalization. See “Collision/Detection Systems” under VehiclePersonalization 0 142.

Detecting the Vehicle Ahead

FCA warnings will not occur unlessthe FCA system detects a vehicleahead. When a vehicle is detected,the vehicle ahead indicator willdisplay green. Vehicles may not bedetected on curves, highway exitramps, or hills, due to poor visibility;or if a vehicle ahead is partiallyblocked by pedestrians or otherobjects. FCA will not detect anothervehicle ahead until it is completelyin the driving lane.

{ Warning

FCA does not provide a warningto help avoid a crash, unless itdetects a vehicle. FCA may notdetect a vehicle ahead if the FCAsensor is blocked by dirt, snow,or ice, or if the windshield isdamaged. It may also not detect avehicle on winding or hilly roads,or in conditions that can limitvisibility such as fog, rain,or snow, or if the headlamps orwindshield are not cleaned or inproper condition. Keep thewindshield, headlamps, and FCAsensors clean and in good repair.

Collision Alert



When your vehicle approachesanother detected vehicle too rapidly,the red FCA display will flash on thewindshield. Also, eight rapidhigh-pitched beeps will sound fromthe front, or both sides of the SafetyAlert Seat will pulse five times.When this Collision Alert occurs, thebrake system may prepare for driverbraking to occur more rapidly whichcan cause a brief, mild deceleration.Continue to apply the brake pedalas needed. Cruise control may bedisengaged when the Collision Alertoccurs.

Tailgating Alert

The vehicle ahead indicator willdisplay amber when you arefollowing a vehicle ahead much tooclosely.

Selecting the Alert Timing

The Collision Alert control is on thesteering wheel. Press[ to set theFCA timing to Far, Medium, or Near,or on some vehicles, Off. The firstbutton press shows the currentsetting on the DIC. Additional buttonpresses will change this setting. Thechosen setting will remain until it ischanged and will affect the timing ofboth the Collision Alert and theTailgating Alert features. The timingof both alerts will vary based onvehicle speed. The faster thevehicle speed, the farther away thealert will occur. Consider traffic andweather conditions when selectingthe alert timing. The range ofselectable alert timings may not beappropriate for all drivers anddriving conditions.

Following Distance Indicator

The following distance to a movingvehicle ahead in your path isindicated in following time inseconds on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 136. The

minimum following time is0.5 seconds away. If there is novehicle detected ahead, or thevehicle ahead is out of sensorrange, dashes will be displayed.

Unnecessary Alerts

FCA may provide unnecessaryalerts for turning vehicles, vehiclesin other lanes, objects that are notvehicles, or shadows. These alertsare normal operation and thevehicle does not need service.

Cleaning the System

If the FCA system does not seem tooperate properly, this may correctthe issue:

. Clean the outside of thewindshield in front of therearview mirror.

. Clean the entire front of thevehicle.

. Clean the headlamps.



Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB)If the vehicle has Forward CollisionAlert (FCA), it also has FAB, whichincludes Intelligent BrakeAssist (IBA). When the systemdetects a vehicle ahead in your paththat is traveling in the samedirection that you may be about tocrash into, it can provide a boost tobraking or automatically brake thevehicle. This can help avoid orlessen the severity of crashes whendriving in a forward gear. Dependingon the situation, the vehicle mayautomatically brake moderately orhard. This forward automaticbraking can only occur if a vehicle isdetected. This is shown by the FCAvehicle ahead indicator being lit.See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 228.

The system works when driving in aforward gear between 8 km/h(5 mph) and 60 km/h (37 mph).It can detect vehicles up toapproximately 60 m (197 ft).

{ Warning

FAB is an emergency crashpreparation feature and is notdesigned to avoid crashes. Donot rely on FAB to brake thevehicle. FAB will not brakeoutside of its operating speedrange and only responds todetected vehicles.

FAB may not:

. Detect a vehicle ahead onwinding or hilly roads.

. Detect all vehicles,especially vehicles with atrailer, tractors, muddyvehicles, etc.

. Detect a vehicle whenweather limits visibility, suchas in fog, rain, or snow.

. Detect a vehicle ahead if itis partially blocked bypedestrians or other objects.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take actionand apply the brakes and/or steerthe vehicle to avoid crashes.

FAB may slow the vehicle to acomplete stop to try to avoid apotential crash. If this happens, FABmay engage the Electric ParkingBrake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at astop. Release the EPB or firmlypress the accelerator pedal.

{ Warning

FAB may automatically brake thevehicle suddenly in situationswhere it is unexpected andundesired. It could respond to aturning vehicle ahead, guardrails,signs, and other non-movingobjects. To override FAB, firmlypress the accelerator pedal, if it issafe to do so.



Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)

IBA may activate when the brakepedal is applied quickly by providinga boost to braking based on thespeed of approach and distance toa vehicle ahead.

Minor brake pedal pulsations orpedal movement during this time isnormal and the brake pedal shouldcontinue to be applied as needed.IBA will automatically disengageonly when the brake pedal isreleased.

{ Warning

IBA may increase vehicle brakingin situations when it may not benecessary. You could block theflow of traffic. If this occurs, takeyour foot off the brake pedal andthen apply the brakes as needed.

FAB and IBA can be disabledthrough vehicle personalization. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 142.

{ Warning

Using FAB or IBA while towing atrailer could cause you to losecontrol of the vehicle and crash.Turn the system to Alert or Offwhen towing a trailer.

A system unavailable message maydisplay if:

. The front of the vehicle orwindshield is not clean.

. Heavy rain or snow is interferingwith object detection.

. There is a problem with theStabiliTrak system.

The FAB system does not needservice.

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA)If equipped, the SBZA system is alane-changing aid that assistsdrivers with avoiding crashes thatoccur with moving vehicles in theside blind zone (or spot) areas.

When the vehicle is in a forwardgear, the left or right side mirrordisplay will light up if a movingvehicle is detected in that blindzone. If the turn signal is activatedand a vehicle is also detected onthe same side, the display will flashas an extra warning not to changelanes. Since this system is part ofthe Lane Change Alert (LCA)system, read the entire LCA sectionbefore using this feature.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)If equipped, the LCA system is alane-changing aid that assistsdrivers with avoiding lane changecrashes that occur with movingvehicles in the side blind zone (orspot) areas or with vehicles rapidlyapproaching these areas frombehind. The LCA warning displaywill light up in the correspondingoutside mirror and will flash if theturn signal is on.



{ Warning

LCA does not alert the driver tovehicles outside of the systemdetection zones, pedestrians,bicyclists, or animals. It may notprovide alerts when changinglanes under all driving conditions.Failure to use proper care whenchanging lanes may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.Before making a lane change,always check mirrors, glance overyour shoulder, and use the turnsignals.

LCA Detection Zones

1. SBZA Detection Zone

2. LCA Detection Zone

The LCA sensor covers a zone ofapproximately one lane over fromboth sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m(11 ft). The height of the zone isapproximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft)and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. TheSide Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)warning area starts at approximatelythe middle of the vehicle and goesback 5 m (16 ft). Drivers are alsowarned of vehicles rapidlyapproaching from up to 25 m (82 ft)behind the vehicle.

How the System Works

The LCA symbol lights up in theside mirrors when the systemdetects a moving vehicle in the nextlane over that is in the side blindzone or rapidly approaching thatzone from behind. A lit LCA symbolindicates it may be unsafe tochange lanes. Before making a lanechange, check the LCA display,check mirrors, glance over yourshoulder, and use the turn signals.

Left Side MirrorDisplay

Right Side MirrorDisplay

When the vehicle is started, bothoutside mirror LCA displays willbriefly come on to indicate thesystem is operating. When thevehicle is in a forward gear, the leftor right side mirror display will lightup if a moving vehicle is detected inthe next lane over in that blind zoneor rapidly approaching that zone.If the turn signal is activated in thesame direction as a detectedvehicle, this display will flash as anextra warning not to change lanes.

LCA can be disabled throughvehicle personalization. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 142.If LCA is disabled by the driver, theLCA mirror displays will not light up.



When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The LCA system requires somedriving for the system to calibrate tomaximum performance. Thiscalibration may occur more quickly ifthe vehicle is driving on a straighthighway road with traffic androadside objects (e.g., guardrails,barriers).

LCA displays may not come onwhen passing a vehicle quickly, fora stopped vehicle, or when towing atrailer. The LCA detection zonesthat extend back from the side ofthe vehicle do not move further backwhen a trailer is towed. Use cautionwhile changing lanes when towing atrailer. LCA may alert to objectsattached to the vehicle, such as atrailer, bicycle, or object extendingout to either side of the vehicle.Attached objects may also interferewith the detection of vehicles. Thisis normal system operation; thevehicle does not need service.

LCA may not always alert the driverto vehicles in the next lane over,especially in wet conditions or when

driving on sharp curves. The systemdoes not need to be serviced. Thesystem may light up due toguardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, andother non-moving objects. This isnormal system operation; thevehicle does not need service.

LCA may not operate when the LCAsensors in the left or right corners ofthe rear bumper are covered withmud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or inheavy rainstorms. For cleaninginstructions, see "Washing theVehicle" under Exterior Care 0 341.If the Driver Information Center(DIC) displays the systemunavailable message after cleaningboth sides of the vehicle toward therear corners of the vehicle, see yourdealer.

If the LCA displays do not light upwhen moving vehicles are in theside blind zone or are rapidlyapproaching this zone and thesystem is clean, the system mayneed service. Take the vehicle toyour dealer.

Radio Frequency Information

See Radio Frequency Statement0 379.

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)If equipped, LDW may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. It may provide awarning if the vehicle is crossing adetected lane marking without usinga turn signal in the lane departuredirection. Since this system is partof the Lane Keep Assist (LKA)system, read the entire LKA sectionbefore using this feature.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)If equipped, LKA may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. It may assist by gentlyturning the steering wheel if thevehicle approaches a detected lanemarking without using a turn signalin that direction. It may also providea Lane Departure Warning (LDW)system alert as the lane marking iscrossed. The LKA system will not



assist or provide an LDW alert if itdetects that you are activelysteering. Override LKA by turningthe steering wheel. LKA uses acamera to detect lane markingsbetween 60 km/h (37 mph) and180 km/h (112 mph).

{ Warning

The LKA system does notcontinuously steer the vehicle.It may not keep the vehicle in thelane or give a Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) alert, even if alane marking is detected.

The LKA and LDW systemsmay not:

. Provide an alert or enoughsteering assist to avoid alane departure or crash.

. Detect lane markings underpoor weather or visibilityconditions. This can occur ifthe windshield orheadlamps are blocked bydirt, snow, or ice, if they are

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

not in proper condition, or ifthe sun shines directly intothe camera.

. Detect road edges.

. Detect lanes on winding orhilly roads.

If LKA only detects lane markingson one side of the road, it willonly assist or provide an LDWalert when approaching the laneon the side where it has detecteda lane marking. Even with LKAand LDW, you must steer thevehicle. Always keep yourattention on the road andmaintain proper vehicle positionwithin the lane, or vehicledamage, injury, or death couldoccur. Always keep thewindshield, headlamps, andcamera sensors clean and ingood repair. Do not use LKA inbad weather conditions.

{ Warning

Using LKA while towing a traileror on slippery roads could causeloss of control of the vehicle anda crash. Turn the system off.

How the System Works

The LKA camera sensor is on thewindshield ahead of the rearviewmirror.

To turn LKA on and off, pressAon the center console.

When on,A is green if LKA isavailable to assist and provide LDWalerts. It may assist by gentlyturning the steering wheel anddisplayA as amber if the vehicleapproaches a detected lane markingwithout using a turn signal in thatdirection. It may also provide anLDW alert by flashingA amberas the lane marking is crossed.Additionally, there may be threebeeps, or the driver seat may pulse



three times, on the right or left,depending on the lane departuredirection.

Take Steering

The LKA system does notcontinuously steer the vehicle.If LKA does not detect active driversteering, then an alert, chime,or Driver Information Center (DIC)message may be provided. Steerthe vehicle to dismiss.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The system performance may beaffected by:

. Close vehicles ahead.

. Sudden lighting changes, suchas when driving through tunnels.

. Banked roads.

. Roads with poor lane markings,such as two-lane roads.

If the LKA system is not functioningproperly when lane markings areclearly visible, cleaning thewindshield may help.

A system unavailable message maydisplay if the camera is blocked.The LKA system does not needservice.

LKA assistance and/or LDW alertsmay occur due to tar marks,shadows, cracks in the road,temporary or construction lanemarkings, or other roadimperfections. This is normal systemoperation; the vehicle does not needservice. Turn LKA off if theseconditions continue.

Fuel

Fuel (Gasoline)GM recommends the use of TOPTIER detergent gasoline to keep theengine cleaner and reduce enginedeposits. See www.toptiergas.comfor a list of TOP TIER detergentgasoline marketers and applicablecountries.

Do not use any fuel labeled E85 orFlexFuel. Do not use gasoline withethanol levels greater than 15% byvolume.



For the LYX 1.5L L4 turbo engine,use regular unleaded gasolinemeeting ASTM specification D4814with a posted octane rating of 87 orhigher. Do not use gasoline with aposted octane rating of less than 87,as this may cause engine knock andwill lower fuel economy.

For the LTG 2.0L L4 turbo engine,premium unleaded gasoline meetingASTM specification D4814 with aposted octane rating of 93 is highlyrecommended for best performanceand fuel economy. Unleadedgasoline with an octane rated as lowas 87 can be used. Using unleadedgasoline rated below 93 octane,however, will lead to reducedacceleration and fuel economy.If knocking occurs, use a gasolinerated at 93 octane as soon aspossible, otherwise, the enginecould be damaged. If heavyknocking is heard when usinggasoline with a 93 octane rating, theengine needs service.

Prohibited Fuels

Caution

Do not use fuels with any of thefollowing conditions; doing somay damage the vehicle and voidits warranty:

. For vehicles which are notFlexFuel, fuel labeledgreater than 15% ethanol byvolume, such as mid-levelethanol blends (16 – 50%ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel.

. Fuel with any amount ofmethanol, methylal, andaniline. These fuels cancorrode metal fuel systemparts or damage plastic andrubber parts.

. Fuel containing metals suchas methylcyclopentadienylmanganese tricarbonyl(MMT), which can damagethe emissions controlsystem and spark plugs.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

. Fuel with a posted octanerating of less than therecommended fuel. Usingthis fuel will lower fueleconomy and performance,and may decrease the life ofthe emissions catalyst.

California FuelRequirements (Gasoline)If the vehicle is certified to meetCalifornia Emissions Standards, it isdesigned to operate on fuels thatmeet California specifications. Seethe underhood emission controllabel. If this fuel is not available instates adopting California EmissionsStandards, the vehicle will operatesatisfactorily on fuels meetingfederal specifications, but emissioncontrol system performance may beaffected. The malfunction indicatorlamp could turn on and the vehiclemay not pass a smog-check test.See Malfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Light) 0 127. If this



occurs, return to your authorizeddealer for diagnosis. If it isdetermined that the condition iscaused by the type of fuel used,repairs may not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Fuels in ForeignCountries (Gasoline)The U.S., Canada, and Mexico postfuel octane ratings in anti-knockindex (AKI). For fuel not to use in aforeign country, see “ProhibitedFuels” in Fuel (Gasoline) 0 236.

Fuel AdditivesTo keep fuel systems clean, TOPTIER detergent gasoline isrecommended. See Fuel (Gasoline)0 236.

If TOP TIER detergent gasoline isnot available, one bottle of GM FuelSystem Treatment Cleaner added tothe fuel tank at every engine oilchange, can help. GM Fuel SystemTreatment Cleaner is the only

gasoline additive recommended byGeneral Motors. It is available atyour dealer.

Fuel for Diesel EnginesThe selection of a high quality fuelis important for maintaining optimumperformance. Do not use diesel fuelwith more than 15 ppm sulfurcontent. Do not use a diesel blendcontaining more than 20% biodieselby volume. Both diesel andbiodiesel blends must meet all therequirements as defined in the mostcurrent versions of the local fuelstandards. See the recommendedfuels under What Fuel to Use in theU.S. (Diesel) 0 239 and What Fuelto Use in Canada and Mexico(Diesel) 0 240.

Caution

Engine damage may occur ifrecommended fuels are not used,which may void the vehiclewarranty. Some improperfuels are:

. Diesel fuel with the additionof gasoline.

. Diesel fuel mixed withengine oil or automatictransmission fluid.

. Triglyceride fuels, such asraw vegetable oil or animalfat, in any form, includingwith blends of diesel orbiodiesel.

. Marine diesel fuel andfuel oils.

. Diesel-water emulsions,such as Aquazole.

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

. Aftermarket diesel fueladditives, which containalcohols, organo-metallicadditives, or wateremulsifiers.

. Diesel fuel with sulfurgreater than 15 ppm.

. Diesel-biodiesel blends notwithin the requiredspecification.

Some conditions, such as dirty fuel,may decrease fuel filter life and aCHANGE FUEL FILTER messagemay come on in the DriverInformation Center (DIC).

What Fuel to Use in theU.S. (Diesel)Use of diesel fuel with ultra lowsulfur content (15 ppm, maximum) isrequired. Look for service stationfuel dispensers with this label ingreen:

The diesel fuel must meet ASTMInternational specification D 975,Grades No. 2-D or No. 1-D S15,also known as Ultra Low SulfurDiesel. Contact a fuel supplier orfueling station with any questions.

Diesel Fuel Grades

For best results use No. 2-D dieselfuel year-round because it isblended for seasonal temperaturedifferences, both above and belowfreezing conditions. No. 1-D dieselalso meeting ASTM InternationalD975 fuel can be used in very coldtemperatures (below −18 °C or0 °F); however, it will reduce powerand fuel economy. Avoid using No.1-D diesel fuel in warm or hotclimates. It can result in stalling,poor starting when the engine is hot,and damage to the fuel injectionsystem.

Premium Diesel Fuel

Premium Diesel Fuel (FQP-1A)corresponds to the EngineManufacturers Association (EMA)Recommended Guideline. It mayprovide less noise, better starting,and better vehicle performance, butis not required.



Biodiesel Blends

Retail pumps dispensing blendscontaining up to 5% biodiesel (B5)are not required to be labeled withthe concentration of biodiesel.Blends up to B5 must meet ASTMD975 (Grades No. 2-D or No. 1-DS15 Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel). Whenrefueling with a biodiesel blendabove B5, one of the followinglabels should appear on thedispenser:

Blends containing more than 5%and up to 20% biodiesel must meetASTM specification D7467(Biodiesel blend, B6 - B20) and arelabeled with an orange or blue

pump label. To reduce the risk ofpoor quality fuel, purchase biodieselblends from a fuel supplier or fuelingstation that sells BQ-9000 certifiedbiodiesel. See www.bq-9000.org fora list of certified marketers. SeeBiodiesel 0 241.

What Fuel to Use inCanada and Mexico(Diesel)

What Fuel to Use in Canada

Use of diesel fuel with ultra lowsulfur content (15 ppm, maximum) isrequired. Use diesel fuel that meetsthe CAN/CGSB-3.517 specificationin Canada. Contact a fuel supplierwith questions about fuel.

Caution

Use of diesel fuel other than UltraLow Sulfur Diesel (15 ppm sulfurmaximum) will cause damage tothe exhaust after-treatmentsystem. This damage would not

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Do not use marine,locomotive, or boiler distillate fuelsince it may contain higher sulfurlevels.

Diesel Fuel Types

For best results use Ultra LowSulfur Type B Diesel. This fuel isblended for seasonal changes. Inextreme cold temperatures (below−18 °C or 0 °F) Ultra Low SulfurType A Diesel fuel can be used, butit may cause power and fueleconomy losses. Avoid using TypeA Diesel fuel in warm or hotclimates. Doing so can result installing, poor starting when theengine is hot, and damage to thefuel injection system.

Premium Diesel Fuel

If available, premium diesel fuel(FQP-1A) corresponding to theEngine Manufacturers Association

(EMA) Recommended Guidelinecould provide better starting andvehicle performance with less noise.

Biodiesel Blends in Canada

Biodiesel blends that meet the CAN/CGSB-3.522 specifications up to20% (B20) can be used. Avoid theuse of biodiesel blends above 20%,as they may damage the engineand fuel system. For detailedinformation on the use of biodiesel,see Biodiesel 0 241.

What Fuel to Use in Mexico

Use diesel fuel specificationNOM-086 Pemex UBA, which meetsthe Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel fuelrequirement of 15 ppm sulfurmaximum. This fuel is not availablein all regions of Mexico.

Caution

Use of diesel fuel other than UltraLow Sulfur Diesel (15 ppm sulfurmaximum) will cause damage tothe exhaust after-treatment

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

system. This damage would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Do not use marine,locomotive, or boiler distillate fuelsince it may contain higher sulfurlevels.

BiodieselBiodiesel is a renewable fuelproduced from vegetable oils oranimal fats that have beenchemically modified to make itcompatible with diesel fuel.

Caution

Do not use home-made biodieselor home test kits because thequality cannot be verified byapproved scientific methods. Donot use raw vegetable oil or otherunmodified bio-oils, fats,or blends of vegetable oil withdiesel. They could damage the

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

fuel system and engine, anddamages would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Do not use blends containingmore than 20% biodiesel. Anyengine, fuel system, or exhaustafter-treatment system damagewould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Biodiesel fuel quality degrades withtime and exposure to hightemperature quicker than Ultra LowSulfur Diesel fuel. More frequentrefueling provides the bestopportunity to have a supply of freshfuel. Storage at hot ambienttemperatures will acceleratebiodiesel degradation.

Owners who use very little fuel,or who have vehicles stored forextended periods of time, should

avoid the use of biodiesel blendedfuels above 5% by volume. Whenvehicles are stored for longer thanone month, they should be run outof biodiesel to below one-quartertank, refueled with Ultra Low SulfurDiesel fuel, and driven at least32 km (20 mi) before storage.

At temperatures below 0 °C (32 °F),it is recommended to switch to UltraLow Sulfur Diesel fuel with nobiodiesel content, or to blends withbiodiesel containing less than 5% byvolume. At these extreme coldtemperatures, biodiesel blendshigher than 5% by volume maycause fuel filter plugging andsystem gelling, which can lead tovehicle operability problems.

Fuels improperly blended for coldtemperature operation may result inrestricted fuel filters and degradedvehicle performance. GM dieselvehicles are equipped with a fuelheating system to provide an extralevel of protection against filterplugging from gelling or waxing ofconventional diesel fuel andbiodiesel blends. If the operating

temperature is far below thetemperature at which gelling orwaxing of the fuel occurs, thesystem cannot prevent all cases offilter plugging.

If the vehicle experiences a fuelfilter restriction, the on-boardmonitoring system will alert thedriver that the fuel filter requiresservice. The fuel filter, however, willnot prevent all damage caused bypoor quality biodiesel.

Cold Weather Operation(Diesel)In cold weather, the fuel filter maybecome clogged by wax naturallypresent in the fuel. To unclog it,move the vehicle to a warm garagearea and allow the filter to warm up.The fuel filter may need to bereplaced. See Fuel FilterReplacement (Diesel) 0 246.

At temperatures below 0 °C (32 °F),it is recommended to avoid usingbiodiesel blends above 5% blend.This blend may cause fuel filterplugging, system gelling, and



freezing that may affect vehiclestarting. You may need to turn theignition on and off a few timesbefore the vehicle will start. Also,idle the vehicle for a couple ofminutes before accelerating.

Water in Fuel (Diesel)Improper fuel tank inspection orcleaning, or contaminated fuel fromsuppliers, can cause water to bepumped into the fuel tank along withthe diesel fuel. If a WATER IN FUEL- CONTACT SERVICE messagedisplays, the water must be drainedimmediately.

{ Warning

Diesel fuel containing water is stillcombustible. You or others couldbe burned. If the fuel needs to bedrained, keep sparks, flames, andsmoking materials away from themixture.

Caution

Water in the diesel fuel cancorrode internal components ofthe fuel system and lead tosevere damage. It can alsosupport fungus or bacteriagrowth, which can damage thefuel system and fuel operatedheater (FOH) (if equipped). Evenwith a diesel fuel biocide, the fuelsystem may still need to becleaned. Your dealer can adviseof the appropriate solution.

If the fuel tank needs to bepurged to remove water, see yourdealer or a qualified technician.Improper purging can damage thefuel system and block the FOH.

As an added precaution, drain thediesel fuel filter of residual water atevery engine oil change. If theWATER IN FUEL - CONTACTSERVICE message comes onfrequently, even after draining waterfrom the fuel filter, see your dealer.

Water in Fuel Troubleshooting

If the WATER IN FUEL - CONTACTSERVICE message comes on:

ProblemRecommended

Action

Messagedisplays butgoes off duringthe ignitioncycle.

The fuel filter ispartially filledwith water. Drainthe water assoon aspossible. See"RemovingWater from theFuel Filter"following.



ProblemRecommended

Action

Messagedisplays andstays on.

Drain the fuelfilterimmediately.If no water canbe drained, andthe temperatureis belowfreezing, thenwater may befrozen in thefilter. Move thevehicle to awarm location tothaw the water,then drain thefuel. If water stilldoes not drain,see your dealer.

ProblemRecommended

Action

Immediatelyafter refueling,messagedisplays andstays on.

A large amountof water is in thefuel tank. Drainthe fuel filterimmediately.If the messagestays on orcomes back onwithoutrefueling, thenfuel tank purgingis required. Seeyour dealer.If the messagedisplays and theengine stalls orruns rough, donot drive untilthe watercontaminatedfuel is drained.

Caution

Driving with this message on candamage the fuel injection systemand the engine. If the messagecomes on right after a refuel,water was pumped into the fueltank. Turn off the engine anddrain the water immediately.

Removing Water from the FuelFilter

To drain water:

1. Turn the engine off and applythe parking brake.

2. Place a container under thefilter drain valve, which is onthe bottom of the fuel filter.



FWD Shown, AWD Similar

3. Turn the drain plugcounterclockwise using asuitable tool.

4. With the engine off, press andhold ENGINE START/STOPwithout applying the brake forfive seconds to place thevehicle in Service Mode. SeeIgnition Positions 0 186. Waitapproximately five seconds,and then press ENGINESTART/STOP again to turn itoff. This operation will enhancewater flow out of the filter. The

filter is drained as soon asdiesel fuel emerges fromthe port.

5. Retighten the drain plug byturning it clockwise.

6. Properly dispose of the watercontaminated fuel.

7. Start the engine and let it runfor a few minutes. During thedraining process, air may haveentered the fuel system. If theengine stalls, the fuel systemmay need to be primed. See“Fuel Priming” following.

Fuel Priming

For the fuel system to work properly,air cannot be in the fuel lines. If airgets in, the engine may not startand the fuel lines will need to beprimed before operating the vehicle.

If air is present, the following mayhave happened:

. The vehicle ran out of fuel.

. The fuel filter was removed.

. The fuel lines were removed ordisconnected.

. The fuel filter water drain valvewas opened while the enginewas running.

To prime the fuel lines:

1. With the engine off, press andhold ENGINE START/STOPwithout applying the brake forfive seconds to place thevehicle in Service Mode. SeeIgnition Positions 0 186. Waitapproximately five secondsand press ENGINE START/STOP again to turn it off. Dothis step three times or morewhile the engine is off.

2. Press and hold ENGINESTART/STOP while applyingthe brake for a maximum of40 seconds at a time, withfive seconds between attempts,until the engine starts. If theengine tries to run, but doesnot run smoothly, increase therpm’s slightly by using theaccelerator pedal. This will helpforce air through the system.

3. Repeat Step 2 if the enginestalls and will not restart.



4. After a few attempts, if theengine still does not start, seeyour dealer.

Running Out of Fuel(Diesel)

{ Warning

Diesel fuel is flammable. It couldstart a fire if something ignites it,and people could be burned. Donot let it get on hot engine parts,and keep matches or otherignition sources away.

If the engine has stalled due torunning out of fuel, add at least7.6 L (2 gal) of fuel if parked on alevel surface, or up to 18.9 L (5 gal)of fuel if parked on a slope, andperform the procedure under “FuelPriming” previously in this section.

Fuel Filter Replacement(Diesel)

{ Warning

Diesel fuel is flammable. It couldstart a fire if something ignites it,and people could be burned. Donot let it get on hot engine parts,and keep matches or otherignition sources away.

The fuel filter is on the passengerside, in front of the rear tire.

1. Drain any water from the filter.See “Removing Water from theFuel Filter” in Water in Fuel(Diesel) 0 243.

Keep the engine off until theprocedure is completed.

2. Apply the parking brake.

FWD Shown, AWD Similar

3. Remove the filter element capby turning it counterclockwise.

4. Remove the filter element ando-rings. If there is any dirt onthe filter sealing surface, cleanit off.

5. Install the new filter elementand o-rings.

6. Reinstall and tighten the filtercap to the housing.

7. Use the fuel filter primingprocedure to prime the fuelfilter. See “Fuel Priming” inWater in Fuel (Diesel) 0 243.



8. Start the engine and let it idlefor five minutes. Check the fuelfilter and air bleed valve forleaks.

9. Reset the fuel filter monitor.See Driver Information Center(DIC) 0 136.

Filling the Tank(Gasoline)

{ Warning

Fuel vapors and fuel fires burnviolently and can cause injury ordeath.

. To help avoid injuries to youand others, read and followall the instructions on thefuel pump island.

. Turn off the engine whenrefueling.

. Keep sparks, flames, andsmoking materials awayfrom fuel.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Do not leave the fuel pumpunattended.

. Do not use a cell phonewhile refueling.

. Do not reenter the vehiclewhile pumping fuel.

. Keep children away fromthe fuel pump and never letchildren pump fuel.

. Fuel can spray out if therefueling nozzle is insertedtoo quickly. This spray canhappen if the tank is nearlyfull, and is more likely in hotweather. Insert the refuelingnozzle slowly and wait forany hiss noise to stop priorto beginning to flow fuel.

To open the fuel door, push andrelease the rearward center edge ofthe door.

The vehicle has a capless fuelsystem and does not have a fuelcap. The filling nozzle must be fullyinserted and latched prior to startingfuel flow.



{ Warning

Overfilling the fuel tank by morethan three clicks of a standard fillnozzle may cause:

. Vehicle performance issues,including engine stalling anddamage to the fuel system.

. Fuel spills.

. Potential fuel fires.

Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait afew seconds after you have finishedpumping before removing thenozzle. Clean fuel from paintedsurfaces as soon as possible. SeeExterior Care 0 341.

{ Warning

If a fire starts while you arerefueling, do not remove thenozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel byshutting off the pump or bynotifying the station attendant.Leave the area immediately.

Filling the Tank with a PortableGas Can

If the vehicle runs out of fuel andmust be filled from a portablegas can:

1. Locate the capless funneladapter from under thespare tire.

2. Insert and latch the funnel intothe capless fuel system.

{ Warning

Attempting to refuel without usingthe funnel adapter may cause fuelspillage and damage the caplessfuel system. This could cause afire and you or others could bebadly burned and the vehiclecould be damaged.

3. Remove and clean the funneladapter and return it to thestorage location.

Filling the Tank (Diesel)

{ Warning

Fuel vapors and fuel fires burnviolently and can cause injury ordeath.

. To help avoid injuries to youand others, read and followall the instructions on thefuel pump island.

. Turn off the engine whenrefueling.

. Keep sparks, flames, andsmoking materials awayfrom fuel.

. Do not leave the fuel pumpunattended.

. Do not use a cell phonewhile refueling.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. Do not re-enter the vehiclewhile pumping fuel.

. Keep children away fromthe fuel pump and never letchildren pump fuel.

. Fuel can spray out if the fuelcap is opened too quickly.This spray can happen if thetank is nearly full, and ismore likely in hot weather.Open the fuel cap slowlyand wait for any hiss noiseto stop, then unscrew thecap all the way.

The fuel cap is behind a hinged fueldoor on the driver side of thevehicle. To open the fuel door, pushand release the rearward centeredge of the door.

Turn the fuel cap counterclockwiseto remove. Reinstall the cap byturning it clockwise until it clicks.

{ Warning

Overfilling the fuel tank by morethan three clicks of a standard fillnozzle may cause:

. Fuel spills

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Potential fuel fires

Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait afew seconds after you have finishedpumping before removing thenozzle. Clean fuel from paintedsurfaces as soon as possible. SeeExterior Care 0 341.

{ Warning

If a fire starts while you arerefueling, do not remove thenozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel byshutting off the pump or bynotifying the station attendant.Leave the area immediately.

Caution

If a new fuel cap is needed, besure to get the right type of capfrom your dealer. The wrong type

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

of fuel cap may not fit properly,may cause the malfunctionindicator lamp to light, and coulddamage the fuel tank andemissions system. SeeMalfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Light) 0 127.

Diesel fuel can foam when filling thetank. This can cause the automaticpump nozzle to shut off, even if thetank is not full. If this happens, waitfor the foaming to stop, and then fillthe tank more slowly.

{ Warning

Heat coming from the engine cancause the fuel to expand andforce the fuel out of the tank.If something ignites the fuel, a firecould start. To help avoid this, fillthe tank slowly and only until thenozzle shuts off. Do not top it off.Clean up any spilled fuel.

Accidental Refueling withGasoline

If the vehicle is accidentally refueledwith gasoline, do not continuedriving the vehicle except to get to alocation where it can be stoppedsafely. Driving the vehicle willdamage the fuel system. Have thevehicle towed to a qualifiedtechnician to have the gasolineremoved from the tank and fuelsystem. Flush the fuel system withUltra Low Sulfur Diesel fuel toensure all gasoline is removed.

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)

DEF is a non-toxic solution that issprayed into the exhaust stream ofdiesel vehicles to cause a chemicalreaction and break down NOxemissions into harmless nitrogenand water.

DEF is not a fuel additive and nevercomes into contact with diesel fuel.It is stored in a separate tank. Thefill port is behind the fuel door nextto the regular fuel cap. It has a bluefiller cap. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid0 198.

Filling a Portable FuelContainer

{ Warning

Filling a portable fuel containerwhile it is in the vehicle can causefuel vapors that can ignite eitherby static electricity or othermeans. You or others could bebadly burned and the vehiclecould be damaged. Always:

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. Use approved fuelcontainers.

. Remove the container fromthe vehicle, trunk, or pickupbed before filling.

. Place the container on theground.

. Place the nozzle inside thefill opening of the containerbefore dispensing fuel, andkeep it in contact with the fillopening until filling iscomplete.

. Fill the container no morethan 95% full to allow forexpansion.

. Do not smoke, lightmatches, or use lighterswhile pumping fuel.

. Avoid using cell phones orother electronic devices.

Trailer Towing

General TowingInformationOnly use towing equipment that hasbeen designed for the vehicle.Contact your dealer or traileringdealer for assistance with preparingthe vehicle for towing a trailer. Readthe entire section before towing atrailer.

For towing a disabled vehicle, seeTowing the Vehicle 0 337. Fortowing the vehicle behind anothervehicle such as a motor home, seeRecreational Vehicle Towing 0 339.

Driving Characteristicsand Towing Tips

Driving with a Trailer

When towing a trailer:

. Become familiar with the stateand local laws that applyspecifically to trailer towing.

. Do not tow a trailer during thefirst 800 km (500 mi), to preventdamage to the engine, axle,or other parts.

. Then, during the first 800 km(500 mi) of trailer towing, do notdrive over 80 km/h (50 mph) anddo not make starts at full throttle.

. The vehicle can tow in D (Drive).Use a lower gear if thetransmission shifts too often.

. Turn off Parking Assist whentowing.

. Do not use the compact sparewhile towing.

{ Warning

When towing a trailer, exhaustgases may collect at the rear ofthe vehicle and enter if theliftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-mostwindow is open.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

When towing a trailer:

. Do not drive with theliftgate, trunk/hatch,or rear-most window open.


. Also adjust the climatecontrol system to a settingthat brings in only outsideair. See “Climate ControlSystems” in the Index.

For information about carbonmonoxide, see Engine Exhaust0 196.

Towing a trailer requires a certainamount of experience. Thecombination you are driving islonger and not as responsive as thevehicle itself. Get acquainted withthe handling and braking of the rigbefore setting out for the open road.

Before starting, check all trailer hitchparts and attachments, safetychains, electrical connectors, lamps,tires, and mirrors. If the trailer haselectric brakes, start thecombination moving and then applythe trailer brake controller by handto be sure the brakes work.

During the trip, check occasionallyto be sure that the load is secureand the lamps and any trailerbrakes still work.

Towing with a Stability ControlSystem

When towing, the sound of thestability control system might beheard. The system is reacting to thevehicle movement caused by thetrailer, which mainly occurs duringcornering. This is normal whentowing heavier trailers.

Following Distance

Stay at least twice as far behind thevehicle ahead as you would whendriving the vehicle without a trailer.

This can help to avoid situationsthat require heavy braking andsudden turns.

Passing

More passing distance is neededwhen towing a trailer. Because therig is longer, it is necessary to gofarther beyond the passed vehiclebefore returning to the lane.

Backing Up

Hold the bottom of the steeringwheel with one hand. To move thetrailer to the left, move your hand tothe left. To move the trailer to theright, move your hand to the right.Always back up slowly and,if possible, have someoneguide you.

Making Turns

Caution

Making very sharp turns whiletrailering could cause the trailer tocome in contact with the vehicle.

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

The vehicle could be damaged.Avoid making very sharp turnswhile trailering.

When turning with a trailer, makewider turns than normal so thetrailer will not strike soft shoulders,curbs, road signs, trees, or otherobjects. Use the turn signal well inadvance and avoid jerky or suddenmaneuvers.

Turn Signals When Towing aTrailer

The turn signal indicators in theinstrument cluster flash wheneversignaling a turn or lane change.Properly hooked up, the trailerlamps also flash, telling otherdrivers the vehicle is turning,changing lanes, or stopping.

When towing a trailer, the turnsignal indicators in the instrumentcluster flash for turns even if the

bulbs on the trailer are burned out.Check occasionally to be sure thetrailer bulbs are still working.

Driving on Grades

Reduce speed and shift to a lowergear before starting down a long orsteep downgrade. If thetransmission is not shifted down, thebrakes might have to be used somuch that they would get hot and nolonger work well.

The vehicle can tow in D (Drive).Use a lower gear if the transmissionshifts too often.

When towing at high altitude onsteep uphill grades, engine coolantboils at a lower temperature than atnormal altitudes. If the engine isturned off immediately after towingat high altitude on steep uphillgrades, the vehicle could showsigns similar to engine overheating.To avoid this, let the engine runwhile parked, preferably on levelground, with the transmission inP (Park) for a few minutes before

turning the engine off. If theoverheat warning comes on, seeEngine Overheating 0 280.

Parking on Hills

{ Warning

Parking the vehicle on a hill withthe trailer attached can bedangerous. If something goeswrong, the rig could start to move.People can be injured, and boththe vehicle and the trailer can bedamaged. When possible, alwayspark the rig on a flat surface.

If parking the rig on a hill:

1. Press the brake pedal, but donot shift into P (Park) yet. Turnthe wheels into the curb iffacing downhill or into traffic iffacing uphill.

2. Have someone place chocksunder the trailer wheels.



3. When the wheel chocks are inplace, release the brake pedaluntil the chocks absorbthe load.

4. Reapply the brake pedal. Thenapply the parking brake andshift into P (Park).

5. Release the brake pedal.

Leaving After Parking on a Hill

1. Apply and hold the brake pedalwhile you:

. Start the engine.

. Shift into a gear.

. Release the parking brake.

2. Let up on the brake pedal.

3. Drive slowly until the trailer isclear of the chocks.

4. Stop and have someone pickup and store the chocks.

Maintenance When TrailerTowing

The vehicle needs service moreoften when pulling a trailer. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 353.Things that are especially importantin trailer operation are automatictransmission fluid, engine oil, axlelubricant, belts, cooling system, andbrake system. Inspect these beforeand during the trip.

Check periodically to see that allhitch nuts and bolts are tight.

Engine Cooling When TrailerTowing

The cooling system may temporarilyoverheat during severe operatingconditions. See Engine Overheating0 280.

Trailer TowingBefore pulling a trailer, there arethree important considerations thathave to do with weight:

. The weight of the trailer

. The weight of the trailer tongue

. The total weight on the vehicle'stires

Weight of the Trailer

Safe trailering requires monitoringthe weight, speed, altitude, roadgrades, outside temperature, thedimensions of the front of the trailer,and how frequently the vehicle isused to pull a trailer. Take intoconsideration any special equipmenton the vehicle, and the amount oftongue weight the vehicle can carry.See “Weight of the Trailer Tongue”later in this section for moreinformation.

Trailer weight rating (TWR) iscalculated assuming the tow vehiclehas the driver, a front seatpassenger, and all required traileringequipment. Weight of additionaloptional equipment, passengers,and cargo in the tow vehicle mustbe subtracted from the trailer weightrating.



Ask your dealer for traileringinformation or advice. For kingpinweight and trailer tongue weightinformation, see “Weight of theTrailer Tongue” later in this section.

Use the following chart to determinehow much the vehicle can weigh,based upon the vehicle model andoptions.

Vehicle

Maximum TrailerWeight with Trailer

Brakes†

GCWR*

1.5L Gas FWD 680 kg (1,500 lb) 2 380 kg (5,247 lb)

1.5L Gas AWD 680 kg (1,500 lb) 2 480 kg (5,467 lb)

1.6L Diesel, 2.0L Gas 680 kg (1,500 lb) 2 580 kg (5,687 lb)

2.0L Gas with V92Trailering Provisions

1 590 kg (3,505 lb) 3 490 kg (7,694 lb)

† For trailers without trailer brakes the maximum trailer weight is 454 kg(1,000 lb). See Towing Equipment 0 256.* The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowableweight of the completely loaded vehicle and trailer including anypassengers, cargo, equipment, and conversions. Do not exceed theGCWR for the vehicle.

Ask your dealer for traileringinformation or advice.

Weight of the Trailer Tongue

The tongue load (1) of any trailer isan important weight to measurebecause it affects the total grossweight of the vehicle. The GrossVehicle Weight (GVW) includes thecurb weight of the vehicle, anycargo carried in it, and the people

who will be riding in the vehicle.If there are a lot of options,equipment, passengers, or cargo inthe vehicle, it will reduce the tongueweight the vehicle can carry, whichwill also reduce the trailer weight thevehicle can tow. If towing a trailer,the tongue load must be added tothe GVW because the vehicle willbe carrying that weight, too. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 181.



In general, trailer tongue weight (1)should be 10–15% of the loadedtrailer weight (2). Some specifictrailer types, such as boat trailers,fall outside of this range. Refer tothe trailer owner’s manual for therecommended trailer tongue weight.In all cases, do not exceed themaximum loads for the vehicleseries and hitch type.

Total Weight on the Vehicle'sTires

Inflate the vehicle's tires to theupper limit for cold tires. Thesenumbers can be found on theCertification label or see Vehicle

Load Limits 0 181 for moreinformation. Do not go over theGVW limit for the vehicle, or theGAWR, including the weight of thetrailer tongue. If using aweight-distributing hitch, do not goover the rear axle limit beforeapplying the weight distributionspring bars.

Towing Equipment

Hitches

Use the correct hitch equipment.See your dealer or a hitch dealer forassistance.

. The rear bumper on the vehicleis not intended for hitches. Donot attach rental hitches or otherbumper-type hitches to it. Useonly a frame-mounted hitch thatdoes not attach to the bumper.

. Will any holes be made in thebody of the vehicle when thetrailer hitch is installed? If so,seal the holes when the hitch isremoved. If the holes are notsealed, dirt, water, and deadly

carbon monoxide (CO) from theexhaust can get into the vehicle.See Engine Exhaust 0 196.

Hitch Cover

To remove the hitch cover:

1. Remove two fasteners (2).

2. Pull the bottom edge of thecover rearward.

3. Disengage the cover at theupper attachments (1) andremove.



Safety Chains

Always attach chains between thevehicle and the trailer. Cross thesafety chains under the tongue ofthe trailer to help prevent the tonguefrom contacting the road if itbecomes separated from the hitch.Leave enough slack so the rig canturn. Never allow safety chains todrag on the ground.

Trailer Brakes

A loaded trailer that weighs morethan 454 kg (1,000 lb) must beequipped with its own brake system,with brakes working on all axles.Trailer braking equipmentconforming to Canadian StandardsAssociation (CSA) requirementCAN3-D313, or its equivalent, isrecommended. State and localregulations may also require thetrailer to have its own brakingsystem if loaded above a certainthreshold. These requirements varyfrom state to state. Read and followthe instructions for the trailer brakesso they are installed, adjusted, andmaintained properly.

Do not tap into the vehicle'shydraulic brake system.

Trailer SwayControl (TSC)The vehicle has a Trailer SwayControl (TSC) feature as part of theStabiliTrak system. If TSC detectsthat the trailer is swaying, thevehicle's brakes are automaticallyapplied.

When TSC is applying the brakes,the TCS/StabiliTrak indicator lightflashes to notify the driver to reducespeed. If the trailer continues tosway, StabiliTrak will reduce enginetorque to help slow the vehicle.

TSC will not function if StabiliTrak isturned off. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 213.

Conversions andAdd-Ons

Add-On ElectricalEquipment

{ Warning

The Data Link Connector (DLC) isused for vehicle service andEmission Inspection/Maintenance testing. SeeMalfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Light) 0 127.A device connected to the DLC —such as an aftermarket fleet ordriver-behavior tracking device —may interfere with vehiclesystems. This could affect vehicleoperation and cause a crash.Such devices may also accessinformation stored in the vehicle’ssystems.



Caution

Some electrical equipment candamage the vehicle or causecomponents to not work andwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Always checkwith your dealer before addingelectrical equipment.

Add-on equipment can drain thevehicle's 12-volt battery, even if thevehicle is not operating.

The vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to add anythingelectrical to the vehicle, seeServicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle 0 86 and Adding Equipmentto the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle0 86.


Vehicle Care 259

Vehicle Care

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 260California Proposition

65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260California Perchlorate

Materials Requirements . . . . . 261Accessories and

Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

Vehicle ChecksDoing Your Own

Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Engine Compartment

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 273Automatic Transmission

Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 274Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 280Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283Battery - North America . . . . . . 284All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 285Park Brake and P (Park)

Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 286Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 286Windshield Replacement . . . . . 287Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

Bulb ReplacementBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289High Intensity Discharge (HID)

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Front Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . 289Taillamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 291

Electrical SystemElectrical System Overload . . . 292Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 292Engine Compartment Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293Instrument Panel Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296Rear Compartment Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298

Wheels and TiresTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 302Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304Tire Terminology and

Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307Tire Pressure Monitor

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309Tire Pressure Monitor

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314When It Is Time for New

Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315Different Size Tires and

Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317Uniform Tire Quality

Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317Wheel Alignment and Tire

Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 319Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 320Tire Sealant and

Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322Storing the Tire Sealant and

Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328


260 Vehicle Care

Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 334

Jump StartingJump Starting - North

America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

Towing the VehicleTowing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 337Recreational Vehicle

Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339

Appearance CareExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349

General InformationFor service and parts needs, visityour dealer. You will receivegenuine GM parts and GM-trainedand supported service people.

Genuine GM parts have one ofthese marks:

California Proposition65 Warning

{ Warning

Most motor vehicles, includingthis one, as well as many of itsservice parts and fluids, containand/or emit chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Engineexhaust, many parts andsystems, many fluids, and somecomponent wear by-productscontain and/or emit thesechemicals. For more informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See Battery - North America 0 284and Jump Starting - North America0 335 and the back cover.


Vehicle Care 261

California PerchlorateMaterials RequirementsCertain types of automotiveapplications, such as airbaginitiators, seat belt pretensioners,and lithium batteries contained inRemote Keyless Entry transmitters,may contain perchlorate materials.Special handling may be necessary.For additional information, seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Accessories andModificationsAdding non-dealer accessories ormaking modifications to the vehiclecan affect vehicle performance andsafety, including such things asairbags, braking, stability, ride andhandling, emissions systems,aerodynamics, durability, andelectronic systems like antilockbrakes, traction control, and stabilitycontrol. These accessories ormodifications could even causemalfunction or damage not coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Damage to suspension componentscaused by modifying vehicle heightoutside of factory settings will not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Damage to vehicle componentsresulting from modifications or theinstallation or use of non-GMcertified parts, including controlmodule or software modifications, isnot covered under the terms of thevehicle warranty and may affectremaining warranty coverage foraffected parts.

GM Accessories are designed tocomplement and function with othersystems on the vehicle. See yourdealer to accessorize the vehicleusing genuine GM Accessoriesinstalled by a dealer technician.

Also, see Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 86.

Vehicle Checks

Doing Your OwnService Work

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to work onyour vehicle if you do not havethe proper knowledge, servicemanual, tools, or parts. Alwaysfollow owner’s manual proceduresand consult the service manualfor your vehicle before doing anyservice work.

If doing some of your own servicework, use the proper servicemanual. It tells you much moreabout how to service the vehiclethan this manual can. To order theproper service manual, see ServicePublications Ordering Information0 378.

This vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to do your ownservice work, see Servicing theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 86.


262 Vehicle Care

Keep a record with all parts receiptsand list the mileage and the date ofany service work performed. SeeMaintenance Records 0 364.

Caution

Even small amounts ofcontamination can cause damageto vehicle systems. Do not allowcontaminants to contact the fluids,reservoir caps, or dipsticks.

HoodTo open the hood:

1. Pull the hood release lever withthis symbol on it. It is on thelower left side of the instrumentpanel between the door andthe steering wheel.

2. Go to the front of the vehicle tofind the secondary hoodrelease handle. The handle isunder the front edge of thehood near the center. Push thehandle to the right and raisethe hood.

3. Release the hood prop from itsretainer, located above theradiator. Securely place thehood prop into the slot on theunderside of the hood.

To close the hood:

1. Before closing the hood, besure all the filler caps areproperly installed.

2. Lift the hood to relievepressure on the hood prop.Remove the hood prop fromthe slot on the underside of thehood and return the prop to itsretainer. The prop rod must


Vehicle Care 263

click into place when returningit to the retainer to preventhood damage.

3. Lower the hood so that it is30 cm (12 in) above the vehicleand release it so it fully latches.

4. Check to make sure the hoodis closed. If not, repeatSteps 1–3 in the “To open thehood” section and thenproceed with repeatingSteps 1–4 in this section.


264 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Overview

1.5L Gas Engine


Vehicle Care 265

1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 274.

2. Engine Oil Fill Cap. SeeEngine Oil 0 269.

3. Engine Oil Dipstick. SeeEngine Oil 0 269.

4. Engine Cooling Fan. SeeCooling System 0 276.

5. Brake Fluid Reservoir. SeeBrake Fluid 0 283.

6. Engine Compartment FuseBlock 0 293.

7. Remote Positive (+) Terminal(Under Cover). See JumpStarting - North America 0 335.

8. Engine Coolant Surge Tankand Pressure Cap. SeeCooling System 0 276.

9. Battery - North America 0 284.

10. Remote Negative (−) Terminal.See Jump Starting - NorthAmerica 0 335.

11. Windshield Washer FluidReservoir. See Washer Fluid0 282.


266 Vehicle Care

1.6L L4 Diesel Engine


Vehicle Care 267













268 Vehicle Care

2.0L Gas Engine


Vehicle Care 269












Engine OilTo ensure proper engineperformance and long life, carefulattention must be paid to engine oil.Following these simple, butimportant steps will help protectyour investment:

. Use engine oil approved to theproper specification and of theproper viscosity grade. See“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”in this section.

. Check the engine oil levelregularly and maintain theproper oil level. See “CheckingEngine Oil” and “When to AddEngine Oil” in this section.

. Change the engine oil at theappropriate time. See Engine OilLife System 0 273.

. Always dispose of engine oilproperly. See “What to Do withUsed Oil” in this section.

Checking Engine Oil

Check the engine oil level regularly,every 650 km (400 mi), especiallyprior to a long trip. The engine oildipstick handle is a loop. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 264 for the location.

{ Warning

The engine oil dipstick handlemay be hot; it could burn you.Use a towel or glove to touch thedipstick handle.

If a low oil Driver Information Center(DIC) message displays, check theoil level. If the oil is not low and thelow oil message remains on, takethe vehicle to your dealer forservice.

Follow these guidelines:

. To get an accurate reading, parkthe vehicle on level ground.Check the engine oil level afterthe engine has been off for atleast two hours. Checking theengine oil level on steep grades


270 Vehicle Care

or too soon after engine shutoffcan result in incorrect readings.Accuracy improves whenchecking a cold engine prior tostarting. Remove the dipstickand check the level.

. If unable to wait two hours, theengine must be off for at least15 minutes if the engine iswarm, or at least 30 minutes ifthe engine is not warm. Pull outthe dipstick, wipe it with a cleanpaper towel or cloth, then push itback in all the way. Remove itagain, keeping the tip down, andcheck the level.

When to Add Engine Oil

LYX 1.5L L4 Turbo Engine

LTG 2.0L L4 Turbo Engine

LH7 1.6L L4 Diesel Engine

If the oil is below the cross-hatchedarea at the tip of the dipstick andthe engine has been off for at least15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of therecommended oil and then recheckthe level. See “Selecting the RightEngine Oil” later in this section foran explanation of what kind of oil touse. For engine oil crankcasecapacity, see Capacities andSpecifications 0 366.

Caution

Do not add too much oil. Oillevels above or below theacceptable operating rangeshown on the dipstick are harmfulto the engine. If you find that youhave an oil level above theoperating range, i.e., the enginehas so much oil that the oil levelgets above the cross-hatchedarea that shows the properoperating range, the engine couldbe damaged. You should drainout the excess oil or limit drivingof the vehicle and seek a serviceprofessional to remove theexcess amount of oil.

See Engine Compartment Overview0 264 for the location of the engineoil fill cap.

Add enough oil to put the levelsomewhere in the proper operatingrange. Push the dipstick all the wayback in when through.


Vehicle Care 271

Selecting the Right Engine Oil(Gasoline Engines)

Selecting the right engine oildepends on both the proper oilspecification and viscosity grade.See Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 361.

Specification

Ask for and use engine oils thatmeet the dexos1 specification.

Engine oils that have beenapproved by GM as meeting thedexos1 specification are markedwith the dexos1 approved logo. Seewww.gmdexos.com.

Caution

Failure to use the recommendedengine oil or equivalent can resultin engine damage not covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Viscosity Grade

For the LYX 1.5L turbo engine, use:

. dexos1 approved ACDelco FullSynthetic 0W20 engine oil.

. dexos1 approved Mobil 1 FullSynthetic 0W20 engine oil.

. Or any other 0W20 engine oilmeeting dexos1 secondgeneration requirements.

Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity gradeengine oil for the LTG 2.0L turboengine. Cold TemperatureOperation: In an area of extremecold, where the temperature fallsbelow −29 °C (−20 °F), an SAE0W-30 oil may be used. An oil ofthis viscosity grade will provideeasier cold starting for the engine atextremely low temperatures.

When selecting an oil of theappropriate viscosity grade, it isrecommended to select an oil of thecorrect specification. See“Specification” earlier in this section.

Selecting the Right Engine Oil(Diesel Engines)

Selecting the right engine oildepends on both the proper oilspecification and viscosity grade:

Specification

Ask for and use engine oils thatmeet the dexos2 specification.Engine oils that have beenapproved by GM as meeting thedexos2 specification are markedwith the dexos2 approved logo. Seewww.gmdexos.com.

Use of Substitute Engine Oils ifdexos2 is unavailable: In the eventthat dexos2-approved engine oil isnot available at an oil change or formaintaining proper oil level, youmay use substitute engine oil thatmeets ACEA C3 of the appropriateviscosity grade.


272 Vehicle Care

Caution

Use only engine oil that isapproved to the dexos2specification or equivalent engineoil as defined in the precedingparagraph. Failure to use therecommended engine oil canresult in engine damage notcovered by the vehicle warranty.

Viscosity Grade

Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity gradeengine oil.

Cold Temperature Operation: In anarea of extreme cold, where thetemperature falls below −29 °C(−20 °F), an SAE 0W-40 oil may beused. An oil of this viscosity grade

will provide easier cold starting forthe engine at extremely lowtemperatures. When selecting an oilof the appropriate viscosity grade, itis recommended to select an oil ofthe correct specification. See“Specification” earlier in this section.

Engine Oil Additives/EngineOil Flushes

Do not add anything to the oil. Therecommended oils meeting thedexos specification are all that isneeded for good performance andengine protection.

Engine oil system flushes are notrecommended and could causeengine damage not covered by thevehicle warranty.

What to Do with Used Oil

Used engine oil contains certainelements that can be unhealthy foryour skin and could even causecancer. Do not let used oil stay onyour skin for very long. Clean yourskin and nails with soap and water,or a good hand cleaner. Wash orproperly dispose of clothing or rags


Vehicle Care 273

containing used engine oil. See themanufacturer's warnings about theuse and disposal of oil products.

Used oil can be a threat to theenvironment. If you change yourown oil, be sure to drain all the oilfrom the filter before disposal. Neverdispose of oil by putting it in thetrash or pouring it on the ground,into sewers, or into streams orbodies of water. Recycle it by takingit to a place that collects used oil.

Engine Oil Life System

When to Change Engine Oil

This vehicle has a computer systemthat indicates when to change theengine oil and filter. This is basedon a combination of factors whichinclude engine revolutions, enginetemperature, and miles driven.Based on driving conditions, themileage at which an oil change isindicated can vary considerably. Forthe oil life system to work properly,the system must be reset every timethe oil is changed.

When the system has calculatedthat oil life has been diminished, itindicates that an oil change isnecessary. A CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message comes on.Change the oil as soon as possiblewithin the next 1 000 km (600 mi).It is possible that, if driving underthe best conditions, the oil lifesystem may indicate that an oilchange is not necessary for up to ayear. The engine oil and filter mustbe changed at least once a yearand, at this time, the system mustbe reset. Your dealer has trainedservice people who will perform thiswork and reset the system. It is alsoimportant to check the oil regularlyover the course of an oil draininterval and keep it at the properlevel.

If the system is ever resetaccidentally, the oil must bechanged at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)since the last oil change.Remember to reset the oil lifesystem whenever the oil is changed.

How to Reset the Engine OilLife System

Reset the system whenever theengine oil is changed so that thesystem can calculate the nextengine oil change. To reset thesystem:


2. Press and hold V for severalseconds while the Oil Lifedisplay is active to reset the OilLife system.

3. REMAINING OIL LIFE 100%will be displayed when the oillife system is successfullyreset.

The oil life system can also be resetas follows:




274 Vehicle Care

3. Fully press and release theaccelerator pedal three timeswithin five seconds.

4. If the display changes to 100%,the system is reset.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage comes back on when thevehicle is started, the engine oil lifesystem has not reset. Repeat theprocedure.

Automatic TransmissionFluid

How to Check AutomaticTransmission Fluid

It is not necessary to check thetransmission fluid level.A transmission fluid leak is the onlyreason for fluid loss. If a leakoccurs, take the vehicle to yourdealer and have it repaired as soonas possible.

There is a special procedure forchecking and changing thetransmission fluid. Because thisprocedure is difficult, this should bedone at your dealer. Contact your

dealer for additional information orthe procedure can be found in theservice manual. To purchase aservice manual, see ServicePublications Ordering Information0 378.

Change the fluid at the intervalslisted in Maintenance Schedule0 353, and be sure to use the fluidlisted in Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 361.

Engine Air Cleaner/FilterThe engine air cleaner/filter is in theengine compartment on thepassenger side of the vehicle. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 264.

When to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

For intervals on changing andinspecting the engine air cleaner/filter, see Maintenance Schedule0 353.

How to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

Do not start the engine or have theengine running with the engine aircleaner/filter housing open. Beforeremoving the engine air cleaner/filter, make sure that the engine aircleaner/filter housing and nearbycomponents are free of dirt anddebris. Remove the engine aircleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shakethe engine air cleaner/filter (awayfrom the vehicle), to release loosedust and dirt. Inspect the engine aircleaner/filter for damage, andreplace if damaged. Do not cleanthe engine air cleaner/filter orcomponents with water orcompressed air.


Vehicle Care 275

To inspect or replace the engine aircleaner/filter:

1.5L Gas Engine Shown, 1.6LDiesel Engine and 2.0L Gas

Engine Similar

1. Screws2. Air Duct Clamp3. Electrical Connector

1. Open the hood. See Hood0 262.

2. Loosen the screw on the airduct clamp (2) and remove theair duct hose from the cover.

3. Remove the four screws (1)and remove the air cleaner/filter cover, keeping the wiringharness electrical connector (3)connected to the sensor.

4. Pull straight up on the cover,and while holding the cover,remove the air cleaner/filter.

5. Inspect or replace the aircleaner/filter.

How to Reinstall the EngineAir Cleaner/Filter

1. Align the air cleaner/filter withthe indicated point on the baseof the air cleaner/filter housing

and install the air cleaner/filter.The outer air cleaner/filter sealmust be fitted properly in theair cleaner/filter housing.

2. Align the air cleaner/filterhousing cover tabs to the aircleaner/filter housing.

3. Install the air cleaner/filterhousing cover using the fourscrews.

4. Slide the air duct onto thecover assembly and tighten thescrew on the air duct clamp.

5. Verify that the wiring harnessconnector is fully connected tothe sensor on the air cleaner/filter housing.

{ Warning

Operating the engine with the aircleaner/filter off can cause you orothers to be burned. The aircleaner not only cleans the air; ithelps to stop flames if the engine

(Continued)


276 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

backfires. Use caution whenworking on the engine and do notdrive with the air cleaner/filter off.

Caution

If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirtcan easily get into the engine,which could damage it. Alwayshave the air cleaner/filter in placewhen driving.

Cooling System

1.5L Gas Engine

1. Engine Cooling Fan (Outof View)

2. Engine Coolant Surge Tankand Pressure Cap

1.6L Diesel Engine

1. Engine Cooling Fan (Outof View)



Vehicle Care 277

2.0L Gas Engine

1. Engine Cooling Fans (Outof View)


{ Warning

An underhood electric fan canstart up even when the engine isnot running and can cause injury.Keep hands, clothing, and toolsaway from any underhoodelectric fan.

{ Warning

Do not touch heater or radiatorhoses, or other engine parts.They can be very hot and canburn you. Do not run the engine ifthere is a leak; all coolant couldleak out. That could cause anengine fire and can burn you. Fixany leak before driving thevehicle.

If the coolant inside the coolantsurge tank is boiling, do not doanything else until it cools down.The vehicle should be parked on alevel surface.

The coolant level should be at thetop rib on the middle of the tank. If itis not, the vehicle may have a leakat the radiator hoses, heater hoses,radiator, water pump, or somewhereelse in the cooling system.

If there seems to be no leak, withthe engine on, check to see if theelectric engine cooling fan isrunning. If the engine is

overheating, the fan should berunning. If it is not, the vehicleneeds service. Turn off the engine.

Engine Coolant

The engine cooling system in thevehicle is filled with DEX-COOLengine coolant mixture. This coolantneeds to be checked and changedat appropriate levels.See Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 361 and MaintenanceSchedule 0 353.

The following explains the coolingsystem and how to check and addcoolant when it is low. If there is aproblem with engine overheating,see Engine Overheating 0 280.

What to Use

{ Warning

Plain water, or other liquids suchas alcohol, can boil before theproper coolant mixture will. Withplain water or the wrong mixture,the engine could get too hot but

(Continued)


278 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

there would not be an overheatwarning. The engine could catchfire and you or others could beburned.

Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,drinkable water and DEX-COOLcoolant. If using this mixture,nothing else needs to be added.This mixture:

. Gives freezing protection downto −37 °C (−34 °F), outsidetemperature.

. Gives boiling protection up to129 °C (265 °F), enginetemperature.

. Protects against rust andcorrosion.

. Will not damage aluminum parts.

. Helps keep the proper enginetemperature.

Caution

Do not use anything other than amix of DEX-COOL coolant thatmeets GM StandardGMW3420 and clean, drinkablewater. Anything else can causedamage to the engine coolingsystem and the vehicle, whichwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Never dispose of engine coolant byputting it in the trash, pouring it onthe ground, or pouring into sewers,streams, or bodies of water. Havethe coolant changed by anauthorized service center, familiarwith legal requirements regardingused coolant disposal. This will helpprotect the environment and yourhealth.

Checking Coolant

The vehicle must be on a levelsurface when checking the coolantlevel.

Check to see if coolant is visible inthe coolant surge tank. If the coolantinside the coolant surge tank isboiling, do not do anything else untilit cools down. If coolant is visiblebut the coolant level mark is notvisible, add a 50/50 mixture ofclean, drinkable water andDEX-COOL coolant at the coolantsurge tank to the top rib on themiddle of the tank, but be sure thecooling system is cool before this isdone. See Engine Overheating0 280.


Vehicle Care 279

The coolant surge tank is located inthe engine compartment on thedriver side of the vehicle. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 264.

How to Add Coolant to theCoolant Surge Tank

{ Warning

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system are underpressure. Turning the pressurecap, even a little, can cause themto come out at high speed andyou could be burned. Never turnthe cap when the cooling system,including the pressure cap, is hot.Wait for the cooling system andpressure cap to cool.

{ Warning

Plain water, or other liquids suchas alcohol, can boil before theproper coolant mixture will. Withplain water or the wrong mixture,the engine could get too hot butthere would not be an overheatwarning. The engine could catchfire and you or others could beburned.

{ Warning

Spilling coolant on hot engineparts can burn you. Coolantcontains ethylene glycol and it willburn if the engine parts are hotenough.

Caution

Failure to follow the specificcoolant fill procedure could causethe engine to overheat and couldcause system damage. If coolantis not visible in the surge tank,contact your dealer.

1. Remove the coolant surge tankpressure cap when the coolingsystem, including the coolantsurge tank pressure cap andupper radiator hose, is nolonger hot.

Turn the pressure cap slowlycounterclockwise aboutone-quarter of a turn. If youhear a hiss, wait for that to


280 Vehicle Care

stop. This will allow anypressure still left to be ventedout the discharge hose.

2. Keep turning the pressure capslowly and remove it.

3. Fill the coolant surge tank withthe proper mixture to theindicated level mark.

4. With the coolant surge tankpressure cap off, start theengine and let it run until youcan feel the upper radiatorhose getting hot. Watch out forthe engine cooling fans.

By this time, the coolant levelinside the coolant surge tankmay be lower. If the level islower, add more of the propermixture to the coolant surgetank until the level reaches theindicated level mark.

5. Replace the pressure captightly.

6. Verify coolant level after theengine is shut off and thecoolant is cold. If necessary,repeat coolant fill procedureSteps 1–6.

If the coolant still is not at theproper level when the systemcools down again, see yourdealer.

Caution

If the pressure cap is not tightlyinstalled, coolant loss and enginedamage may occur. Be sure thecap is properly and tightlysecured.

Engine OverheatingThe vehicle has an engine coolanttemperature gauge on theinstrument cluster and overheatmessages in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC) to warn of engineoverheating. See Engine CoolantTemperature Gauge 0 124.

The decision may be made not to liftthe hood when the engine coolanttemperature gauge is in theoverheat zone or an engineoverheat DIC message displays, butinstead to get service help rightaway. See Roadside AssistanceProgram 0 373.

If the decision to lift the hood ismade, make sure the vehicle isparked on a level surface. Thencheck to see if the engine coolingfan(s) are running. If the engine isoverheating, the fan(s) should berunning. If they are not, do notcontinue to run the engine, andhave the vehicle serviced.


Vehicle Care 281

Caution

Do not run the engine if there is aleak in the engine cooling system.This can cause a loss of allcoolant and can damage thesystem and vehicle. Have anyleaks fixed right away.

If Steam Is Coming from theEngine Compartment

{ Warning

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system are underpressure. Turning the pressurecap, even a little, can cause themto come out at high speed andyou could be burned. Never turnthe cap when the cooling system,including the pressure cap, is hot.Wait for the cooling system andpressure cap to cool.

If No Steam Is Coming fromthe Engine Compartment

If the engine coolant temperaturegauge is in the overheat zone or anengine overheat DIC message isdisplayed but no steam can be seenor heard, the problem may not betoo serious. Sometimes the enginecan get a little too hot when thevehicle:

. Climbs a long hill on a hot day

. Stops after high-speed driving

. Idles for long periods in traffic

. Tows a trailer

If the engine coolant temperaturegauge is in the overheat zone andan overheat DIC message isdisplayed with no sign of steam:

1. Turn the air conditioning off.

2. Turn the heater on to thehighest temperature and to thehighest fan speed. Open thewindows as necessary.

3. When it is safe to do so, pull offthe road, shift to P (Park) orN (Neutral), and let theengine idle.

If the engine coolant temperaturegauge is no longer in the overheatzone or an overheat DIC messageno longer displays, the vehicle canbe driven. Continue to drive thevehicle slowly for about 10 minutes.Keep a safe distance from thevehicle in front. If the engine coolanttemperature gauge does not goback to the overheat zone or anoverheat DIC message does notdisplay, continue to drive normallyand have the cooling systemchecked for proper fill and function.

If the engine coolant temperaturegauge is still in the overheat zone oran overheat DIC message stilldisplays, pull over, stop, and parkthe vehicle right away. If overheatmessages appear repeatedly, seeyour dealer.

If there is no sign of steam, idle theengine for three minutes whileparked. If the engine coolanttemperature gauge is still in the


282 Vehicle Care

overheat zone or an overheat DICmessage displays, turn off theengine until it cools down.

Washer Fluid

What to Use

When windshield washer fluid isneeded, be sure to read themanufacturer's instructions beforeuse. If operating the vehicle in anarea where the temperature may fallbelow freezing, use a fluid that hassufficient protection againstfreezing.

Adding Washer Fluid

Open the cap with the washersymbol on it. Add washer fluid untilthe tank is full. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 264 forreservoir location.

Caution

. Do not use washer fluid thatcontains any type of waterrepellent coating. This cancause the wiper blades tochatter or skip.

. Do not use engine coolant(antifreeze) in thewindshield washer. It candamage the windshieldwasher system and paint.

. Do not mix water withready-to-use washer fluid.Water can cause thesolution to freeze anddamage the washer fluidtank and other parts of thewasher system.

. When using concentratedwasher fluid, follow themanufacturer instructions foradding water.

. Fill the washer fluid tankonly three-quarters full whenit is very cold. This allows

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

for fluid expansion iffreezing occurs, which coulddamage the tank if it iscompletely full.

BrakesDisc brake pads have built-in wearindicators that make a high-pitchedwarning sound when the brake padsare worn and new pads are needed.The sound can come and go or canbe heard all the time when thevehicle is moving, except whenapplying the brake pedal firmly.

{ Warning

The brake wear warning soundmeans that soon the brakes willnot work well. That could lead toa crash. When the brake wearwarning sound is heard, have thevehicle serviced.


Vehicle Care 283

Caution

Continuing to drive with worn-outbrake pads could result in costlybrake repair.

Some driving conditions or climatescan cause a brake squeal when thebrakes are first applied or lightlyapplied. This does not meansomething is wrong with the brakes.

Properly torqued wheel nuts arenecessary to help prevent brakepulsation. When tires are rotated,inspect brake pads for wear andevenly tighten wheel nuts in theproper sequence to torquespecifications. See Capacities andSpecifications 0 366.

Brake pads should be replaced ascomplete sets.

Brake Pedal Travel

See your dealer if the brake pedaldoes not return to normal height,or if there is a rapid increase inpedal travel. This could be a signthat brake service may be required.

Replacing Brake System Parts

Always replace brake system partswith new, approved replacementparts. If this is not done, the brakesmay not work properly. The brakingperformance expected can changein many other ways if the wrongreplacement brake parts areinstalled or if parts are improperlyinstalled.

Brake Fluid

The brake master cylinder reservoiris filled with GM approved DOT 3brake fluid as indicated on thereservoir cap. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 264 forthe location of the reservoir.

Checking Brake Fluid

With the vehicle in P (Park) on alevel surface, the brake fluid levelshould be between the minimumand maximum marks on the brakefluid reservoir.

There are only two reasons why thebrake fluid level in the reservoir maygo down:

. Normal brake lining wear. Whennew linings are installed, thefluid level goes back up.

. A fluid leak in the brakehydraulic system. Have thebrake hydraulic system fixed.With a leak, the brakes will notwork well.

Always clean the brake fluidreservoir cap and the area aroundthe cap before removing it.

Do not top off the brake fluid.Adding fluid does not correct a leak.If fluid is added when the linings areworn, there will be too much fluidwhen new brake linings are


284 Vehicle Care

installed. Add or remove fluid, asnecessary, only when work is doneon the brake hydraulic system.

{ Warning

If too much brake fluid is added, itcan spill on the engine and burn,if the engine is hot enough. Youor others could be burned, andthe vehicle could be damaged.Add brake fluid only when work isdone on the brake hydraulicsystem.

When the brake fluid falls to a lowlevel, the brake warning light comeson. See Brake System WarningLight 0 129.

Brake fluid absorbs water over timewhich degrades the effectiveness ofthe brake fluid. Replace brake fluidat the specified intervals to preventincreased stopping distance. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 353.

What to Add

Use only GM approved DOT 3brake fluid from a clean, sealedcontainer. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 361.

{ Warning

The wrong or contaminated brakefluid could result in damage to thebrake system. This could result inthe loss of braking leading to apossible injury. Always use theproper GM approved brake fluid.

Caution

If brake fluid is spilled on thevehicle's painted surfaces, thepaint finish can be damaged.Immediately wash off any paintedsurface.

Battery - North AmericaThe original equipment battery ismaintenance free. Do not removethe cap and do not add fluid.

Refer to the replacement numbershown on the original battery labelwhen a new battery is needed. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 264 for battery location.

The vehicle has an Absorbing GlassMat (AGM) 12-volt battery.Installation of a standard 12-voltbattery will result in reduced 12-voltbattery life. When using a 12-voltbattery charger on the 12-volt AGMbattery, some chargers have anAGM battery setting on the charger.If available, use the AGM setting onthe charger, to limit charge voltageto 14.8 volts. Follow the chargermanufacturer's instructions.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and lead

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 285

Warning (Continued)

compounds, chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Batteries alsocontain other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTERHANDLING. For more informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See California Proposition65 Warning 0 260 and the backcover.

Vehicle Storage

{ Warning

Batteries have acid that can burnyou and gas that can explode.You can be badly hurt if you arenot careful. See Jump Starting -North America 0 335 for tips onworking around a battery withoutgetting hurt.

Infrequent Usage: Remove theblack, negative (−) cable from thebattery to keep the battery fromrunning down.

Extended Storage: Remove theblack, negative (−) cable from thebattery or use a battery tricklecharger.

All-Wheel Drive

Transfer Case

Under normal driving conditions,transfer case fluid does not requiremaintenance unless there is a fluidleak or unusual noise. If required,have the transfer case serviced byyour dealer.

Starter Switch Check

{ Warning

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle.

2. Apply both the parking brakeand the regular brake.

Do not use the acceleratorpedal, and be ready to turn offthe engine immediately if itstarts.

3. Try to start the engine in eachgear. The vehicle should startonly in P (Park) or N (Neutral).If the vehicle starts in any otherposition, contact your dealer forservice.


286 Vehicle Care

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check

{ Warning

When you are doing this check,the vehicle could begin to move.You or others could be injuredand property could be damaged.Make sure there is room in frontof the vehicle in case it begins toroll. Be ready to apply the regularbrake at once should the vehiclebegin to move.

Park on a fairly steep hill, with thevehicle facing downhill. Keepingyour foot on the regular brake, setthe parking brake.

. To check the parking brake'sholding ability: With the enginerunning and the transmission inN (Neutral), slowly remove footpressure from the regular brakepedal. Do this until the vehicle isheld by the parking brake only.

. To check the P (Park)mechanism's holding ability:With the engine running, shift toP (Park). Then release theparking brake followed by theregular brake.

Contact your dealer if service isrequired.

Wiper Blade ReplacementWindshield wiper blades should beinspected for wear and cracking.See Maintenance Schedule 0 353.

Replacement blades come indifferent types and are removed indifferent ways. For proper type andlength, see MaintenanceReplacement Parts 0 362.

Caution

Allowing the wiper arm to touchthe windshield when no wiperblade is installed could damagethe windshield. Any damage thatoccurs would not be covered by

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

the vehicle warranty. Do not allowthe wiper arm to touch thewindshield.

Front Wiper BladeReplacement

To replace the wiper blade:

1. Pull the wiper assembly awayfrom the windshield.

2. Lift up on the latch in themiddle of the wiper bladewhere the wiper arm attaches.


Vehicle Care 287

3. With the latch open, pull thewiper blade down toward thewindshield far enough torelease it from the J-hookedend of the wiper arm.

4. Remove the wiper blade.

5. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiperblade replacement.

Rear Wiper Blade Replacement

The rear wiper blade and wiper armhave a cover for protection.

To remove the cover:

1. Slide a plastic tool under thecover and push upward tounsnap.

2. Slide the cover toward thewiper blade tip to unhook itfrom the blade assembly.

3. Remove the cover.

4. After wiper blade replacement,ensure that the cover hookslides into the slot in the bladeassembly.

5. Snap the cover down tosecure.

To replace the wiper blade:

1. Lift the wiper arm away fromthe windshield.

2. Push the release lever (2) todisengage the hook and pushthe wiper arm (1) out of theblade assembly (3).

3. Push the new blade assemblysecurely on the wiper arm untilthe release lever clicks intoplace.

Windshield Replacement

Driver Assistance Systems

If the windshield needs to bereplaced and the vehicle isequipped with a front camera sensorfor the Driver Assistance Systems, aGM replacement windshield isrecommended. The replacementwindshield must be installedaccording to GM specifications forproper alignment. If it is not, thesesystems may not work properly, theymay display messages, or they maynot work at all. See your dealer forproper windshield replacement.

Gas Strut(s)This vehicle is equipped with gasstrut(s) to provide assistance inlifting and holding open the hood/trunk/liftgate system in full openposition.


288 Vehicle Care

{ Warning

If the gas struts that hold openthe hood, trunk, and/or liftgate fail,you or others could be seriouslyinjured. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service immediately.Visually inspect the gas struts forsigns of wear, cracks, or otherdamage periodically. Check tomake sure the hood/trunk/liftgateis held open with enough force.If struts are failing to hold thehood/trunk/liftgate, do notoperate. Have the vehicleserviced.

Caution

Do not apply tape or hang anyobjects from gas struts. Also donot push down or pull on gasstruts. This may cause damage tothe vehicle.

See Maintenance Schedule 0 353.

Hood

Trunk

Liftgate


Vehicle Care 289

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp aim has been preset andshould need no further adjustment.

If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,the headlamp aim may be affected.If adjustment to the headlamps isnecessary, see your dealer.

Bulb ReplacementFor the proper type of replacementbulbs, or any bulb changingprocedure not listed in this section,contact your dealer.

Halogen Bulbs

{ Warning

Halogen bulbs have pressurizedgas inside and can burst if youdrop or scratch the bulb. You orothers could be injured. Be sureto read and follow the instructionson the bulb package.

High Intensity Discharge(HID) Lighting

{ Warning

The High Intensity Discharge(HID) lighting system operates ata very high voltage. If you try to

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

service any of the systemcomponents, you could beseriously injured. Have yourdealer or a qualified technicianservice them.

After an HID headlamp bulb hasbeen replaced, the beam might be aslightly different shade than it wasoriginally. This is normal.

LED LightingThis vehicle has several LED lamps.For replacement of any LED lightingassembly, contact your dealer.

Front Turn Signal LampsTo replace one of these bulbs:

1. Open the hood. See Hood0 262.


290 Vehicle Care

2. Remove the bulb access capfrom the top of the headlampassembly by turning itcounterclockwise.

3. Remove the bulb from the bulbsocket by pinching the tabs oneither side of the bulb and pullstraight out.

4. Install the new bulb in the bulbsocket.

5. Install the bulb access cap ontothe headlamp assembly byturning clockwise.

TaillampsTo replace one of these lamps:

1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate0 41.

2. Remove the two screw capsand two screws from thetaillamp assembly.

3. Pull the taillamp assembly outof the vehicle body.

4. Disconnect the lamp wiringharness.

5. Turn the bulb socketcounterclockwise and pullit out.

6. Pull the bulb straight out of thesocket.

7. Push the replacement bulbstraight into the bulb socket.


Vehicle Care 291

8. Push the bulb socket in andturn it clockwise.

9. Reverse steps 2–5 to reinstallthe lamp assembly.

License Plate Lamp

Lamp Assembly

Bulb Assembly

1. Bulb Socket2. Bulb3. Lamp Assembly

To replace one of these bulbs:

1. Open the liftgate partway. SeeLiftgate 0 41.

2. Push the lamp assemblyoutboard to remove.

3. Pull the lamp assembly downto remove it from the liftgate.

4. Turn the bulb socket (1)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the lamp assembly (3).

5. Pull the bulb (2) straight out ofthe bulb socket (1).

6. Push the replacement bulbstraight into the bulb socketand turn the bulb socketclockwise to install it into thelamp assembly.

7. Push the lamp assembly intothe liftgate engaging the clipside first.

8. Push on the lamp side oppositethe clip until the lamp assemblysnaps into place.


292 Vehicle Care

Electrical System

Electrical SystemOverloadThe vehicle has fuses and circuitbreakers to protect against anelectrical system overload.

When the electrical load current istoo heavy, the circuit breaker opensand closes, protecting the circuituntil the current load returns tonormal or the problem is fixed. Thisgreatly reduces the chance of circuitoverload and fire caused byelectrical problems.

Replace a bad fuse with a new oneof the identical size and rating.

If there is a problem on the road anda fuse needs to be replaced, thesame amperage fuse can beborrowed. Choose some feature ofthe vehicle that is not needed to useand replace it as soon as possible.

Headlamp Wiring

An electrical overload may causethe lamps to go on and off, or insome cases to remain off. Have theheadlamp wiring checked right awayif the lamps go on and off orremain off.

Windshield Wipers

If the wiper motor overheats due toheavy snow or ice, the windshieldwipers will stop until the motor coolsand will then restart.

Although the circuit is protectedfrom electrical overload, overloaddue to heavy snow or ice maycause wiper linkage damage.Always clear ice and heavy snowfrom the windshield before using thewindshield wipers.

If the overload is caused by anelectrical problem and not snow orice, be sure to get it fixed.

Fuses and CircuitBreakersThe wiring circuits in the vehicle areprotected from short circuits by acombination of fuses and circuitbreakers. This greatly reduces thechance of damage caused byelectrical problems.

{ Danger

Fuses and circuit breakers aremarked with their ampere rating.Do not exceed thespecified amperage rating whenreplacing fuses and circuitbreakers. Use of an oversizedfuse or circuit breaker can resultin a vehicle fire. You and otherscould be seriously injured orkilled.

To check a fuse, look at thesilver-colored band inside the fuse.If the band is broken or melted,replace the fuse. Be sure to replacea bad fuse with a new one of theidentical size and rating.


Vehicle Care 293

Fuses of the same amperage canbe temporarily borrowed fromanother fuse location, if a fuse goesout. Replace the fuse as soon aspossible.

There is a fuse puller in the enginecompartment fuse block. SeeEngine Compartment Fuse Block0 293. It can be used to easilyremove fuses from the fuse block.

To identify and check fuses,circuit breakers, and relays seeEngine Compartment Fuse Block0 293,Instrument Panel Fuse Block0 296 and Rear Compartment FuseBlock 0 298.

Engine CompartmentFuse Block

To remove the fuse block cover,squeeze the clips on the cover andlift it straight up. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 264.

Caution

Spilling liquid on any electricalcomponent on the vehicle maydamage it. Always keep thecovers on any electricalcomponent.


294 Vehicle Care

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.

Fuses Usage

F01 Starter 1

F02 Starter 2

F03 Lambda sensor 1

F04 Engine controlmodule

Fuses Usage

F05 FlexFuel sensor

F06 Transmission controlmodule

F07 –

F08 Engine controlmodule

F09 Air conditioningclutch

Fuses Usage

F10 Canister vent

F11 Fuel system

F12 Front heated seats

F13 Afterboil pump

F14 –

F15 Lambda sensor 2

F16 Fuel injectors – odd

F17 Fuel injectors – even

F18 –/Selective catalyticreduction module(diesel only)

F19 –/NOx soot sensor(diesel only)

F20 DC DC converter 2

F21 Shift control

F22 Antilock brake pump

F23 Front washer

F24 –

F25 –/Diesel fuel heater(diesel only)

F26 –


Vehicle Care 295

Fuses Usage

F27 Antilock brake VAL

F28 LD trailer

F29 Rear windowdefogger

F30 Mirror defroster

F31 –

F32 Variable functions

F33 –

F34 Horn

F35 Vacuum pump

F36 Right high-beamheadlamp

F37 Left high-beamheadlamp

F38 Automatic headlampleveling

F39 Fog lamps

F40 –

F41 Transmission rangecontrol module

F42 Motorized headlamp

Fuses Usage

F43 Fuel pump

F44 Interior rearviewmirror

F45 Canister ventsolenoid

F46 Driver sideVentilated Seat

F47 Steering column lockassembly

F48 Rear wiper

F49 –

F50 Heated steeringwheel

F51 Right headlamp

F52 Engine controlmodule/Transmission control

F53 –

F54 Front wiper

F55 Front wiper speed/Control

F56 –

Fuses Usage

F57 Left headlamp

Relays Usage

K01 Starter solenoid

K02 Air conditioningcontrol

K03 –

K04 Wiper control

K05 Starter Solenoid

K06 –/Fuelheater (diesel only)

K07 –

K08 –

K09 Wiper speed

K10 –

K11 –

K12 High-beamheadlamps

K13 Headlamps/Daytimerunning lamps

K14 Run/Crank


296 Vehicle Care

Relays Usage

K15 Rear windowdefogger

*K16 Horn

*K17 Selective catalyticreduction

*K18 Fog lamps

*K19 Coolant pump

*K20 –

*K21 Rear washer

*K22 Front washer

*K23 Wiper control

* PCB relays are not serviceable.

Instrument Panel FuseBlock

The instrument panel fuse block isunder the instrument panel on thedriver side.

To access the fuses, press andrelease the latch near the top centersquare.

Apply pressure to the two retainingtabs on the sides of the cover, untilthe two retaining tabs clear thesides of the instrument panel. Allowthe panel to move downward andout of the way.

To reinstall the cover, reverse thesteps.

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses and relaysshown.


Vehicle Care 297

Fuses Usage

F01 DC AC inverter

F02 Front windows

Fuses Usage

F03 Trailer brake

F04 Heating, ventilation,and air conditioningblower

F05 Body controlmodule 2

F06 CGM

F07 –


F09 Amplifier

F10 –

F11 –

F12 –

F13 –

F14 Electronic shifter

F15 Transmission controlmodule

F16 Front heated seats

F17 Left data linkconnector

Fuses Usage


F19 Exterior mirror




F23 Electric steeringcolumn lock

F24 Sensing anddiagnostic module

F25 Occupancy sensor

F26 –

F27 Power seats

F28 Rear windows

F29 –

F30 Front heated seatsswitch

F31 Steering wheelcontrols


298 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage


F33 Heating, ventilation,and air conditioning

F34 Passive entry,passive start

F35 Liftgate latch

F36 Shift charger

F37 Cigarette lighter

F38 OnStar

F39 Instrumentpanel USB

F40 Camera module/Liftgate module

F41 Parking assistmodule

F42 Radio

Relays Usage

K01 Deadbolt

K02 Retained accessorypower

Relays Usage

K03 Liftgate

K04 –

K05 Logistics

CircuitBreakers

Usage

CB1 Front auxiliary poweroutlet

CB2 Auxiliary poweroutlet console

Rear Compartment FuseBlock

The rear compartment fuse block isbehind a trim panel on the side ofthe rear compartment.


Vehicle Care 299

Remove the trim plate to access thefuse block.

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses and relaysshown.

Fuses Usage

F1 Exhaust fuel heater

F2 Liftgate

Fuses Usage

F3 Trailer auxiliarypower

F4 Power seats

F5 Memory seatmodule

F6 Sunroof

F7 Side blind zonealert

F8 Trailer reverselamps

F9 Rear heated seat 1

F10 Parking assist

F11 Rear heated seat 2

F12 –

F13 Trailerparking lamp

F14 Right trailer turnsignal lamp

F15 Left parking lamp

F16 Right parking lamp

F17 –


300 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage

F18 Left trailer turnsignal lamp

F19 All-wheel drive

F20 Lumbar

F21 Rear auxiliarypower outlet

F22 Rear drive unit

Relays Usage

K1 Right trailerstoplamp/Turnsignal lamp

K2 Trailer reverselamps

K3 Left trailerstoplamp/Turnsignal lamp

K4 Park lamps

K5 Selective catalyticreduction (SCR) –(diesel only)

Wheels and Tires

TiresEvery new GM vehicle hashigh-quality tires made by aleading tire manufacturer. Seethe warranty manual forinformation regarding the tirewarranty and where to getservice. For additionalinformation refer to the tiremanufacturer.

{ Warning

. Poorly maintained andimproperly used tires aredangerous.

. Overloading the tires cancause overheating as aresult of too muchflexing. There could be ablowout and a seriouscrash. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 181.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Underinflated tires posethe same danger asoverloaded tires. Theresulting crash couldcause serious injury.Check all tires frequentlyto maintain therecommended pressure.Tire pressure should bechecked when the tiresare cold.

. Overinflated tires aremore likely to be cut,punctured, or broken bya sudden impact — suchas when hitting a pothole.Keep tires at therecommended pressure.

. Worn or old tires cancause a crash. If thetread is badly worn,replace them.

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 301

Warning (Continued)

. Replace any tires thathave been damaged byimpacts with potholes,curbs, etc.

. Improperly repaired tirescan cause a crash. Onlythe dealer or anauthorized tire servicecenter should repair,replace, dismount, andmount the tires.

. Do not spin the tires inexcess of 56 km/h(35 mph) on slipperysurfaces such as snow,mud, ice, etc. Excessivespinning may cause thetires to explode.

All-Season TiresThis vehicle may come withall-season tires. These tires aredesigned to provide good overall

performance on most road surfacesand weather conditions. Originalequipment tires designed to GM'sspecific tire performance criteriahave a TPC specification codemolded onto the sidewall. Originalequipment all-season tires can beidentified by the last two charactersof this TPC code, which willbe “MS.”

Consider installing winter tires onthe vehicle if frequent driving onsnow or ice-covered roads isexpected. All-season tires provideadequate performance for mostwinter driving conditions, but theymay not offer the same level oftraction or performance as wintertires on snow or ice-covered roads.See Winter Tires 0 301.

Winter TiresThis vehicle was not originallyequipped with winter tires. Wintertires are designed for increasedtraction on snow and ice-coveredroads. Consider installing wintertires on the vehicle if frequentdriving on ice or snow covered

roads is expected. See your dealerfor details regarding winter tireavailability and proper tire selection.Also, see Buying New Tires 0 315.

With winter tires, there may bedecreased dry road traction,increased road noise, and shortertread life. After changing to wintertires, be alert for changes in vehiclehandling and braking.

If using winter tires:

. Use tires of the same brand andtread type on all four wheelpositions.

. Use only radial ply tires of thesame size, load range, andspeed rating as the originalequipment tires.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipment tiresmay not be available for H, V, W, Y,and ZR speed rated tires. If wintertires with a lower speed rating arechosen, never exceed the tire'smaximum speed capability.


302 Vehicle Care

Summer TiresThis vehicle may come with highperformance summer tires. Thesetires have a special tread andcompound that are optimized formaximum dry and wet roadperformance. This special tread andcompound will have decreasedperformance in cold climates, andon ice and snow. It is recommendedthat winter tires be installed on thevehicle if frequent driving attemperatures below approximately5 °C (40 °F) or on ice or snowcovered roads is expected. SeeWinter Tires 0 301.

Caution

High performance summer tireshave rubber compounds that loseflexibility and may developsurface cracks in the tread areaat temperatures below −7 °C(20 °F). Always store highperformance summer tiresindoors and at temperatures

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

above −7 °C (20 °F) when not inuse. If the tires have beensubjected to −7 °C (20 °F) or less,let them warm up in a heatedspace to at least 5 °C (40 °F) for24 hours or more before beinginstalled or driving a vehicle onwhich they are installed. Do notapply heat or blow heated airdirectly on the tires. Alwaysinspect tires before use. See TireInspection 0 313.

Tire Sidewall LabelingUseful information about a tire ismolded into its sidewall. Theexamples show a typicalpassenger vehicle tire and acompact spare tire sidewall.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example

(1) Tire Size : The tire size is acombination of letters andnumbers used to define aparticular tire's width, height,aspect ratio, construction type,and service description. See the“Tire Size” illustration later in thissection.

(2) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification) : Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performancecriteria have a TPC specification


Vehicle Care 303

code molded onto the sidewall.GM's TPC specifications meet orexceed all federal safetyguidelines.

(3) DOT (Department ofTransportation) : TheDepartment of Transportation(DOT) code indicates that thetire is in compliance with theU.S. Department ofTransportation Motor VehicleSafety Standards.

DOT Tire Date ofManufacture : The last fourdigits of the TIN indicate the tiremanufactured date. The first twodigits represent the week (01–52) and the last two digits, theyear. For example, the thirdweek of the year 2010 wouldhave a four-digit DOT dateof 0310.

(4) Tire Identification Number(TIN) : The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT (Departmentof Transportation) code are the

Tire Identification Number (TIN).The TIN shows themanufacturer and plant code,tire size, and date the tire wasmanufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(5) Tire Ply Material : The typeof cord and number of plies inthe sidewall and under the tread.

(6) Uniform Tire QualityGrading (UTQG) : Tiremanufacturers are required tograde tires based on threeperformance factors: treadwear,traction, and temperatureresistance. For more informationsee Uniform Tire QualityGrading 0 317.

(7) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit : Maximum load thatcan be carried and themaximum pressure needed tosupport that load.

Compact Spare Tire Example

(1) Tire Ply Material : The typeof cord and number of plies inthe sidewall and under the tread.

(2) Temporary Use Only : Thecompact spare tire or temporaryuse tire should not be driven atspeeds over 80 km/h (50 mph).The compact spare tire is foremergency use when a regularroad tire has lost air and goneflat. If the vehicle has a compactspare tire, see Compact SpareTire 0 334 and If a Tire GoesFlat 0 320.


304 Vehicle Care

(3) Tire Identification Number(TIN) : The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT (Departmentof Transportation) code are theTire Identification Number (TIN).The TIN shows themanufacturer and plant code,tire size, and date the tire wasmanufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(4) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit : Maximum load thatcan be carried and themaximum pressure needed tosupport that load.

(5) Tire Inflation : Thetemporary use tire or compactspare tire should be inflated to420 kPa (60 psi). For moreinformation on tire pressure andinflation see Tire Pressure0 307.

(6) Tire Size : A combination ofletters and numbers define atire's width, height, aspect ratio,construction type, and servicedescription. The letter T as thefirst character in the tire sizemeans the tire is for temporaryuse only.

(7) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification) : Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performancecriteria have a TPC specificationcode molded onto the sidewall.GM's TPC specifications meet orexceed all federal safetyguidelines.

Tire Designations

Tire Size

The following is an example of atypical passenger vehicletire size.

(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire :The United States version of ametric tire sizing system. Theletter P as the first character inthe tire size means a passengervehicle tire engineered tostandards set by the U.S. Tireand Rim Association.

(2) Tire Width : The three-digitnumber indicates the tire sectionwidth in millimeters fromsidewall to sidewall.

(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digitnumber that indicates the tireheight-to-width measurements.For example, if the tire sizeaspect ratio is 60, as shown initem 3 of the illustration, it wouldmean that the tire's sidewall is60 percent as high as it is wide.


Vehicle Care 305

(4) Construction Code : A lettercode is used to indicate the typeof ply construction in the tire.The letter R means radial plyconstruction; the letter D meansdiagonal or bias plyconstruction; and the letter Bmeans belted-bias plyconstruction.

(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter ofthe wheel in inches.

(6) Service Description : Thesecharacters represent the loadindex and speed rating of thetire. The load index representsthe load carrying capacity a tireis certified to carry. The speedrating is the maximum speed atire is certified to carry a load.

Tire Terminology andDefinitionsAir Pressure : The amount ofair inside the tire pressingoutward on each square inch of

the tire. Air pressure isexpressed in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch).

Accessory Weight : Thecombined weight of optionalaccessories. Some examples ofoptional accessories areautomatic transmission, powerwindows, power seats, and airconditioning.

Aspect Ratio : The relationshipof a tire's height to its width.

Belt : A rubber coated layer ofcords between the plies and thetread. Cords may be made fromsteel or other reinforcingmaterials.

Bead : The tire bead containssteel wires wrapped by steelcords that hold the tire ontothe rim.

Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tirein which the plies are laid atalternate angles less than90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Cold Tire Pressure : Theamount of air pressure in a tire,measured in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch)before a tire has built up heatfrom driving. See Tire Pressure0 307.

Curb Weight : The weight of amotor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil,and coolant, but withoutpassengers and cargo.

DOT Markings : A code moldedinto the sidewall of a tiresignifying that the tire is incompliance with the U.S.Department of Transportation(DOT) Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. The DOT codeincludes the Tire Identification


306 Vehicle Care

Number (TIN), an alphanumericdesignator which can alsoidentify the tire manufacturer,production plant, brand, anddate of production.

GVWR : Gross Vehicle WeightRating. See Vehicle Load Limits0 181.

GAWR FRT : Gross Axle WeightRating for the front axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 181.

GAWR RR : Gross Axle WeightRating for the rear axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 181.

Intended Outboard Sidewall :The side of an asymmetrical tirethat must always face outwardwhen mounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa) : The metricunit for air pressure.

Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : Atire used on light duty trucks andsome multipurpose passengervehicles.

Load Index : An assignednumber ranging from 1 to 279that corresponds to the loadcarrying capacity of a tire.

Maximum Inflation Pressure :The maximum air pressure towhich a cold tire can be inflated.The maximum air pressure ismolded onto the sidewall.

Maximum Load Rating : Theload rating for a tire at themaximum permissible inflationpressure for that tire.

Maximum Loaded VehicleWeight : The sum of curbweight, accessory weight,vehicle capacity weight, andproduction options weight.

Normal Occupant Weight : Thenumber of occupants a vehicleis designed to seat multiplied by68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 181.

Occupant Distribution :Designated seating positions.

Outward Facing Sidewall : Theside of an asymmetrical tire thathas a particular side that facesoutward when mounted on avehicle. The side of the tire thatcontains a whitewall, bearswhite lettering, or bearsmanufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that ishigher or deeper than the samemoldings on the other sidewallof the tire.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : Atire used on passenger cars andsome light duty trucks andmultipurpose vehicles.

Recommended InflationPressure : Vehiclemanufacturer's recommendedtire inflation pressure as shownon the tire placard.See Tire Pressure 0 307 andVehicle Load Limits 0 181.


Vehicle Care 307

Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatictire in which the ply cords thatextend to the beads are laid at90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Rim : A metal support for a tireand upon which the tire beadsare seated.

Sidewall : The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

Speed Rating : Analphanumeric code assigned toa tire indicating the maximumspeed at which a tire canoperate.

Traction : The friction betweenthe tire and the road surface.The amount of grip provided.

Tread : The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact withthe road.

Treadwear Indicators : Narrowbands, sometimes called wearbars, that show across the treadof a tire when only 1.6 mm

(1/16 in) of tread remains. SeeWhen It Is Time for New Tires0 315.

UTQGS (Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards) : A tireinformation system that providesconsumers with ratings for atire's traction, temperature, andtreadwear. Ratings aredetermined by tiremanufacturers usinggovernment testing procedures.The ratings are molded into thesidewall of the tire. See UniformTire Quality Grading 0 317.

Vehicle Capacity Weight : Thenumber of designated seatingpositions multiplied by68 kg (150 lb) plus the ratedcargo load. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 181.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire : Load on an individual tiredue to curb weight, accessoryweight, occupant weight, andcargo weight.

Vehicle Placard : A labelpermanently attached to avehicle showing the vehiclecapacity weight and the originalequipment tire size andrecommended inflation pressure.See “Tire and LoadingInformation Label” under VehicleLoad Limits 0 181.

Tire PressureTires need the correct amount ofair pressure to operateeffectively.

Caution

Neither tire underinflation noroverinflation is good.Underinflated tires, or tiresthat do not have enough air,can result in:

. Tire overloading andoverheating which couldlead to a blowout.

(Continued)


308 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

. Premature orirregular wear.

. Poor handling.

. Reduced fuel economy.

Overinflated tires, or tires thathave too much air, canresult in:

. Unusual wear.

. Poor handling.

. Rough ride.

. Needless damage fromroad hazards.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label on the vehicleindicates the original equipmenttires and the correct cold tireinflation pressures. Therecommended pressure is theminimum air pressure needed to

support the vehicle's maximumload carrying capacity. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 181.

How the vehicle is loadedaffects vehicle handling and ridecomfort. Never load the vehiclewith more weight than it wasdesigned to carry.

When to Check

Check the tires once a month ormore. Do not forget the compactspare, if the vehicle has one.The cold compact spare tirepressure should be at 420 kPa(60 psi). See Compact SpareTire 0 334.

How to Check

Use a good quality pocket-typegauge to check tire pressure.Proper tire inflation cannot bedetermined by looking at the tire.Check the tire inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold, meaning

the vehicle has not been drivenfor at least three hours or nomore than 1.6 km (1 mi).

Remove the valve cap from thetire valve stem. Press the tiregauge firmly onto the valve toget a pressure measurement.If the cold tire inflation pressurematches the recommendedpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label, nofurther adjustment is necessary.If the inflation pressure is low,add air until the recommendedpressure is reached. If theinflation pressure is high, presson the metal stem in the centerof the tire valve to release air.

Recheck the tire pressure withthe tire gauge.

Put the valve caps back on thevalve stems to keep out dirt andmoisture and prevent leaks. Useonly valve caps designed for thevehicle by GM. TPMS sensors


Vehicle Care 309

could be damaged and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Tire Pressure MonitorSystemThe Tire Pressure Monitor System(TPMS) uses radio and sensortechnology to check tire pressurelevels. The TPMS sensors monitorthe air pressure in your tires andtransmit tire pressure readings to areceiver located in the vehicle.

Each tire, including the spare (ifprovided), should be checkedmonthly when cold and inflated tothe inflation pressure recommendedby the vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label. (If your vehicle hastires of a different size than the sizeindicated on the vehicle placard ortire inflation pressure label, youshould determine the proper tireinflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with atire pressure monitoring system

(TPMS) that illuminates a low tirepressure telltale when one or moreof your tires is significantlyunder-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires assoon as possible, and inflate themto the proper pressure. Driving on asignificantly under-inflated tirecauses the tire to overheat and canlead to tire failure. Under-inflationalso reduces fuel efficiency and tiretread life, and may affect thevehicle's handling and stoppingability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tiremaintenance, and it is the driver'sresponsibility to maintain correct tirepressure, even if under-inflation hasnot reached the level to triggerillumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also beenequipped with a TPMS malfunctionindicator to indicate when thesystem is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator is

combined with the low tire pressuretelltale. When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash forapproximately one minute and thenremain continuously illuminated.This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups aslong as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator isilluminated, the system may not beable to detect or signal low tirepressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a varietyof reasons, including the installationof replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement oralternate tires and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to functionproperly.

See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 310.



310 Vehicle Care

Tire Pressure MonitorOperationThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).The TPMS is designed to warn thedriver when a low tire pressurecondition exists. TPMS sensors aremounted onto each tire and wheelassembly, excluding the spare tireand wheel assembly. The TPMSsensors monitor the air pressure inthe tires and transmit the tirepressure readings to a receiverlocated in the vehicle.

When a low tire pressure conditionis detected, the TPMS illuminatesthe low tire pressure warning lightlocated on the instrument cluster.If the warning light comes on, stopas soon as possible and inflate thetires to the recommended pressure

shown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 181.

A message to check the pressure ina specific tire displays in the DriverInformation Center (DIC). The lowtire pressure warning light and theDIC warning message come on ateach ignition cycle until the tires areinflated to the correct inflationpressure. Using the DIC, tirepressure levels can be viewed. Foradditional information and detailsabout the DIC operation anddisplays see Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 136.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thiscould be an early indicator that theair pressure is getting low andneeds to be inflated to the properpressure.

A Tire and Loading Informationlabel, attached to your vehicle,shows the size of the originalequipment tires and the correctinflation pressure for the tires when

they are cold. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 181, for an example of theTire and Loading Information labeland its location. Also see TirePressure 0 307.

The TPMS can warn about a lowtire pressure condition but it doesnot replace normal tiremaintenance. See Tire Inspection0 313, Tire Rotation 0 314 and Tires0 300.

Caution

Tire sealant materials are not allthe same. A non-approved tiresealant could damage the TPMSsensors. TPMS sensor damagecaused by using an incorrect tiresealant is not covered by thevehicle warranty. Always use onlythe GM approved tire sealantavailable through your dealer orincluded in the vehicle.

Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kitsuse a GM-approved liquid tiresealant. Using non-approved tiresealants could damage the TPMS


Vehicle Care 311

sensors. See Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 322 forinformation regarding the inflator kitmaterials and instructions.

TPMS Malfunction Light andMessage

The TPMS will not function properlyif one or more of the TPMS sensorsare missing or inoperable. When thesystem detects a malfunction, thelow tire pressure warning lightflashes for about one minute andthen stays on for the remainder ofthe ignition cycle. A DIC warningmessage also displays. Themalfunction light and DIC warningmessage come on at each ignitioncycle until the problem is corrected.Some of the conditions that cancause these to come on are:

. One of the road tires has beenreplaced with the spare tire. Thespare tire does not have aTPMS sensor. The malfunctionlight and DIC message shouldgo off after the road tire isreplaced and the sensormatching process is performed

successfully. See “TPMS SensorMatching Process” later in thissection.

. The TPMS sensor matchingprocess was not done or notcompleted successfully afterrotating the tires. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off aftersuccessfully completing thesensor matching process. See"TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess" later in this section.

. One or more TPMS sensors aremissing or damaged. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off when theTPMS sensors are installed andthe sensor matching process isperformed successfully. Seeyour dealer for service.

. Replacement tires or wheels donot match the original equipmenttires or wheels. Tires and wheelsother than those recommendedcould prevent the TPMS fromfunctioning properly. See BuyingNew Tires 0 315.

. Operating electronic devices orbeing near facilities using radiowave frequencies similar to theTPMS could cause the TPMSsensors to malfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioningproperly it cannot detect or signal alow tire pressure condition. Seeyour dealer for service if the TPMSmalfunction light and DIC messagecome on and stay on.

Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped)

This feature provides visual andaudible alerts outside the vehicle tohelp when inflating an underinflatedtire to the recommended cold tirepressure.

When the low tire pressure warninglight comes on:

1. Park the vehicle in a safe, levelplace.

2. Set the parking brake firmly.

3. Place the vehicle in P (Park).

4. Add air to the tire that isunderinflated. The turn signallamp will flash.


312 Vehicle Care

When the recommendedpressure is reached, the hornsounds once and the turnsignal lamp will stop flashingand briefly turn solid.

Repeat these steps for allunderinflated tires that haveilluminated the low tire pressurewarning light.

If the tire is overinflated by morethan 35 kPa (5 psi), the horn willsound multiple times and the turnsignal lamp will continue to flash foreight seconds after filling stops. Torelease and correct the pressure,while the turn signal lamp is stillflashing, briefly press the center ofthe valve stem. When therecommended pressure is reached,the horn sounds once.

If the turn signal lamp does not flashwithin 15 seconds after starting toinflate the tire, the tire fill alert hasnot been activated or is not working.

If the hazard warning flashers areon, the tire fill alert visual feedbackwill not work properly.

The TPMS will not activate the tirefill alert properly under the followingconditions:

. There is interference from anexternal device or transmitter.

. The air pressure from theinflation device is not sufficientto inflate the tire.

. There is a malfunction inthe TPMS.

. There is a malfunction in thehorn or turn signal lamps.

. The identification code of theTPMS sensor is not registered tothe system.

. The battery of the TPMS sensoris low.

If the tire fill alert does not operatedue to TPMS interference, move thevehicle about 1 m (3 ft) back orforward and try again. If the tire fillalert feature is not working, use atire pressure gauge.

TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess

Each TPMS sensor has a uniqueidentification code. The identificationcode needs to be matched to a newtire/wheel position after rotating thevehicle’s tires or replacing one ormore of the TPMS sensors. TheTPMS sensor matching processshould also be performed afterreplacing a spare tire with a roadtire containing the TPMS sensor.The malfunction light and the DICmessage should go off at the nextignition cycle. The sensors arematched to the tire/wheel positions,using a TPMS relearn tool, in thefollowing order: driver side front tire,passenger side front tire, passengerside rear tire, and driver side reartire. See your dealer for service orto purchase a relearn tool. A TPMSrelearn tool can also be purchased.See Tire Pressure Monitor SensorActivation Tool atwww.gmtoolsandequipment.com orcall 1-800-GM TOOLS(1-800-468-6657).


Vehicle Care 313

There are two minutes to match thefirst tire/wheel position, andfive minutes overall to match all fourtire/wheel positions. If it takeslonger, the matching process stopsand must be restarted.

The TPMS sensor matchingprocess is:

1. Set the parking brake.

2. Place the vehicle in ServiceMode. See Ignition Positions0 186.

3. Make sure the Tire Pressureinfo page option is turned on.The info pages on the DIC canbe turned on and off throughthe Options menu. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 136.

4. Use the DIC controls on theright side of the steering wheelto scroll to the Tire Pressurescreen under the DICinfo page.

5. Press and hold V in the centerof the DIC controls.

The horn sounds twice tosignal the receiver is in relearnmode and the TIRELEARNING ACTIVE messagedisplays on the DIC display.

6. Start with the driver sidefront tire.

7. Place the relearn tool againstthe tire sidewall, near the valvestem. Then press the button toactivate the TPMS sensor.A horn chirp confirms that thesensor identification code hasbeen matched to this tire andwheel position.

8. Proceed to the passenger sidefront tire, and repeat theprocedure in Step 7.

9. Proceed to the passenger siderear tire, and repeat theprocedure in Step 7.

10. Proceed to the driver side reartire, and repeat the procedurein Step 7. The horn sounds twotimes to indicate the sensoridentification code has beenmatched to the driver side reartire, and the TPMS sensor

matching process is no longeractive. The TIRE LEARNINGACTIVE message on the DICdisplay goes off.


12. Set all four tires to therecommended air pressurelevel as indicated on the Tireand Loading Information label.

Tire InspectionWe recommend that the tires,including the spare tire, if thevehicle has one, be inspectedfor signs of wear or damage atleast once a month.

Replace the tire if:

. The indicators at three ormore places around the tirecan be seen.

. There is cord or fabricshowing through the tire'srubber.


314 Vehicle Care

. The tread or sidewall iscracked, cut, or snaggeddeep enough to show cord orfabric.

. The tire has a bump, bulge,or split.

. The tire has a puncture, cut,or other damage that cannotbe repaired well because ofthe size or location of thedamage.

Tire RotationTires should be rotated every12 000 km (7,500 mi). SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 353.

Tires are rotated to achieve amore uniform wear for all tires.The first rotation is the mostimportant.

Anytime unusual wear isnoticed, rotate the tires as soonas possible, check for proper tireinflation pressure, and check fordamaged tires or wheels. If the

unusual wear continues after therotation, check the wheelalignment.See When It Is Time for NewTires 0 315 and WheelReplacement 0 319.

Use this rotation pattern whenrotating the tires.

Do not include the compactspare tire in the tire rotation.

Adjust the front and rear tires tothe recommended inflationpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label after

the tires have been rotated.See Tire Pressure 0 307 andVehicle Load Limits 0 181.

Reset the Tire Pressure MonitorSystem. See Tire PressureMonitor Operation 0 310.

Check that all wheel nuts areproperly tightened. See “WheelNut Torque” under Capacitiesand Specifications 0 366.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could comeoff and cause an accident. Whenchanging a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places where thewheel attaches to the vehicle. Inan emergency, a cloth or a papertowel can be used; however, usea scraper or wire brush later toremove all rust or dirt.


Vehicle Care 315

Lightly coat the center of thewheel hub with wheel bearinggrease after a wheel change ortire rotation to prevent corrosionor rust build-up. Do not getgrease on the flat wheelmounting surface or on thewheel nuts or bolts.

When It Is Time for NewTiresFactors such as maintenance,temperatures, driving speeds,vehicle loading, and road conditionsaffect the wear rate of the tires.

Treadwear indicators are one way totell when it is time for new tires.Treadwear indicators appear whenthe tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)or less of tread remaining.See Tire Inspection 0 313 and TireRotation 0 314.

The rubber in tires ages over time.This also applies to the spare tire,if the vehicle has one, even if it isnever used. Multiple factorsincluding temperatures, loadingconditions, and inflation pressuremaintenance affect how fast agingtakes place. GM recommends thattires, including the spare ifequipped, be replaced after sixyears, regardless of tread wear. Thetire manufacture date is the last fourdigits of the DOT Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN) which is molded intoone side of the tire sidewall. Thefirst two digits represent the week(01–52) and the last two digits, theyear. For example, the third week ofthe year 2010 would have afour-digit DOT date of 0310.

Vehicle Storage

Tires age when stored normallymounted on a parked vehicle. Parka vehicle that will be stored for atleast a month in a cool, dry, cleanarea away from direct sunlight toslow aging. This area should be freeof grease, gasoline, or othersubstances that can deterioraterubber.

Parking for an extended period cancause flat spots on the tires thatmay result in vibrations whiledriving. When storing a vehicle forat least a month, remove the tires orraise the vehicle to reduce theweight from the tires.

Buying New TiresGM has developed and matchedspecific tires for the vehicle. Theoriginal equipment tires installedwere designed to meet GeneralMotors Tire Performance CriteriaSpecification (TPC Spec)system rating. Whenreplacement tires are needed,


316 Vehicle Care

GM strongly recommendsbuying tires with the same TPCSpec rating.

GM's exclusive TPC Specsystem considers over a dozencritical specifications that impactthe overall performance of thevehicle, including brake systemperformance, ride and handling,traction control, and tirepressure monitoringperformance. GM's TPC Specnumber is molded onto the tire'ssidewall near the tire size. If thetires have an all-season treaddesign, the TPC Spec numberwill be followed by MS for mudand snow. See Tire SidewallLabeling 0 302.

GM recommends replacing worntires in complete sets of four.Uniform tread depth on all tireswill help to maintain theperformance of the vehicle.Braking and handlingperformance may be adversely

affected if all the tires are notreplaced at the same time.If proper rotation andmaintenance have been done,all four tires should wear out atabout the same time. See TireRotation 0 314. However, if it isnecessary to replace only oneaxle set of worn tires, place thenew tires on the rear axle.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipmenttires may not be available for H,V, W, Y and ZR speed ratedtires. Never exceed the wintertires’ maximum speed capabilitywhen using winter tires with alower speed rating.

{ Warning

Tires could explode duringimproper service. Attemptingto mount or dismount a tirecould cause injury or death.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Only your dealer or authorizedtire service center shouldmount or dismount the tires.

{ Warning

Mixing tires of different sizes,brands, or types may causeloss of control of the vehicle,resulting in a crash or othervehicle damage. Use thecorrect size, brand, and typeof tires on all wheels.

{ Warning

Using bias-ply tires on thevehicle may cause the wheelrim flanges to develop cracksafter many miles of driving.A tire and/or wheel could fail

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 317

Warning (Continued)

suddenly and cause a crash.Use only radial-ply tires withthe wheels on the vehicle.

If the vehicle tires must bereplaced with a tire that does nothave a TPC Spec number, makesure they are the same size,load range, speed rating, andconstruction (radial) as theoriginal tires.

Vehicles that have a tirepressure monitoring systemcould give an inaccuratelow-pressure warning if non-TPCSpec rated tires are installed.See Tire Pressure MonitorSystem 0 309.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label indicates theoriginal equipment tires on thevehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits0 181.

Different Size Tires andWheelsIf wheels or tires are installed thatare a different size than the originalequipment wheels and tires, vehicleperformance, including its braking,ride and handling characteristics,stability, and resistance to rollovermay be affected. If the vehicle haselectronic systems such as antilockbrakes, rollover airbags, tractioncontrol, electronic stability control,or All-Wheel Drive, the performanceof these systems can also beaffected.

{ Warning

If different sized wheels are used,there may not be an acceptablelevel of performance and safety iftires not recommended for thosewheels are selected. Thisincreases the chance of a crashand serious injury. Only use GMspecific wheel and tire systems

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

developed for the vehicle, andhave them properly installed by aGM certified technician.

See Buying New Tires 0 315 andAccessories and Modifications0 261.

Uniform Tire QualityGradingThe following information relatesto the system developed by theUnited States National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA), which grades tires bytreadwear, traction, andtemperature performance. Thisapplies only to vehicles sold inthe United States. The gradesare molded on the sidewalls ofmost passenger car tires. TheUniform Tire Quality Grading(UTQG) system does not applyto deep tread, winter tires,


318 Vehicle Care

compact spare tires, tires withnominal rim diameters of10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),or to some limited-productiontires.

While the tires available onGeneral Motors passenger carsand light trucks may vary withrespect to these grades, theymust also conform to federalsafety requirements andadditional General Motors TirePerformance Criteria (TPC)standards.

Quality grades can be foundwhere applicable on the tiresidewall between tread shoulderand maximum section width. Forexample:

Treadwear 200 Traction AATemperature A

All Passenger Car Tires MustConform to Federal SafetyRequirements In Addition ToThese Grades.

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is acomparative rating based on thewear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on aspecified government testcourse. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one andone-half (1½) times as well onthe government course as a tiregraded 100. The relativeperformance of tires dependsupon the actual conditions oftheir use, however, and maydepart significantly from thenorm due to variations in drivinghabits, service practices anddifferences in roadcharacteristics and climate.

Traction

The traction grades, fromhighest to lowest, are AA, A, B,and C. Those grades representthe tire's ability to stop on wetpavement as measured undercontrolled conditions on

specified government testsurfaces of asphalt andconcrete. A tire marked C mayhave poor traction performance.Warning: The traction gradeassigned to this tire is based onstraight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not includeacceleration, cornering,hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.

Temperature

The temperature grades are A(the highest), B, and C,representing the tire's resistanceto the generation of heat and itsability to dissipate heat whentested under controlledconditions on a specified indoorlaboratory test wheel. Sustainedhigh temperature can cause thematerial of the tire to degenerateand reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can leadto sudden tire failure. The gradeC corresponds to a level of


Vehicle Care 319

performance which allpassenger car tires must meetunder the Federal Motor SafetyStandard No. 109. Grades B andA represent higher levels ofperformance on the laboratorytest wheel than the minimumrequired by law. Warning: Thetemperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that isproperly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuildup and possible tire failure.

Wheel Alignment and TireBalanceThe tires and wheels were alignedand balanced at the factory toprovide the longest tire life and bestoverall performance. Adjustments towheel alignment and tire balancingare not necessary on a regularbasis. Consider an alignment checkif there is unusual tire wear or the

vehicle is significantly pulling to oneside or the other. Some slight pull tothe left or right, depending on thecrown of the road and/or other roadsurface variations such as troughsor ruts, is normal. If the vehicle isvibrating when driving on a smoothroad, the tires and wheels may needto be rebalanced. See your dealerfor proper diagnosis.

Wheel ReplacementReplace any wheel that is bent,cracked, or badly rusted orcorroded. If wheel nuts keep comingloose, the wheel, wheel bolts, andwheel nuts should be replaced.If the wheel leaks air, replace it.Some aluminum wheels can berepaired. See your dealer if any ofthese conditions exist.

Your dealer will know the kind ofwheel that is needed.

Each new wheel should have thesame load-carrying capacity,diameter, width, offset, and bemounted the same way as the one itreplaces.

Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheelnuts, or Tire Pressure MonitorSystem (TPMS) sensors with newGM original equipment parts.

{ Warning

Using the wrong replacementwheels, wheel bolts, or wheelnuts can be dangerous. It couldaffect the braking and handling ofthe vehicle. Tires can lose air,and cause loss of control, causinga crash. Always use the correctwheel, wheel bolts, and wheelnuts for replacement.

Caution

The wrong wheel can also causeproblems with bearing life, brakecooling, speedometer orodometer calibration, headlampaim, bumper height, vehicleground clearance, and tire or tirechain clearance to the body andchassis.


320 Vehicle Care

Used Replacement Wheels

{ Warning

Replacing a wheel with a usedone is dangerous. How it hasbeen used or how far it has beendriven may be unknown. It couldfail suddenly and cause a crash.When replacing wheels, use anew GM original equipmentwheel.

Tire Chains

{ Warning

Do not use tire chains. There isnot enough clearance. Tire chainsused on a vehicle without theproper amount of clearance cancause damage to the brakes,suspension, or other vehicleparts. The area damaged by thetire chains could cause loss ofcontrol and a crash.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Use another type of tractiondevice only if its manufacturerrecommends it for the vehicle'stire size combination and roadconditions. Follow thatmanufacturer's instructions. Toavoid vehicle damage, drive slowand readjust or remove thetraction device if it contacts thevehicle. Do not spin the wheels.If traction devices are used, installthem on the front tires.

If a Tire Goes FlatIt is unusual for a tire to blow outwhile driving, especially if the tiresare maintained properly. See Tires0 300. If air goes out of a tire, it ismuch more likely to leak out slowly.But if there is ever a blowout, hereare a few tips about what to expectand what to do:

If a front tire fails, the flat tirecreates a drag that pulls the vehicletoward that side. Take your foot off

the accelerator pedal and grip thesteering wheel firmly. Steer tomaintain lane position, and thengently brake to a stop, well off theroad, if possible.

A rear blowout, particularly on acurve, acts much like a skid andmay require the same correction asused in a skid. Stop pressing theaccelerator pedal and steer tostraighten the vehicle. It may bevery bumpy and noisy. Gently braketo a stop, well off the road,if possible.

{ Warning

Driving on a flat tire will causepermanent damage to the tire.Re-inflating a tire after it has beendriven on while severelyunderinflated or flat may cause ablowout and a serious crash.Never attempt to re-inflate a tirethat has been driven on whileseverely underinflated or flat.Have your dealer or an authorized

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 321

Warning (Continued)

tire service center repair orreplace the flat tire as soon aspossible.

{ Warning

Lifting a vehicle and getting underit to do maintenance or repairs isdangerous without theappropriate safety equipment andtraining. If a jack is provided withthe vehicle, it is designed only forchanging a flat tire. If it is used foranything else, you or others couldbe badly injured or killed if thevehicle slips off the jack. If a jackis provided with the vehicle, onlyuse it for changing a flat tire.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place, well off the road,if possible. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 154.

{ Warning

Changing a tire can bedangerous. The vehicle can slipoff the jack and roll over or fallcausing injury or death. Find alevel place to change the tire. Tohelp prevent the vehicle frommoving:

1. Set the parking brake firmly.

2. Put an automatictransmission in P (Park) or amanual transmission in1 (First) or R (Reverse).

3. Turn off the engine and donot restart while the vehicleis raised.

4. Do not allow passengers toremain in the vehicle.

5. Place wheel blocks,if equipped, on both sides ofthe tire at the oppositecorner of the tire beingchanged.

This vehicle may come with a jackand spare tire or a tire sealant andcompressor kit. To use the jackingequipment to change a spare tiresafely, follow the instructions below.Then see Tire Changing 0 329. Touse the tire sealant and compressorkit, see Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 322.

When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),use the following example as aguide to assist you in the placementof wheel blocks (1), if equipped.

1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)2. Flat Tire

The following information explainshow to repair or change a tire.


322 Vehicle Care

Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit

{ Warning

Idling a vehicle in an enclosedarea with poor ventilation isdangerous. Engine exhaust mayenter the vehicle. Engine exhaustcontains carbon monoxide (CO)which cannot be seen or smelled.It can cause unconsciousnessand even death. Never run theengine in an enclosed area thathas no fresh air ventilation. Formore information, see EngineExhaust 0 196.

{ Warning

Overinflating a tire could causethe tire to rupture and you orothers could be injured. Be sureto read and follow the tire sealantand compressor kit instructions

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

and inflate the tire to itsrecommended pressure. Do notexceed the recommendedpressure.

{ Warning

Storing the tire sealant andcompressor kit or otherequipment in the passengercompartment of the vehicle couldcause injury. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose equipment couldstrike someone. Store the tiresealant and compressor kit in itsoriginal location.

If this vehicle has a tire sealant andcompressor kit, there may not be aspare tire or tire changingequipment, and on some vehiclesthere may not be a place to storea tire.

The tire sealant and compressorcan be used to temporarily sealpunctures up to 6 mm (0.25 in) inthe tread area of the tire. It can alsobe used to inflate anunderinflated tire.

If the tire has been separated fromthe wheel, has damaged sidewalls,or has a large puncture, the tire istoo severely damaged for the tiresealant and compressor kit to beeffective. See Roadside AssistanceProgram 0 373.

Read and follow all of the tiresealant and compressor kitinstructions.


Vehicle Care 323

The kit includes:

1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve2. Sealant/Air Hose3. Base of Sealant Canister4. Tire Sealant Canister5. On/Off Button6. Slot on Top of Compressor7. Pressure Deflation Button8. Pressure Gauge

9. Power Plug10. Air Only Hose

Tire Sealant

Read and follow the safe handlinginstructions on the label adhered tothe tire sealant canister (4).

Check the tire sealant expirationdate on the tire sealant canister.The tire sealant canister (4) shouldbe replaced before its expirationdate. Replacement tire sealantcanisters are available at your localdealer.

There is only enough sealant to sealone tire. After usage, the tire sealantcanister must be replaced.

Using the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit to TemporarilySeal and Inflate aPunctured Tire

When using the tire sealant andcompressor kit during coldtemperatures, warm the kit in aheated environment for five minutes.This will help to inflate the tirefaster.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 154.

See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 320 forother important safety warnings.

Do not remove any objects thathave penetrated the tire.

1. Remove the tire sealantcanister (4) and compressorfrom its storage location. SeeStoring the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 328.

2. Remove the air only hose (10)and the power plug (9) from thebottom of the compressor.


324 Vehicle Care

3. Place the compressor on theground near the flat tire.

4. Attach the air only hose (10) tothe sealant canister inletvalve (1) by turning it clockwiseuntil tight.

5. Slide the base of the tiresealant canister (3) into the sloton the top of the compressor(6) to hold it upright.

Make sure the tire valve stemis positioned close to theground so the hose willreach it.

6. Remove the valve stem capfrom the flat tire by turning itcounterclockwise.

7. Attach the sealant/air hose (2)to the tire valve stem by turningit clockwise until tight.

8. Plug the power plug (9) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.See Power Outlets 0 114.

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.

If the vehicle only has acigarette lighter, use thecigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plugcord in the door or window.


Vehicle Care 325

9. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while usingthe air compressor.

10. Press the on/off button (5) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit on.

The compressor will injectsealant and air into the tire.

The pressure gauge (8) willinitially show a high pressurewhile the compressor pushesthe sealant into the tire. Oncethe sealant is completelydispersed into the tire, thepressure will quickly drop andstart to rise again as the tireinflates with air only.

11. Inflate the tire to therecommended inflationpressure using the pressuregauge (8). The recommendedinflation pressure can be foundon the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See TirePressure 0 307.

The pressure gauge (8) mayread higher than the actual tirepressure while the compressor

is on. Turn the compressor offto get an accurate pressurereading. The compressor maybe turned on/off until thecorrect pressure is reached.

Caution

If the recommended pressurecannot be reached afterapproximately 25 minutes, thevehicle should not be drivenfarther. The tire is too severelydamaged and the tire sealant andcompressor kit cannot inflate thetire. Remove the power plug fromthe accessory power outlet andunscrew the inflating hose fromthe tire valve. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 373.

12. Press the on/off button (5) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit off.

The tire is not sealed and willcontinue to leak air until thevehicle is driven and thesealant is distributed in the tire.

Therefore, Steps 13–21 mustbe done immediately afterStep 12.

Be careful while handling thetire sealant and compressor kitas it could be warm afterusage.

13. Unplug the power plug (9) fromthe accessory power outlet inthe vehicle.

14. Turn the sealant/air hose (2)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the tire valve stem.

15. Replace the tire valvestem cap.

16. Remove the tire sealantcanister (4) from the slot on topof the compressor (6).

17. Turn the air only hose (10)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the tire sealant canisterinlet valve (1).

18. Turn the sealant/air hose (2)clockwise onto the sealantcanister inlet valve (1) toprevent sealant leakage.


326 Vehicle Care

19. Return the air only hose (10)and power plug (9) back totheir original storage location.

20. If the flat tire was able to inflateto the recommended inflationpressure, remove themaximum speed label from thesealant canister and place it ina highly visible location.

Do not exceed the speed onthis label until the damaged tireis repaired or replaced.

21. Return the equipment to itsoriginal storage location in thevehicle.

22. Immediately drive the vehicle8 km (5 mi) to distribute thesealant in the tire.

23. Stop at a safe location andcheck the tire pressure. Referto Steps 1–10 under “Using the

Tire Sealant and CompressorKit without Sealant to Inflate aTire (Not Punctured).”

If the tire pressure has fallenmore than 68 kPa (10 psi)below the recommendedinflation pressure, stop drivingthe vehicle. The tire is tooseverely damaged and the tiresealant cannot seal the tire.See Roadside AssistanceProgram 0 373.

If the tire pressure has notdropped more than 68 kPa(10 psi) from the recommendedinflation pressure, inflate thetire to the recommendedinflation pressure.

24. Wipe off any sealant from thewheel, tire, or vehicle.

25. Dispose of the used tiresealant canister (4) at a localdealer or in accordance withlocal state codes and practices.

26. Replace it with a new canisteravailable from your dealer.

27. After temporarily sealing a tireusing the tire sealant andcompressor kit, take thevehicle to an authorized dealerwithin 161 km (100 mi) ofdriving to have the tire repairedor replaced.

Using the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit withoutSealant to Inflate a Tire (NotPunctured)

The kit includes:

1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve2. Sealant/Air Hose3. Base of Sealant Canister


Vehicle Care 327

4. Tire Sealant Canister5. On/Off Button6. Slot on Top of Compressor7. Pressure Deflation Button8. Pressure Gauge

9. Power Plug10. Air Only Hose

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 154.

See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 320 forother important safety warnings.

1. Remove the compressor fromits storage location. SeeStoring the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 328.

2. Remove the air only hose (10)and the power plug (9) from thebottom of the compressor.

3. Place the compressor on theground near the flat tire.

Make sure the tire valve stemis positioned close to theground so the hose willreach it.

4. Remove the valve stem capfrom the flat tire by turning itcounterclockwise.

5. Attach the air only hose (10) tothe tire valve stem by turning itclockwise until tight.

6. Plug the power plug (9) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.See Power Outlets 0 114.

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.

If the vehicle only has acigarette lighter, use thecigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plugcord in the door or window.

7. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while usingthe air compressor.

8. Press the on/off button (5) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit on.

The compressor will inflate thetire with air only.

9. Inflate the tire to therecommended inflationpressure using the pressuregauge (8). The recommendedinflation pressure can be foundon the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See TirePressure 0 307.

The pressure gauge (8) mayread higher than the actual tirepressure while the compressoris on. Turn the compressor offto get an accurate pressure


328 Vehicle Care

reading. The compressor maybe turned on/off until thecorrect pressure is reached.

Caution

If the recommended pressurecannot be reached afterapproximately 25 minutes, thevehicle should not be drivenfarther. The tire is too severelydamaged and the tire sealant andcompressor kit cannot inflate thetire. Remove the power plug fromthe accessory power outlet andunscrew the inflating hose fromthe tire valve. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 373.

10. Press the on/off button (5) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit off.

Be careful while handling thecompressor as it could bewarm after usage.

11. Unplug the power plug (9) fromthe accessory power outlet inthe vehicle.

12. Turn the air only hose (10)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the tire valve stem.

13. Replace the tire valvestem cap.

14. Return the air only hose (10)and power plug (9) back totheir original storage location.

15. Return the equipment to itsoriginal storage location in thevehicle.

The tire sealant and compressor kithas accessory adapters located in acompartment on the bottom of itshousing that can be used to inflateair mattresses, balls, etc.

Storing the Tire Sealantand Compressor KitThe tire sealant and compressor kitis in a bag in the rear compartmentstorage area.


2. Fold the rear part of the loadfloor to the front.

3. Turn the retainer nutcounterclockwise to remove thetire sealant and compressorkit bag.

4. Remove the tire sealant andcompressor kit from the bag.

To store the tire sealant andcompressor kit, reverse the steps.


Vehicle Care 329

Tire Changing

Removing the Spare Tire andTools

1. Tow Eye (If Equipped)2. Capless Funnel Adapter (If

Equipped)3. Wheel Wrench4. Strap5. Jack6. Screwdriver (If Equipped)

To access the spare tire and tools:


2. Fold the rear part of the loadfloor to the front, pull itrearward to disengage theclips, then pull upward toremove it.

3. Pull the spare tire coverforward and upward toremove it.

4. Turn the retainer nutcounterclockwise to remove thespare tire. Place the spare tirenext to the tire being changed.

5. The jack and tools are storedbelow the spare tire. Removethem from their container andplace them near the tire beingchanged.

Removing the Flat Tire andInstalling the Spare Tire

1. Do a safety check beforeproceeding. See If a Tire GoesFlat 0 320 for more information.

2. For vehicles with a wheel coveror center cap, pull the cover orcenter cap away from thewheel to remove it. Store the

wheel cover in the cargo areauntil you have the flat tirerepaired or replaced.

3. Turn the wheel wrenchcounterclockwise to loosen allthe wheel nuts, but do notremove them yet.

Caution

Make sure that the jack lift headis in the correct position or youmay damage your vehicle. Therepairs would not be covered byyour warranty.


330 Vehicle Care

Rear Shown, Front Similar

4. Position the jack lift head at thejack location nearest theflat tire.

Locate the notch on the sheetmetal weld flange. Place thecenter of the jack lift head onthe center of the sheet metalnotch.

The jack must not be used inany other position.

{ Warning

Getting under a vehicle when it islifted on a jack is dangerous.If the vehicle slips off the jack,you could be badly injured orkilled. Never get under a vehiclewhen it is supported only bya jack.

{ Warning

Raising the vehicle with the jackimproperly positioned candamage the vehicle and evenmake the vehicle fall. To helpavoid personal injury and vehicle

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

damage, be sure to fit the jack lifthead into the proper locationbefore raising the vehicle.

{ Warning

Lifting a vehicle and getting underit to do maintenance or repairs isdangerous without theappropriate safety equipment andtraining. If a jack is provided withthe vehicle, it is designed only forchanging a flat tire. If it is used foranything else, you or others couldbe badly injured or killed if thevehicle slips off the jack. If a jackis provided with the vehicle, onlyuse it for changing a flat tire.

5. Attach the wheel wrench to thejack by fitting both ends overone another.


Vehicle Care 331

6. Raise the vehicle by turning thewheel wrench clockwise. Raisethe vehicle far enough off theground so there is enoughroom for the road tire to clearthe ground.

7. Remove all of the wheel nuts.

8. Remove the flat tire.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could comeoff and cause an accident. Whenchanging a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places where thewheel attaches to the vehicle. Inan emergency, a cloth or a paper

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

towel can be used; however, usea scraper or wire brush later toremove all rust or dirt.

9. Remove any rust or dirt fromthe wheel bolts, mountingsurfaces, and spare wheel.

10. Place the compact spare tireon the wheel-mounting surface.


332 Vehicle Care

{ Warning

Never use oil or grease on boltsor nuts because the nuts mightcome loose. The vehicle's wheelcould fall off, causing a crash.

11. Reinstall the wheel nuts.Tighten each nut by hand untilthe wheel is held againstthe hub.

12. Lower the vehicle by turningthe jack handlecounterclockwise.

{ Warning

Wheel nuts that are improperly orincorrectly tightened can causethe wheels to become loose orcome off. The wheel nuts shouldbe tightened with a torque wrenchto the proper torque specificationafter replacing. Follow the torquespecification supplied by theaftermarket manufacturer when

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

using accessory locking wheelnuts. See Capacities andSpecifications 0 366 for originalequipment wheel nut torquespecifications.

Caution

Improperly tightened wheel nutscan lead to brake pulsation androtor damage. To avoid expensivebrake repairs, evenly tighten thewheel nuts in the propersequence and to the propertorque specification. SeeCapacities and Specifications0 366 for the wheel nut torquespecification.

13. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly ina crisscross sequence, asshown.

14. Lower the jack all the way andremove the jack from under thevehicle.

15. Tighten the wheel nuts firmlywith the wheel wrench.

When reinstalling the wheel cover orcenter cap on the full-size tire,tighten all five plastic caps handsnug with the aid of the wheelwrench and tighten them with thewheel wrench an additionalone-quarter of a turn.


Vehicle Care 333

Caution

Wheel covers will not fit on thevehicle's compact spare. If you tryto put a wheel cover on thecompact spare, the cover or thespare could be damaged.

Storing a Flat or Spare Tireand Tools

{ Warning

Storing a jack, a tire, or otherequipment in the passengercompartment of the vehicle couldcause injury. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose equipment couldstrike someone. Store all these inthe proper place.

To store the flat tire:

1. Return the jack and tools totheir original storage location.

2. Replace the spare tire cover.

3. Replace the load floor.

4. Place the flat tire, lying flat, inthe rear storage compartment.

5. Route the loop end of the strapthrough one of the cargotie-downs in the rear of thevehicle.

Then route the hook throughthe loop and pull the strap totighten it around the cargotie-down.

6. Route the hook end of thestrap through the wheel.

7. Attach one end of the strap toa cargo tie-down in the rear ofthe vehicle.

8. Route the strap through thewheel, as shown.

9. Attach the other end of thestrap to the other cargotie-down in the rear of thevehicle.

10. Tighten the strap

The compact spare is for temporaryuse only. Replace the compactspare tire with a full-size tire assoon as possible.


334 Vehicle Care

Compact Spare Tire

{ Warning

Driving with more than onecompact spare tire at a time couldresult in loss of braking andhandling. This could lead to acrash and you or others could beinjured. Use only one compactspare tire at a time.

If this vehicle has a compact sparetire, it was fully inflated when new;however, it can lose air over time.Check the inflation pressureregularly. It should be 420 kPa(60 psi).

Stop as soon as possible and checkthat the spare tire is correctlyinflated after being installed on thevehicle. The compact spare tire isdesigned for temporary use only.The vehicle will perform differentlywith the spare tire installed and it isrecommended that the vehiclespeed be limited to 80 km/h(50 mph). To conserve the tread of

the spare tire, have the standard tirerepaired or replaced as soon asconvenient and return the spare tireto the storage area.

When using a compact spare tire,the AWD (if equipped), ABS, andTraction Control systems mayengage until the spare tire isrecognized by the vehicle,especially on slippery roads. Adjustdriving to reduce possiblewheel slip.

Caution

When the compact spare isinstalled, do not take the vehiclethrough an automatic car washwith guide rails. The compactspare can get caught on the railswhich can damage the tire, wheel,and other parts of the vehicle.

Do not use the compact spare onother vehicles.

Do not mix the compact spare tire orwheel with other wheels or tires.They will not fit. Keep the spare tireand its wheel together.

Caution

Tire chains will not fit the compactspare. Using them can damagethe vehicle and the chains. Do notuse tire chains on the compactspare.


Vehicle Care 335

Jump Starting

Jump Starting - NorthAmericaFor more information about thevehicle battery, see Battery - NorthAmerica 0 284.

If the battery has run down, try touse another vehicle and somejumper cables to start your vehicle.Be sure to use the following steps todo it safely.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds, chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Batteries alsocontain other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTER

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

HANDLING. For more informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See California Proposition65 Warning 0 260 and the backcover.

{ Warning

Batteries can hurt you. They canbe dangerous because:

. They contain acid that canburn you.

. They contain gas that canexplode or ignite.

. They contain enoughelectricity to burn you.

If you do not follow these stepsexactly, some or all of thesethings can hurt you.

Caution

Ignoring these steps could resultin costly damage to the vehiclethat would not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Trying to startthe vehicle by pushing or pulling itwill not work, and it could damagethe vehicle.

1. Discharged BatteryNegative Grounding Stud

2. Discharged Battery PositiveTerminal


336 Vehicle Care

3. Good Battery NegativeTerminal

4. Good Battery PositiveTerminal

The jump start negative groundingstud (1) for the discharged battery isto the left of the windshield washerfluid reservoir.

The jump start positive terminal onthe discharged battery (2) is locatedin the engine compartment on thedriver side of the vehicle.

The jump start positive terminal (3)and negative terminal (4) are on thebattery of the vehicle providing thejump start.

The positive jump start connectionfor the discharged battery is under atrim cover. Open the cover toexpose the terminal.

1. Check the other vehicle.It must have a 12-volt batterywith a negative ground system.

Caution

If the other vehicle does not havea 12-volt system with a negativeground, both vehicles can bedamaged. Only use a vehicle thathas a 12-volt system with anegative ground for jump starting.

2. Position the two vehicles sothat they are not touching.

3. Set the parking brake. SeeShifting Into Park 0 192.

Caution

If any accessories are left on orplugged in during the jumpstarting procedure, they could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Whenever possible, turnoff or unplug all accessories oneither vehicle when jump starting.

4. Turn the ignition off. Turn off alllights and accessories in bothvehicles, except the hazardwarning flashers if needed.

{ Warning

An electric fan can start up evenwhen the engine is not runningand can injure you. Keep hands,clothing, and tools away from anyunderhood electric fan.

{ Warning

Using a match near a battery cancause battery gas to explode.People have been hurt doing this,and some have been blinded.Use a flashlight if you need morelight.

Battery fluid contains acid thatcan burn you. Do not get it onyou. If you accidentally get it inyour eyes or on your skin, flushthe place with water and getmedical help immediately.


Vehicle Care 337

{ Warning

Fans or other moving engineparts can injure you badly. Keepyour hands away from movingparts once the engine is running.

5. Connect one end of the redpositive (+) cable to thepositive (+) terminal on thedischarged battery.

6. Connect the other end of thered positive (+) cable to thepositive (+) terminal of the goodbattery.

7. Connect one end of the blacknegative (–) cable to thenegative (–) terminal of thegood battery.

8. Connect the other end of theblack negative (–) cable to thenegative (–) grounding stud forthe discharged battery.

9. Start the engine in the vehiclewith the good battery and runthe engine at idle speed for atleast four minutes.

10. Try to start the vehicle that hadthe dead battery. If it will notstart after a few tries, itprobably needs service.

Caution

If the jumper cables areconnected or removed in thewrong order, electrical shortingmay occur and damage thevehicle. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Always connect and remove thejumper cables in the correct order,making sure that the cables donot touch each other or othermetal.

Jumper Cable Removal

Reverse the sequence exactly whenremoving the jumper cables.

After starting the disabled vehicleand removing the jumper cables,allow it to idle for several minutes.

Towing the Vehicle

Caution

Incorrectly towing a disabledvehicle may cause damage. Thedamage would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Do not lash or hook tosuspension components. Use theproper straps around the tires tosecure the vehicle.

Use only a flatbed tow truck fortowing a disabled vehicle. Neveruse a sling type lift or damage willoccur. Use ramps to help reduceapproach angles if necessary.A towed vehicle should have itsdrive wheels off the ground.

Consult a professional towingservice if the disabled vehicle mustbe towed.

The vehicle is equipped with a toweye. Only use the tow eye to pullthe vehicle onto a flatbed car carrier


338 Vehicle Care

from a flat road surface. Do not usethe tow eye to pull the vehicle fromsnow, mud, or sand.

The tow eye is stored underneaththe load floor, near the spare tire orthe compressor kit, if equipped.

Front Tow Eye

Carefully open the cover by usingthe small notch that conceals thefront tow eye socket.

Install the tow eye into the socket byturning it until it stops.

When the tow eye is removed,reinstall the cover with the notch inthe original position.

Rear Tow Eye

If the vehicle is equipped with ahitch, there is no provision to usethe tow eye in the rear of thevehicle. The hitch may be used toload the vehicle onto a flatbed towtruck.

If equipped, carefully open the coverby using the small notch thatconceals the rear tow eye socket.


Vehicle Care 339

Install the tow eye into the socket byturning it until it stops.

When the tow eye is removed,reinstall the cover with the notch inthe original position.

To tow the vehicle behind anothervehicle for recreational purposes,such as behind a motor home, seeRecreational Vehicle Towing 0 339.

Recreational VehicleTowingRecreational vehicle towing meanstowing the vehicle behind anothervehicle – such as behind a motorhome. The two most common typesof recreational vehicle towing areknown as dinghy towing and dollytowing. Dinghy towing is towing thevehicle with all four wheels on theground. Dolly towing is towing thevehicle with two wheels on theground and two wheels up on adevice known as a dolly.

Here are some important things toconsider before recreational vehicletowing:

. The towing capacity of thetowing vehicle. Be sure to readthe tow vehicle manufacturer'srecommendations.

. How far the vehicle will betowed. Some vehicles haverestrictions on how far and howlong they can tow.

. The proper towing equipment.See your dealer or traileringprofessional for additional adviceand equipmentrecommendations.

. If the vehicle is ready to betowed. Just as preparing thevehicle for a long trip, make surethe vehicle is prepared to betowed.

Dinghy Towing

Caution

If the vehicle is towed with all fourwheels on the ground, thedrivetrain components could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Do not tow the vehiclewith all four wheels on theground.

The vehicle was not designed to betowed with all four wheels on theground. The vehicle may be towed


340 Vehicle Care

using a platform trailer with all fourwheels off the ground. Somevehicles may be dolly towed. Seethe following information on dollytowing.

Dolly Towing (All-Wheel-DriveVehicles)

All-wheel-drive vehicles cannot betowed with two wheels on theground. To properly tow thesevehicles, they should be placed ona platform trailer with all four wheelsoff of the ground.

Dolly Towing(Front-Wheel-Drive Vehicles)

Tow the vehicle with the two rearwheels on the ground and the frontwheels on a dolly.

To tow the vehicle from the frontwith the rear wheels on the ground:

1. Put the front wheels on thedolly.

2. Shift the transmission toP (Park). See Shifting Into Park0 192.

3. Set the parking brake.

4. Secure the vehicle to the dolly.

5. Follow the dolly manufacturer'sinstructions for preparing thevehicle and dolly for towing.

6. Release the parking brake.


8. Open the hood.

9. Wait 2 minutes.

10. Disconnect the negative (-)terminal connector from the12–volt battery.

11. Close and latch the hood.

Caution

If 105 km/h (65 mph) is exceededwhile towing the vehicle, it couldbe damaged. Never exceed105 km/h (65 mph) while towingthe vehicle.


Vehicle Care 341

Towing the Vehicle fromthe Rear Caution

Towing the vehicle from the rearcould damage it. Also, repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Never have thevehicle towed from the rear.

Appearance Care

Exterior Care

Locks

Locks are lubricated at the factory.Use a de-icing agent only whenabsolutely necessary, and have thelocks greased after using. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 361.

Washing the Vehicle

To preserve the vehicle's finish,wash it often and out of directsunlight.

Caution

Do not use petroleum-based,acidic, or abrasive cleaningagents as they can damage thevehicle's paint, metal, or plasticparts. If damage occurs, it wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Approved cleaningproducts can be obtained from

(Continued)


342 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

your dealer. Follow allmanufacturer directions regardingcorrect product usage, necessarysafety precautions, andappropriate disposal of anyvehicle care product.

Caution

Avoid using high-pressurewashes closer than 30 cm (12 in)to the surface of the vehicle. Useof power washers exceeding8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can resultin damage or removal of paintand decals.

Caution

Do not power wash anycomponent under the hood that

has thise symbol.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

This could cause damage thatwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

If using an automatic car wash,follow the car wash instructions. Thewindshield wiper and rear windowwiper, if equipped, must be off.Remove any accessories that maybe damaged or interfere with the carwash equipment.

Rinse the vehicle well, beforewashing and after, to remove allcleaning agents completely. If theyare allowed to dry on the surface,they could stain.

Dry the finish with a soft, cleanchamois or an all-cotton towel toavoid surface scratches and waterspotting.

Finish Care

Application of aftermarket clearcoatsealant/wax materials is notrecommended. If painted surfacesare damaged, see your dealer to

have the damage assessed andrepaired. Foreign materials such ascalcium chloride and other salts, icemelting agents, road oil and tar, treesap, bird droppings, chemicals fromindustrial chimneys, etc., candamage the vehicle's finish if theyremain on painted surfaces. Washthe vehicle as soon as possible.If necessary, use non-abrasivecleaners that are marked safe forpainted surfaces to remove foreignmatter.

Occasional hand waxing or mildpolishing should be done to removeresidue from the paint finish. Seeyour dealer for approved cleaningproducts.

Do not apply waxes or polishes touncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,decals, simulated wood, or flat paintas damage can occur.


Vehicle Care 343

Caution

Machine compounding oraggressive polishing on abasecoat/clearcoat paint finishmay damage it. Use onlynon-abrasive waxes and polishesthat are made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish on thevehicle.

To keep the paint finish looking new,keep the vehicle garaged orcovered whenever possible.

Protecting Exterior Bright MetalMoldings

Caution

Failure to clean and protect thebright metal moldings can resultin a hazy white finish or pitting.This damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

The bright metal moldings on thevehicle are aluminum, chrome,or stainless steel. To preventdamage always follow thesecleaning instructions:

. Be sure the molding is cool tothe touch before applying anycleaning solution.

. Use only approved cleaningsolutions for aluminum, chrome,or stainless steel. Somecleaners are highly acidic orcontain alkaline substances andcan damage the moldings.

. Always dilute a concentratedcleaner according to themanufacturer’s instructions.

. Do not use cleaners that are notintended for automotive use.

. Use a nonabrasive wax on thevehicle after washing to protectand extend the molding finish.

Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses, Emblems, Decals, andStripes

Use only lukewarm or cold water, asoft cloth, and a car washing soapto clean exterior lamps, lenses,emblems, decals, and stripes.Follow instructions under "Washingthe Vehicle" previously in thissection.

Lamp covers are made of plastic,and some have a UV protectivecoating. Do not clean or wipe themwhen dry.

Do not use any of the following onlamp covers:

. Abrasive or caustic agents

. Washer fluids and other cleaningagents in higher concentrationsthan suggested by themanufacturer

. Solvents, alcohols, fuels,or other harsh cleaners

. Ice scrapers or other hard items


344 Vehicle Care. Aftermarket appearance caps or

covers while the lamps areilluminated, due to excessiveheat generated

Caution

Failure to clean lamps properlycan cause damage to the lampcover that would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Using wax on low gloss blackfinish stripes can increase thegloss level and create anon-uniform finish. Clean lowgloss stripes with soap andwater only.

Air Intakes

Clear debris from the air intakes,between the hood and windshield,when washing the vehicle.

Shutter System

The vehicle may have a shuttersystem designed to help increasefuel economy. Keep the shuttersystem clean for proper operation.

Windshield and Wiper Blades

Clean the outside of the windshieldwith glass cleaner.

Clean rubber blades using a lint-freecloth or paper towel soaked withwindshield washer fluid or a milddetergent. Wash the windshieldthoroughly when cleaning theblades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and

a buildup of vehicle wash/waxtreatments may cause wiperstreaking.

Replace the wiper blades if they areworn or damaged. Damage can becaused by extreme dustyconditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,snow, and ice.

Weatherstrips

Apply weatherstrip lubricant toweatherstrips to make them lastlonger, seal better, and not stick orsqueak. Lubricate weatherstrips atleast once a year. Hot, dry climatesmay require more frequentapplication. Black marks fromrubber material on painted surfacescan be removed by rubbing with aclean cloth. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 361.

Tires

Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner toclean the tires.


Vehicle Care 345

Caution

Using petroleum-based tiredressing products on the vehiclemay damage the paint finish and/or tires. When applying a tiredressing, always wipe off anyoverspray from all paintedsurfaces on the vehicle.

Wheels and Trim — Aluminumor Chrome

Use a soft, clean cloth with mildsoap and water to clean the wheels.After rinsing thoroughly with cleanwater, dry with a soft, clean towel.A wax may then be applied.

Caution

Chrome wheels and other chrometrim may be damaged if thevehicle is not washed after drivingon roads that have been sprayedwith magnesium, calcium,or sodium chloride. These

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

chlorides are used on roads forconditions such as ice and dust.Always wash the chrome withsoap and water after exposure.

Caution

To avoid surface damage, do notuse strong soaps, chemicals,abrasive polishes, cleaners,brushes, or cleaners that containacid on aluminum orchrome-plated wheels. Use onlyapproved cleaners. Also, neverdrive a vehicle with aluminum orchrome-plated wheels through anautomatic car wash that usessilicone carbide tire cleaningbrushes. Damage could occurand the repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Brake System

Visually inspect brake lines andhoses for proper attachment,connections, binding, leaks, cracks,chafing, etc. Inspect disc brakepads for wear and rotors for surfacecondition. Inspect all other brakeparts for cracks and leaks.

Steering, Suspension, andChassis Components

Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damaged, loose,or missing parts or signs of wear atleast once a year.

Inspect power steering for properattachment, connections, binding,leaks, cracks, chafing, etc.

Visually check constant velocity jointboots and axle seals for leaks.

Body Component Lubrication

Lubricate all key lock cylinders,hood hinges, liftgate hinges, steelfuel door hinge, and power assiststep hinges, unless the componentsare plastic. Applying silicone grease


346 Vehicle Care

on weatherstrips with a clean clothwill make them last longer, sealbetter, and not stick or squeak.

Underbody Maintenance

At least twice a year, spring and fall,use plain water to flush anycorrosive materials from theunderbody. Take care to thoroughlyclean any areas where mud andother debris can collect.

Do not directly power wash thetransfer case and/or front/rear axleoutput seals. High pressure watercan overcome the seals andcontaminate the fluid. Contaminatedfluid will decrease the life of thetransfer case and/or axles andshould be replaced.

Sheet Metal Damage

If the vehicle is damaged andrequires sheet metal repair orreplacement, make sure the bodyrepair shop applies anti-corrosionmaterial to parts repaired orreplaced to restore corrosionprotection.

Original manufacturer replacementparts will provide the corrosionprotection while maintaining thevehicle warranty.

Finish Damage

Quickly repair minor chips andscratches with touch-up materialsavailable from your dealer to avoidcorrosion. Larger areas of finishdamage can be corrected in yourdealer's body and paint shop.

Chemical Paint Spotting

Airborne pollutants can fall uponand attack painted vehicle surfacescausing blotchy, ring-shapeddiscolorations, and small, irregulardark spots etched into the paintsurface. See “Finish Care”previously in this section.

Interior CareTo prevent dirt particle abrasions,regularly clean the vehicle's interior.Immediately remove any soils.Newspapers or dark garments cantransfer color to the vehicle’sinterior.

Use a soft bristle brush to removedust from knobs and crevices on theinstrument cluster. Using a mildsoap solution, immediately removehand lotions, sunscreen, and insectrepellent from all interior surfaces orpermanent damage may result.

Use cleaners specifically designedfor the surfaces being cleaned toprevent permanent damage. Applyall cleaners directly to the cleaningcloth. Do not spray cleaners on anyswitches or controls. Removecleaners quickly.

Before using cleaners, read andfollow all safety instructions on thelabel. While cleaning the interior,open the doors and windows to getproper ventilation.

To prevent damage, do not cleanthe interior using the followingcleaners or techniques:

. Never use a razor or any othersharp object to remove soil fromany interior surface.

. Never use a brush with stiffbristles.


Vehicle Care 347. Never rub any surface

aggressively or with too muchpressure.

. Do not use laundry detergents ordishwashing soaps withdegreasers. For liquid cleaners,use approximately 20 drops per3.8 L (1 gal) of water.A concentrated soap solution willcreate streaks and attract dirt.Do not use solutions that containstrong or caustic soap.

. Do not heavily saturate theupholstery when cleaning.

. Do not use solvents or cleanerscontaining solvents.

Interior Glass

To clean, use a terry cloth fabricdampened with water. Wipe dropletsleft behind with a clean dry cloth.If necessary, use a commercialglass cleaner after cleaning withplain water.

Caution

To prevent scratching, never useabrasive cleaners on automotiveglass. Abrasive cleaners oraggressive cleaning may damagethe rear window defogger.

Cleaning the windshield with waterduring the first three to six monthsof ownership will reduce tendencyto fog.

Speaker Covers

Vacuum around a speaker covergently, so that the speaker will notbe damaged. Clean spots with waterand mild soap.

Coated Moldings

Coated moldings should be cleaned.

. When lightly soiled, wipe with asponge or soft, lint-free clothdampened with water.

. When heavily soiled, use warmsoapy water.

Fabric/Carpet/Suede

Start by vacuuming the surfaceusing a soft brush attachment. If arotating vacuum brush attachment isbeing used, only use it on the floorcarpet. Before cleaning, gentlyremove as much of the soil aspossible:

. Gently blot liquids with a papertowel. Continue blotting until nomore soil can be removed.

. For solid soils, remove as muchas possible prior to vacuuming.

To clean:

1. Saturate a clean, lint-freecolorfast cloth with water.Microfiber cloth isrecommended to prevent linttransfer to the fabric or carpet.

2. Remove excess moisture bygently wringing until water doesnot drip from the cleaning cloth.

3. Start on the outside edge of thesoil and gently rub toward thecenter. Fold the cleaning cloth


348 Vehicle Care

to a clean area frequently toprevent forcing the soil in to thefabric.

4. Continue gently rubbing thesoiled area until there is nolonger any color transfer fromthe soil to the cleaning cloth.

5. If the soil is not completelyremoved, use a mild soapsolution followed only by plainwater.

If the soil is not completelyremoved, it may be necessary touse a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. Test a smallhidden area for colorfastness beforeusing a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. If ringformation occurs, clean the entirefabric or carpet.

After cleaning, use a paper towel toblot excess moisture.

Cleaning High Gloss Surfacesand Vehicle Information andRadio Displays

Use a microfiber cloth on high glosssurfaces or vehicle displays. First,use a soft bristle brush to removedirt that can scratch the surface.Then gently clean by rubbing with amicrofiber cloth. Never use windowcleaners or solvents. Periodicallyhand wash the microfiber clothseparately, using mild soap. Do notuse bleach or fabric softener. Rinsethoroughly and air dry beforenext use.

Caution

Do not attach a device with asuction cup to the display. Thismay cause damage and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Instrument Panel, Leather,Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, andNatural Open Pore WoodSurfaces

Use a soft microfiber clothdampened with water to removedust and loose dirt. For a morethorough cleaning, use a softmicrofiber cloth dampened with amild soap solution.

Caution

Soaking or saturating leather,especially perforated leather, aswell as other interior surfaces,may cause permanent damage.Wipe excess moisture from thesesurfaces after cleaning and allowthem to dry naturally. Never useheat, steam, or spot removers. Donot use cleaners that containsilicone or wax-based products.Cleaners containing thesesolvents can permanently change

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 349

Caution (Continued)

the appearance and feel ofleather or soft trim, and are notrecommended.

Do not use cleaners that increasegloss, especially on the instrumentpanel. Reflected glare can decreasevisibility through the windshieldunder certain conditions.

Caution

Use of air fresheners may causepermanent damage to plasticsand painted surfaces. If an airfreshener comes in contact withany plastic or painted surface inthe vehicle, blot immediately andclean with a soft cloth dampenedwith a mild soap solution.Damage caused by air freshenerswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Cargo Cover andConvenience Net

Wash with warm water and milddetergent. Do not use chlorinebleach. Rinse with cold water, andthen dry completely.

Care of Seat Belts

Keep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye seat beltwebbing. It may severely weakenthe webbing. In a crash, theymight not be able to provideadequate protection. Clean andrinse seat belt webbing only withmild soap and lukewarm water.Allow the webbing to dry.

Floor Mats

{ Warning

If a floor mat is the wrong size oris not properly installed, it caninterfere with the pedals.Interference with the pedals cancause unintended accelerationand/or increased stoppingdistance which can cause a crashand injury. Make sure the floormat does not interfere with thepedals.

Use the following guidelines forproper floor mat usage.

. The original equipment floormats were designed for yourvehicle. If the floor mats needreplacing, it is recommendedthat GM certified floor mats bepurchased. Non-GM floor matsmay not fit properly and mayinterfere with the accelerator orbrake pedal. Always check thatthe floor mats do not interferewith the pedals.


350 Vehicle Care. Do not use a floor mat if the

vehicle is not equipped with afloor mat retainer on the driverside floor.

. Use the floor mat with thecorrect side up. Do not turnit over.

. Do not place anything on top ofthe driver side floor mat.

. Use only a single floor mat onthe driver side.

. Do not place one floor mat ontop of another.

Removing and Replacing theFloor Mat

The driver side floor mat is held inplace by two retainers.

1. Pull up on the rear of the floormat to unlock each retainerand remove.

2. Reinstall by lining up the floormat retainer openings over thecarpet retainers and snap intoposition.

3. Make sure the floor mat isproperly secured in place.Verify the floor mat does notinterfere with the pedals.


Service and Maintenance 351

Service andMaintenance

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 351

Maintenance ScheduleMaintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 353

Special Application ServicesSpecial Application

Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358

Additional Maintenanceand Care

Additional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358

Recommended Fluids,Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361

Maintenance ReplacementParts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362

Maintenance RecordsMaintenance Records . . . . . . . . 364

General InformationYour vehicle is an importantinvestment. This section describesthe required maintenance for thevehicle. Follow this schedule to helpprotect against major repairexpenses resulting from neglect orinadequate maintenance. It mayalso help to maintain the value ofthe vehicle if it is sold. It is theresponsibility of the owner to haveall required maintenance performed.

Your dealer has trained technicianswho can perform requiredmaintenance using genuinereplacement parts. They haveup-to-date tools and equipment forfast and accurate diagnostics. Manydealers have extended evening andSaturday hours, courtesytransportation, and onlinescheduling to assist with serviceneeds.

Your dealer recognizes theimportance of providingcompetitively priced maintenanceand repair services. With trainedtechnicians, the dealer is the place

for routine maintenance such as oilchanges and tire rotations andadditional maintenance items liketires, brakes, batteries, and wiperblades.

Caution

Damage caused by impropermaintenance can lead to costlyrepairs and may not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.Maintenance intervals, checks,inspections, recommended fluids,and lubricants are important tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition.

Do not have chemical flushes thatare not approved by GMperformed on the vehicle. Theuse of flushes, solvents, cleaners,or lubricants that are notapproved by GM could damagethe vehicle, requiring expensiverepairs that are not covered bythe vehicle warranty.


352 Service and Maintenance

The Tire Rotation and RequiredServices are the responsibility of thevehicle owner. It is recommended tohave your dealer perform theseservices every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.Proper vehicle maintenance helps tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition, improves fuel economy,and reduces vehicle emissions.

Because of the way people usevehicles, maintenance needs vary.There may need to be morefrequent checks and services. TheAdditional Required Services -Normal are for vehicles that:

. Carry passengers and cargowithin recommended limits onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel. See Vehicle Load Limits0 181.

. Are driven on reasonable roadsurfaces within legal drivinglimits.

. Use the recommended fuel. SeeFuel (Gasoline) 0 236.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Normal chart.

The Additional Required Services -Severe are for vehicles that are:

. Mainly driven in heavy city trafficin hot weather

. Mainly driven in hilly ormountainous terrain

. Frequently towing a trailer

. Used for high speed orcompetitive driving

. Used for taxi, police, or deliveryservice

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Severe chart.

{ Warning

Performing maintenance work canbe dangerous and can causeserious injury. Performmaintenance work only if therequired information, proper tools,and equipment are available.If they are not, see your dealer to

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

have a trained technician do thework. See Doing Your OwnService Work 0 261.



MaintenanceScheduleOwner Checks and Services

At Each Fuel Stop

. Check the engine oil level. SeeEngine Oil 0 269.

Once a Month

. Check the tire inflationpressures. See Tire Pressure0 307.

. Inspect the tires for wear. SeeTire Inspection 0 313.

. Check the windshield washerfluid level. See Washer Fluid0 282.

Engine Oil Change

When the CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message displays, have theengine oil and filter changed withinthe next 1 000 km/600 mi. If drivenunder the best conditions, theengine oil life system may notindicate the need for vehicle servicefor up to a year. The engine oil and

filter must be changed at least oncea year and the oil life system mustbe reset. Your trained dealertechnician can perform this work.If the engine oil life system is resetaccidentally, service the vehiclewithin 5 000 km/3,000 mi since thelast service. Reset the oil lifesystem when the oil is changed.See Engine Oil Life System 0 273.

On vehicles with diesel engines, it isrecommended to drain the dieselfuel filter of water when the oil ischanged or when the WATER INFUEL CONTACT SERVICEmessage displays.

Tire Rotation and RequiredServices Every 12 000 km/7,500 mi

Rotate the tires, if recommended forthe vehicle, and perform thefollowing services. See TireRotation 0 314.

. Check engine oil level and oillife percentage. If needed,change engine oil and filter, and

reset oil life system.See Engine Oil 0 269 andEngine Oil Life System 0 273.

. Check engine coolant level. SeeCooling System 0 276.

. Check windshield washer fluidlevel. See Washer Fluid 0 282.

. Visually inspect windshield wiperblades for wear, cracking,or contamination. See ExteriorCare 0 341. Replace worn ordamaged wiper blades. SeeWiper Blade Replacement0 286.

. Check tire inflation pressures.See Tire Pressure 0 307.

. Inspect tire wear. See TireInspection 0 313.

. Visually check for fluid leaks.

. Inspect engine air cleaner filter.See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter0 274.

. Inspect brake system. SeeExterior Care 0 341.


354 Service and Maintenance. Visually inspect steering,

suspension, and chassiscomponents for damaged, loose,or missing parts or signs ofwear. See Exterior Care 0 341.

. Check restraint systemcomponents. See Safety SystemCheck 0 75.

. Visually inspect fuel system fordamage or leaks.

. Visually inspect exhaust systemand nearby heat shields forloose or damaged parts.

. Lubricate body components. SeeExterior Care 0 341.

. Check starter switch. See StarterSwitch Check 0 285.

. Check parking brake andautomatic transmission parkmechanism. See Park Brake andP (Park) Mechanism Check0 286.

. Check accelerator pedal fordamage, high effort, or binding.Replace if needed.

. Visually inspect gas strut forsigns of wear, cracks, or otherdamage. Check the hold openability of the strut. If the holdopen ability is low, service thegas strut. See Gas Strut(s)0 287.

. Check tire sealant expirationdate, if equipped. See TireSealant and Compressor Kit0 322.

. Inspect sunroof track and seal,if equipped. See Sunroof 0 53.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Normal

12

00

0k

m/7

,50

0m

i

24

00

0k

m/1

5,0

00

mi

36

00

0k

m/2

2,5

00

mi

48

00

0k

m/3

0,0

00

mi

60

00

0k

m/3

7,5

00

mi

72

00

0k

m/4

5,0

00

mi

84

00

0k

m/5

2,5

00

mi

96

00

0k

m/6

0,0

00

mi

10

80

00

km

/67

,50

0m

i

12

00

00

km

/75

,00

0m

i

13

20

00

km

/82

,50

0m

i

14

40

00

km

/90

,00

0m

i

15

60

00

km

/97

,50

0m

i

16

80

00

km

/10

5,0

00

mi

18

00

00

km

/11

2,5

00

mi

19

20

00

km

/12

0,0

00

mi

20

40

00

km

/12

7,5

00

mi

21

60

00

km

/13

5,0

00

mi

22

80

00

km

/14

2,5

00

mi

24

00

00

km

/15

0,0

00

mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services.Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.Change engine oil and filter, if needed.Drain the diesel fuel filter of water. (Diesel Only)

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @

Diesel Engine Only: Replace fuel filter. (3) @ @ @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (4) @ @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @ @

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @

Replace brake fluid. (7)

Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices - Normal

(1) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentpassenger compartment air filterreplacement may be needed ifdriving in areas with heavy traffic,poor air quality, high dust levels,

or environmental allergens.Passenger compartment air filterreplacement may also be needed ifthere is reduced airflow, windowfogging, or odors. Your GM dealercan help determine when to replacethe filter.

(2) Visually check all fuel and vaporlines and hoses for properattachment, connection, routing, andcondition.

(3) Or as indicated by the DriverInformation Center (DIC) ortwo years whichever comes first.The fuel filter may need to be



replaced more often based onbiodiesel usage, driving in climateswith severe dust, off-road driving,or towing a trailer for extendedperiods.

(4) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.

(5) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System0 276.

(6) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

(7) Replace brake fluid every fiveyears. See Brake Fluid 0 283.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Severe

12

00

0k

m/7

,50

0m

i

24

00

0k

m/1

5,0

00

mi

36

00

0k

m/2

2,5

00

mi

48

00

0k

m/3

0,0

00

mi

60

00

0k

m/3

7,5

00

mi

72

00

0k

m/4

5,0

00

mi

84

00

0k

m/5

2,5

00

mi

96

00

0k

m/6

0,0

00

mi

10

80

00

km

/67

,50

0m

i

12

00

00

km

/75

,00

0m

i

13

20

00

km

/82

,50

0m

i

14

40

00

km

/90

,00

0m

i

15

60

00

km

/97

,50

0m

i

16

80

00

km

/10

5,0

00

mi

18

00

00

km

/11

2,5

00

mi

19

20

00

km

/12

0,0

00

mi

20

40

00

km

/12

7,5

00

mi

21

60

00

km

/13

5,0

00

mi

22

80

00

km

/14

2,5

00

mi

24

00

00

km

/15

0,0

00

mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services.Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.Change engine oil and filter, if needed.Drain the diesel fuel filter of water. (Diesel Only)

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @

Diesel Engine Only: Replace fuel filter. (3) @ @ @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (4) @ @ @

Change automatic transmission fluid. @ @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @ @

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @

Replace brake fluid. (7)

Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices - Severe

(1) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentpassenger compartment air filterreplacement may be needed if

driving in areas with heavy traffic,poor air quality, high dust levels,or environmental allergens.Passenger compartment air filterreplacement may also be needed ifthere is reduced airflow, window

fogging, or odors. Your GM dealercan help determine when to replacethe filter.

(2) Visually check all fuel and vaporlines and hoses for properattachment, connection, routing, andcondition.



(3) Or as indicated by the DriverInformation Center (DIC) ortwo years whichever comes first.The fuel filter may need to bereplaced more often based onbiodiesel usage, driving in climateswith severe dust, off-road driving,or towing a trailer for extendedperiods.

(4) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.

(5) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System0 276.

(6) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

(7) Replace brake fluid every fiveyears. See Brake Fluid 0 283.

Special ApplicationServices. Severe Commercial Use

Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassiscomponents every oil change.

. Have underbody flushing serviceperformed. See "UnderbodyMaintenance" in Exterior Care0 341.

AdditionalMaintenance and CareYour vehicle is an importantinvestment and caring for it properlymay help to avoid future costlyrepairs. To maintain vehicleperformance, additionalmaintenance services may berequired.

It is recommended that your dealerperform these services — theirtrained dealer technicians knowyour vehicle best. Your dealer canalso perform a thoroughassessment with a multi-pointinspection to recommend when yourvehicle may need attention.

The following list is intended toexplain the services and conditionsto look for that may indicateservices are required.

Battery

The 12-volt battery supplies powerto start the engine and operate anyadditional electrical accessories.


Service and Maintenance 359. To avoid break-down or failure to

start the vehicle, maintain abattery with full cranking power.

. Trained dealer technicians havethe diagnostic equipment to testthe battery and ensure that theconnections and cables arecorrosion-free.

Belts

. Belts may need replacing if theysqueak or show signs ofcracking or splitting.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the belts andrecommend adjustment orreplacement when necessary.

Brakes

Brakes stop the vehicle and arecrucial to safe driving.

. Signs of brake wear may includechirping, grinding, or squealingnoises, or difficulty stopping.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the brakes andrecommend quality partsengineered for the vehicle.

Fluids

Proper fluid levels and approvedfluids protect the vehicle’s systemsand components. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 361 for GM approvedfluids.

. Engine oil and windshieldwasher fluid levels should bechecked at every fuel fill.

. Instrument cluster lights maycome on to indicate that fluidsmay be low and need to befilled.

Hoses

Hoses transport fluids and shouldbe regularly inspected to ensurethat there are no cracks or leaks.With a multi-point inspection, yourdealer can inspect the hoses andadvise if replacement is needed.

Lamps

Properly working headlamps,taillamps, and brake lamps areimportant to see and be seen onthe road.

. Signs that the headlamps needattention include dimming, failureto light, cracking, or damage.The brake lamps need to bechecked periodically to ensurethat they light when braking.

. With a multi-point inspection,your dealer can check the lampsand note any concerns.

Shocks and Struts

Shocks and struts help aid in controlfor a smoother ride.

. Signs of wear may includesteering wheel vibration, bounce/sway while braking, longerstopping distance, or uneventire wear.

. As part of the multi-pointinspection, trained dealertechnicians can visually inspectthe shocks and struts for signs



of leaking, blown seals,or damage, and can advisewhen service is needed.

Tires

Tires need to be properly inflated,rotated, and balanced. Maintainingthe tires can save money and fuel,and can reduce the risk of tirefailure.

. Signs that the tires need to bereplaced include three or morevisible treadwear indicators; cordor fabric showing through therubber; cracks or cuts in thetread or sidewall; or a bulge orsplit in the tire.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect and recommend the righttires. Your dealer can alsoprovide tire/wheel balancingservices to ensure smoothvehicle operation at all speeds.Your dealer sells and servicesname brand tires.

Vehicle Care

To help keep the vehicle looking likenew, vehicle care products areavailable from your dealer. Forinformation on how to clean andprotect the vehicle’s interior andexterior, see Interior Care 0 346 andExterior Care 0 341.

Wheel Alignment

Wheel alignment is critical forensuring that the tires deliveroptimal wear and performance.

. Signs that the alignment mayneed to be adjusted includepulling, improper vehiclehandling, or unusual tire wear.

. Your dealer has the requiredequipment to ensure properwheel alignment.

Windshield

For safety, appearance, and thebest viewing, keep the windshieldclean and clear.

. Signs of damage includescratches, cracks, and chips.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect the windshield andrecommend proper replacementif needed.

Wiper Blades

Wiper blades need to be cleanedand kept in good condition toprovide a clear view.

. Signs of wear include streaking,skipping across the windshield,and worn or split rubber.

. Trained dealer technicians cancheck the wiper blades andreplace them when needed.



Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants

Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Automatic Transmission DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.

Diesel Exhaust Aftertreatment System Diesel Exhaust Fluid (GM Part No. 19286291, in Canada 88865751) ordiesel exhaust fluid that meets ISO 22241-1 or displays the API DieselExhaust Fluid Certification Mark.

Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant.See Cooling System 0 276.

Engine Oil (Diesel) Engine oil meeting the dexos2 specification of the proper SAE viscositygrade. ACDelco dexos2 is recommended. See Engine Oil 0 269.

Engine Oil (Gasoline) Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscositygrade. ACDelco dexos1 full synthetic is recommended. See Engine Oil0 269.

Hood and Door Hinges Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, inCanada 10953474).

Hood Latch Assembly, SecondaryLatch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and

Release Pawl

Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, inCanada 89021674) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2,Category LB or GC-LB.

Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19353126, inCanada 19299819).

Transfer Case (All-Wheel Drive) Transfer Case Fluid (GM Part No. 88900401, in Canada 89021678).



Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) orequivelant.

Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protectionrequirements.

Maintenance Replacement PartsReplacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 23279657 A3226C

Engine Oil Filter

1.5L L4 Gas Engine 12640445 PF64

1.6L L4 Diesel Engine 55588497 PF2264G

2.0L L4 Gas Engine 12640445 PF64

Fuel Filter

1.6L L4 Diesel Engine 84186990 TP1016

Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13508023 CF185

Spark Plugs

1.5L L4 Gas Engine 12673527 41-153



Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

2.0L L4 Gas Engine 12647827 41-125

Wiper Blades

Driver Side – 60 cm (23.6 in) 23368186 —

Passenger Side – 45.0 cm (17.7 in) 23353587 —

Rear – 30.0 cm (11.8 in) 84215609 —



Maintenance RecordsAfter the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and thetype of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.

DateOdometerReading

Serviced By Services Performed


Technical Data 365

Technical Data

Vehicle IdentificationVehicle Identification

Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365Service Parts Identification

Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365

Vehicle DataCapacities and

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 368

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

This legal identifier is in the frontcorner of the instrument panel, onthe driver side of the vehicle. It canbe seen through the windshield fromoutside. The Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) also appears on theVehicle Certification and ServiceParts labels and certificates of titleand registration.

Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN isthe engine code. This codeidentifies the vehicle's engine,specifications, and replacement

parts. See “Engine Specifications”under Capacities and Specifications0 366 for the vehicle's engine code.

Service PartsIdentification LabelThere may be a label on the insideof the glove box that contains thefollowing information:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

. Model designation

. Paint information

. Production options and specialequipment

If there is no label, there is abarcode on the certification label onthe center (B) pillar to scan for thissame information.


366 Technical Data

Vehicle Data

Capacities and Specifications

ApplicationCapacities

Metric English

Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type andcharge amount, see the refrigerant label under the

hood. See your dealer for more information.

Engine Cooling System

1.5L L4 Gas Engine 6.6 L 7.0 qt

1.6L L4 Diesel Engine 7.5 L 7.9 qt

2.0L L4 Gas Engine 7.8 L 8.2 qt

Engine Oil with Filter

1.5L L4 Gas Engine AWD 5.0 L 5.3 qt

1.5L L4 Gas Engine FWD 4.0 L 4.2 qt

1.6L L4 Diesel Engine 5.0 L 5.3 qt

2.0L L4 Gas Engine AWD 5.7 L 6.0 qt

2.0L L4 Gas Engine FWD 4.7 L 5.0 qt

Fuel Tank

FWD 56.0 L 14.8 gal


Technical Data 367

ApplicationCapacities

Metric English

AWD 59.0 L 15.6 gal

Transfer Case Fluid 0.8 L 0.85 qt

Wheel Nut Torque 140Y 100 lb ft

All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in thismanual. Recheck fluid level after filling.

Engine Specifications

Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap

1.5L L4 Gas Engine V Automatic 0.60–0.70 mm (0.024–0.028 in)

1.6L L4 Diesel Engine U Automatic —

2.0L L4 Gas Engine X Automatic 0.75–0.90 mm (0.030–0.035 in)


368 Technical Data

Engine Drive Belt Routing

1.5L L4 Gas Engine

1.6L L4 Diesel Engine

2.0L L4 Gas Engine


Customer Information 369

CustomerInformation

Customer InformationCustomer Satisfaction

Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369Customer Assistance

Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371Customer Assistance for Text

Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 372Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 372GM Mobility Reimbursement

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373Roadside Assistance

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373Scheduling Service

Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375Courtesy Transportation

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 376Service Publications Ordering

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378Radio Frequency

Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379

Reporting Safety DefectsReporting Safety Defects to

the United StatesGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379

Reporting Safety Defects tothe CanadianGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380

Reporting Safety Defects toGeneral Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381

Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 381OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 382

Customer Information

Customer SatisfactionProcedureYour satisfaction and goodwill areimportant to your dealer and toGMC. Normally, any concerns withthe sales transaction or theoperation of the vehicle will beresolved by your dealer's sales orservice departments. Sometimes,however, despite the best intentionsof all concerned, misunderstandingscan occur. If your concern has notbeen resolved to your satisfaction,the following steps should be taken:

STEP ONE : Discuss your concernwith a member of dealershipmanagement. Normally, concernscan be quickly resolved at that level.If the matter has already beenreviewed with the sales, service,or parts manager, contact the ownerof your dealership or the generalmanager.

STEP TWO : If after contacting amember of dealership management,it appears your concern cannot be


370 Customer Information

resolved by your dealership withoutfurther help, in the U.S., call1-800-462-8782. In Canada, callGeneral Motors of CanadaCustomer Care Centre at1-800-263-3777 (English),or 1-800-263-7854 (French).

We encourage you to call thetoll-free number in order to give yourinquiry prompt attention. Have thefollowing information available togive the Customer Assistancerepresentative:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN). This is availablefrom the vehicle registration ortitle, or the plate at the top left ofthe instrument panel and visiblethrough the windshield.

. Dealership name and location.

. Vehicle delivery date andpresent mileage.

When contacting GMC, rememberthat your concern will likely beresolved at a dealer's facility. That iswhy we suggest following Step Onefirst.

STEP THREE — U.S. Owners :Both General Motors and yourdealer are committed to makingsure you are completely satisfiedwith your new vehicle. However,if you continue to remain unsatisfiedafter following the procedureoutlined in Steps One and Two, youcan file with the Better BusinessBureau (BBB) Auto Line Program toenforce your rights.

The BBB Auto Line Program is anout-of-court program administeredby the Council of Better BusinessBureaus to settle automotivedisputes regarding vehicle repairs orthe interpretation of the New VehicleLimited Warranty. Although you maybe required to resort to this informaldispute resolution program prior tofiling a court action, use of theprogram is free of charge and yourcase will generally be heard within40 days. If you do not agree with thedecision given in your case, youmay reject it and proceed with anyother venue for relief availableto you.

You may contact the BBB Auto LineProgram using the toll-freetelephone number or write them atthe following address:

BBB Auto Line ProgramCouncil of Better Business Bureaus,Inc.3033 Wilson Blvd.Suite 600Arlington, VA 22201

Telephone: 1-800-955-5100http://www.bbb.org/council/programs-services/dispute-handling-and-resolution/bbb-auto-line

This program is available in all50 states and the District ofColumbia. Eligibility is limited byvehicle age, mileage, and otherfactors. General Motors reservesthe right to change eligibilitylimitations and/or discontinue itsparticipation in this program.

STEP THREE — CanadianOwners : In the event that you donot feel your concerns have beenaddressed after following theprocedure outlined in Steps One



and Two, General Motors of CanadaCompany wants you to be aware ofits participation in a no-chargeMediation/Arbitration Program.General Motors of CanadaCompany has committed to bindingarbitration of owner disputesinvolving factory-related vehicleservice claims. The programprovides for the review of the factsinvolved by an impartial third partyarbiter, and may include an informalhearing before the arbiter. Theprogram is designed so that theentire dispute settlement process,from the time you file your complaintto the final decision, should becompleted in about 70 days. Webelieve our impartial program offersadvantages over courts in mostjurisdictions because it is informal,quick, and free of charge.

For further information concerningeligibility in the Canadian MotorVehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or callthe General Motors Customer CareCentre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),1-800-263-7854 (French),or write to:

Mediation/Arbitration Programc/o Customer Care CentreGeneral Motors of CanadaCompanyMail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

Your inquiry should be accompaniedby the Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

Customer AssistanceOfficesGMC encourages customers to callthe toll-free number for assistance.However, if a customer wishes towrite or e-mail GMC, the lettershould be addressed to:

United States and Puerto Rico

GMC Customer Assistance CenterP.O. Box 33172Detroit, MI 48232-5172

www.GMC.com

1-800-GMC-8782 (1-800-462-8782)1-888-889-2438 (For TextTelephone devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance:1-888-881-3302

From U.S. Virgin Islands:

1-800-496-9994

Canada

General Motors of CanadaCompanyCustomer Care Centre, Mail Code:CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7www.gmc.ca

1-800-263-3777 (English)1-800-263-7854 (French)1-800-263-3830 (For TextTelephone Devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance:1-800-268-6800

Overseas

Please contact the local GeneralMotors Business Unit.



Customer Assistance forText Telephone (TTY)UsersTo assist customers who are deaf,hard of hearing, or speech-impairedand who use Text Telephones(TTYs), GMC has TTY equipmentavailable at its Customer AssistanceCenter. Any TTY user in the U.S.can communicate with GMC bydialing: 1-888-889-2438. TTY usersin Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.

Online Owner Center

Online Owner Experience(U.S.) my.gmc.com

The GMC online owner experienceis a one-stop resource that allowsinteraction with GMC and keepsimportant vehicle-specificinformation in one place.

Membership Benefits

E : Download owner’s manualsand view vehicle-specific how-tovideos.

G : View maintenance schedules,alerts, and OnStar onboard vehiclediagnostic information. Scheduleservice appointments.

I : View and print dealer-recordedservice records and self-recordedservice records.

D : Select a dealer and viewlocations, maps, phone numbers,and hours.

r : Track your vehicle’s warrantyinformation.

J : View active recalls by VehicleIdentification Number (VIN). SeeVehicle Identification Number (VIN)0 365.

H : View GM Card, SiriusXMSatellite radio (if equipped), andOnStar account information (ifequipped).

F : Chat live with online helprepresentatives.

See my.gmc.com to register yourvehicle.

GMC Centre (Canada) gmc.ca

Take a trip to the GMC Centre:

. Chat live with online helprepresentatives.

. Use the Vehicle Tools section.

. Access third party enthusiastsites and social media networks.

. Locate resources such aslease-end, financing, andwarranty information.

. Retrieve your favorite articles,quizzes, tips, and multimediagalleries organized into theFeatures and Auto CareSections.

. Download the owner’s manualfor your vehicle, quickly andeasily.

. Find the GMC-recommendedmaintenance services for yourvehicle.



GM MobilityReimbursement Program

This program is available toqualified applicants for costreimbursement, up to certain limits,of eligible aftermarket adaptiveequipment required for the vehicle,such as hand controls or awheelchair/scooter lift for thevehicle.

To learn about the GM Mobilityprogram, see www.gmmobility.comor call the GM Mobility AssistanceCenter at 1-800-323-9935. TextTelephone (TTY) users, call1-800-833-9935.

General Motors of Canada also hasa Mobility program. See www.gm.caor call 1-800-GM-DRIVE(800-463-7483) for details. TTYusers call 1-800-263-3830.

Roadside AssistanceProgramFor U.S.-purchased vehicles, call1-888-881-3302; (Text Telephone(TTY): 1-888-889-2438).

For Canadian-purchased vehicles,call 1-800-268-6800.

Service is available 24 hours a day,365 days a year.

Calling for Assistance

When calling Roadside Assistance,have the following informationready:

. Your name, home address, andhome telephone number

. Telephone number of yourlocation

. Location of the vehicle

. Model, year, color, and licenseplate number of the vehicle

. Odometer reading, VehicleIdentification Number (VIN), anddelivery date of the vehicle

. Description of the problem

Coverage

Services are provided for theduration of the vehicle's powertrainwarranty.

In the U.S., anyone driving thevehicle is covered. In Canada, aperson driving the vehicle withoutpermission from the owner is notcovered.

Roadside Assistance is not a part ofthe New Vehicle Limited Warranty.General Motors North America andGMC reserve the right to make anychanges or discontinue theRoadside Assistance program atany time without notification.

General Motors North America andGMC reserve the right to limitservices or payment to an owner ordriver if they decide the claims aremade too often, or the same type ofclaim is made many times.

Services Provided. Emergency Fuel Delivery:

Delivery of enough fuel for thevehicle to get to the nearestservice station.


374 Customer Information. Lock-Out Service: Service to

unlock the vehicle if you arelocked out. A remote unlock maybe available if you have OnStar.For security reasons, the drivermust present identificationbefore this service is given.

. Emergency Tow from a PublicRoad or Highway: Tow to thenearest GMC dealer for warrantyservice, or if the vehicle was in acrash and cannot be driven.Assistance is not given when thevehicle is stuck in the sand,mud, or snow.

. Flat Tire Change: Service tochange a flat tire with the sparetire. The spare tire, if equipped,must be in good condition andproperly inflated. It is the owner'sresponsibility for the repair orreplacement of the tire if it is notcovered by the warranty.

. Battery Jump Start: Service tojump start a dead battery.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andAssistance: If your trip isinterrupted due to a warranty

event, incidental expenses maybe reimbursed within thePowertrain warranty period.Items considered are reasonableand customary hotel, meals,rental car, or a vehicle beingdelivered back to the customer,up to 500 miles.

Services Not Included inRoadside Assistance. Impound towing caused by

violation of any laws

. Legal fines

. Mounting, dismounting,or changing of snow tires,chains, or other traction devices

Service is not provided if a vehicleis in an area that is not accessibleto the service vehicle or is not aregularly traveled or maintainedpublic road, which includes ice andwinter roads. Off-road use is notcovered.

Services Specific toCanadian-Purchased Vehicles. Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement

is up to 7 L. Diesel fuel deliverymay be restricted. Propane andother fuels are not providedthrough this service.

. Lock-Out Service: Vehicleregistration is required.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andAssistance: Must be over150 km from where your trip wasstarted to qualify.Pre-authorization, originaldetailed receipts, and a copy ofthe repair orders are required.Once authorization has beenreceived, the RoadsideAssistance advisor will help tomake arrangements and explainhow to receive payment.

. Alternative Service: Ifassistance cannot be providedright away, the RoadsideAssistance advisor may givepermission to get localemergency road service. You willreceive payment, up to $100,



after sending the original receiptto Roadside Assistance.Mechanical failures may becovered, however any cost forparts and labor for repairs notcovered by the warranty are theowner responsibility.

Scheduling ServiceAppointmentsWhen the vehicle requires warrantyservice, contact your dealer andrequest an appointment. Byscheduling a service appointmentand advising the service consultantof your transportation needs, yourdealer can help minimize yourinconvenience.

If the vehicle cannot be scheduledinto the service departmentimmediately, keep driving it until itcan be scheduled for service,unless, of course, the problem issafety related. If it is, please callyour dealership, let them know this,and ask for instructions.

If your dealer requests you to bringthe vehicle for service, you areurged to do so as early in the workday as possible to allow forsame-day repair.

Courtesy TransportationProgramTo enhance your ownershipexperience, we and our participatingdealers are proud to offer CourtesyTransportation, a customer supportprogram for vehicles with theBumper-to-Bumper (Base WarrantyCoverage period in Canada),extended powertrain, and/orhybrid-specific warranties in boththe U.S. and Canada.

Several Courtesy Transportationoptions are available to assist inreducing inconvenience whenwarranty repairs are required.

Courtesy Transportation is not apart of the New Vehicle LimitedWarranty. A separate bookletentitled “Limited Warranty andOwner Assistance Information”

furnished with each new vehicleprovides detailed warranty coverageinformation.

Transportation Options

Warranty service can generally becompleted while you wait. However,if you are unable to do so, yourdealer may offer the followingtransportation options:

Shuttle Service

This includes one-way or round-tripshuttle service within reasonabletime and distance parameters ofyour dealer's area.

Public Transportation or FuelReimbursement

If overnight warranty repairs areneeded, and public transportation isused, the expense must besupported by original receipts andwithin the maximum amount allowedby GM for shuttle service. If U.S.customers arrange their owntransportation, limitedreimbursement for reasonable fuelexpenses may be available. Claimamounts should reflect actual costs



and be supported by originalreceipts. See your dealer forinformation.

Courtesy Rental Vehicle

For an overnight warranty repair, thedealer may provide an availablecourtesy rental vehicle or provide forreimbursement of a rental vehicle.Reimbursement is limited and mustbe supported by original receipts aswell as a signed and completedrental agreement and meet state/provincial, local, and rental vehicleprovider requirements.Requirements vary and may includeminimum age requirements,insurance coverage, credit card, etc.Additional fees such as fuel usagecharges, taxes, levies, usage fees,excessive mileage, or rental usagebeyond the completion of the repairare also your responsibility.

It may not be possible to provide alike vehicle as a courtesy rental.

Additional ProgramInformation

All program options, such as shuttleservice, may not be available atevery dealer. Contact your dealerfor specific availability.

General Motors reserves the right tounilaterally modify, change,or discontinue CourtesyTransportation at any time and toresolve all questions of claimeligibility pursuant to the terms andconditions described herein at itssole discretion.

Collision Damage RepairIf the vehicle is involved in acollision and it is damaged, have thedamage repaired by a qualifiedtechnician using the properequipment and quality replacementparts. Poorly performed collisionrepairs diminish the vehicle resalevalue, and safety performance canbe compromised in subsequentcollisions.

Collision Parts

Genuine GM Collision parts are newparts made with the same materialsand construction methods as theparts with which the vehicle wasoriginally built. Genuine GMCollision parts are the best choice toensure that the vehicle's designedappearance, durability, and safetyare preserved. The use of GenuineGM parts can help maintain the GMNew Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Recycled original equipment partsmay also be used for repair. Theseparts are typically removed fromvehicles that were total losses inprior crashes. In most cases, theparts being recycled are fromundamaged sections of the vehicle.A recycled original equipment GMpart may be an acceptable choice tomaintain the vehicle's originallydesigned appearance and safetyperformance; however, the history ofthese parts is not known. Such partsare not covered by the GM NewVehicle Limited Warranty, and anyrelated failures are not covered bythat warranty.



Aftermarket collision parts are alsoavailable. These are made bycompanies other than GM and maynot have been tested for the vehicle.As a result, these parts may fitpoorly, exhibit premature durability/corrosion problems, and may notperform properly in subsequentcollisions. Aftermarket parts are notcovered by the GM New VehicleLimited Warranty, and any vehiclefailure related to such parts is notcovered by that warranty.

Repair Facility

GM also recommends that youchoose a collision repair facility thatmeets your needs before you everneed collision repairs. Your dealermay have a collision repair centerwith GM-trained technicians andstate-of-the-art equipment, or beable to recommend a collision repaircenter that has GM-trainedtechnicians and comparableequipment.

Insuring the Vehicle

Protect your investment in the GMvehicle with comprehensive andcollision insurance coverage. Thereare significant differences in thequality of coverage afforded byvarious insurance policy terms.Many insurance policies providereduced protection to the GMvehicle by limiting compensation fordamage repairs through the use ofaftermarket collision parts. Someinsurance companies will notspecify aftermarket collision parts.When purchasing insurance, werecommend that you ensure that thevehicle will be repaired with GMoriginal equipment collision parts.If such insurance coverage is notavailable from your currentinsurance carrier, consider switchingto another insurance carrier.

If the vehicle is leased, the leasingcompany may require you to haveinsurance that ensures repairs withGenuine GM Original EquipmentManufacturer (OEM) parts orGenuine Manufacturer replacement

parts. Read the lease carefully, asyou may be charged at the end ofthe lease for poor quality repairs.

If a Crash Occurs

If there has been an injury, callemergency services for help. Do notleave the scene of a crash until allmatters have been taken care of.Move the vehicle only if its positionputs you in danger, or you areinstructed to move it by a policeofficer.

Give only the necessary informationto police and other parties involvedin the crash.

For emergency towing seeRoadside Assistance Program0 373.

Gather the following information:

. Driver name, address, andtelephone number

. Driver license number

. Owner name, address, andtelephone number

. Vehicle license plate number


378 Customer Information. Vehicle make, model, and

model year

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

. Insurance company and policynumber

. General description of thedamage to the other vehicle

Choose a reputable repair facilitythat uses quality replacement parts.See “Collision Parts” earlier in thissection.

If the airbag has inflated, see WhatWill You See after an AirbagInflates? 0 81.

Managing the Vehicle DamageRepair Process

In the event that the vehicle requiresdamage repairs, GM recommendsthat you take an active role in itsrepair. If you have a pre-determinedrepair facility of choice, take thevehicle there, or have it towed there.Specify to the facility that anyrequired replacement collision partsbe original equipment parts, eithernew Genuine GM parts or recycled

original GM parts. Remember,recycled parts will not be covered bythe GM vehicle warranty.

Insurance pays the bill for the repair,but you must live with the repair.Depending on your policy limits,your insurance company mayinitially value the repair usingaftermarket parts. Discuss this withthe repair professional, and insist onGenuine GM parts. Remember,if the vehicle is leased, you may beobligated to have the vehiclerepaired with Genuine GM parts,even if your insurance coveragedoes not pay the full cost.

If another party's insurancecompany is paying for the repairs,you are not obligated to accept arepair valuation based on thatinsurance company's collision policyrepair limits, as you have nocontractual limits with that company.In such cases, you can have controlof the repair and parts choices aslong as the cost stays withinreasonable limits.

Service PublicationsOrdering Information

Service Manuals

Service Manuals have the diagnosisand repair information on theengines, transmission, axle,suspension, brakes, electrical,steering, body, etc.

Owner Information

Owner publications are writtenspecifically for owners and intendedto provide basic operationalinformation about the vehicle. TheOwner’s Manual includes theMaintenance Schedule for allmodels.

In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,Owner’s Manual, and WarrantyManual.

RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 –$40.00 (U.S.) plus handling andshipping fees.

Without Pouch: Owner’sManual only.



RETAIL SELL PRICE:$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling andshipping fees.

Current and Past Models

Service and Owner publications areavailable for many current and pastmodel year GM vehicles.

ORDER TOLL FREE:1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time

For Credit Card Orders Only(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), seeHelm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.

Or write to:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170

Prices are subject to change withoutnotice and without incurringobligation. Allow ample time fordelivery.

All listed prices are quoted in U.S.funds. Make checks payable in U.S.funds.

Radio FrequencyStatementThis vehicle has systems thatoperate on a radio frequency thatcomplies with Part 15/Part 18 of theFederal CommunicationsCommission (FCC) rules and withInnovation, Science and EconomicDevelopment (ISED) Canada'sRSP-100 / license-exempt RSS's /ICES-001.

Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:

1. The device may not causeharmful interference.

2. The device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may causeundesired operation of thedevice.

Changes or modifications to any ofthese systems by other than anauthorized service facility could voidauthorization to use this equipment.

Reporting SafetyDefects

Reporting Safety Defectsto the United StatesGovernmentIf you believe that your vehiclehas a defect which could causea crash or could cause injury ordeath, you should immediatelyinform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifyingGeneral Motors.

If NHTSA receives similarcomplaints, it may open aninvestigation, and if it finds thata safety defect exists in a groupof vehicles, it may order a recalland remedy campaign.However, NHTSA cannotbecome involved in individualproblems between you, yourdealer, or General Motors.



To contact NHTSA, you may callthe Vehicle Safety Hotlinetoll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:

Administrator, NHTSA1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.Washington, D.C. 20590

You can also obtain otherinformation about motor vehiclesafety from http://www.safercar.gov.

Reporting Safety Defectsto the CanadianGovernmentIf you live in Canada, and youbelieve that the vehicle has asafety defect, notify TransportCanada immediately, and notifyGeneral Motors of CanadaCompany. Call TransportCanada at 1-800-333-0510;go to:

www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English)

www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French)

or write to:

Transport CanadaMotor Vehicle Safety DirectorateDefect Investigations andRecalls Division80 Noel StreetGatineau, QC J8Z 0A1

Reporting Safety Defectsto General MotorsIn addition to notifying NHTSA (orTransport Canada) in a situation likethis, notify General Motors.

Call 1-800-GMC-8782(1-800-462-8782), or write:

GMC Customer Assistance CenterP.O. Box 33172Detroit, MI 48232-5172

In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777(English) or 1-800-263-7854(French), or write:

General Motors of CanadaCompanyCustomer Care Centre, Mail Code:CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

In Mexico, call 01-800-466-0801.

In other Central America andCaribbean Countries, call52-722-236-0680.



Vehicle DataRecording andPrivacyThe vehicle has a number ofcomputers that record informationabout the vehicle’s performance andhow it is driven. For example, thevehicle uses computer modules tomonitor and control engine andtransmission performance, tomonitor the conditions for airbagdeployment and deploy them in acrash, and, if equipped, to provideantilock braking to help the drivercontrol the vehicle. These modulesmay store data to help the dealertechnician service the vehicle.Some modules may also store dataabout how the vehicle is operated,such as rate of fuel consumption oraverage speed. These modules mayretain personal preferences, such asradio presets, seat positions, andtemperature settings.

Event Data RecordersThis vehicle is equipped with anevent data recorder (EDR). Themain purpose of an EDR is torecord, in certain crash or nearcrash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a roadobstacle, data that will assist inunderstanding how a vehicle’ssystems performed. The EDR isdesigned to record data related tovehicle dynamics and safetysystems for a short period of time,typically 30 seconds or less. TheEDR in this vehicle is designed torecord such data as:

. How various systems in yourvehicle were operating;

. Whether or not the driver andpassenger safety belts werebuckled/fastened;

. How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,

. How fast the vehicle wastraveling.

These data can help provide abetter understanding of thecircumstances in which crashes andinjuries occur.

NoteEDR data are recorded by yourvehicle only if a non-trivial crashsituation occurs; no data arerecorded by the EDR under normaldriving conditions and no personaldata (e.g., name, gender, age, andcrash location) are recorded.However, other parties, such as lawenforcement, could combine theEDR data with the type ofpersonally identifying data routinelyacquired during a crashinvestigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR,special equipment is required, andaccess to the vehicle or the EDR isneeded. In addition to the vehiclemanufacturer, other parties, such aslaw enforcement, that have thespecial equipment, can read theinformation if they have access tothe vehicle or the EDR.



GM will not access these data orshare it with others except: with theconsent of the vehicle owner or,if the vehicle is leased, with theconsent of the lessee; in responseto an official request by police orsimilar government office; as part ofGM's defense of litigation throughthe discovery process; or, asrequired by law. Data that GMcollects or receives may also beused for GM research needs or maybe made available to others forresearch purposes, where a need isshown and the data is not tied to aspecific vehicle or vehicle owner.

OnStarIf the vehicle is equipped withOnStar and has an active serviceplan, additional data may becollected through the OnStarsystem. This includes informationabout the vehicle’s operation;collisions involving the vehicle; theuse of the vehicle and its features;and, in certain situations, thelocation and approximate GPSspeed of the vehicle. Refer to the

OnStar Terms and Conditions andPrivacy Statement on the OnStarwebsite.

See OnStar Additional Information0 389.

Infotainment SystemIf the vehicle is equipped with anavigation system as part of theinfotainment system, use of thesystem may result in the storage ofdestinations, addresses, telephonenumbers, and other trip information.See the infotainment manual forinformation on stored data and fordeletion instructions.


OnStar 383

OnStar

OnStar OverviewOnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383

OnStar ServicesEmergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388

OnStar Additional InformationOnStar Additional

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389

OnStar Overview

= Voice Command Button

Q Blue OnStar Button

> Red Emergency Button

This vehicle may be equipped with acomprehensive, in-vehicle systemthat can connect to an OnStarAdvisor for Emergency, Security,Navigation, Connections, andDiagnostics Services. OnStarservices may require a paid serviceplan and data plan. OnStar requiresthe vehicle battery and electricalsystem, cellular service, and GPSsatellite signals to be available andoperating. OnStar acts as a link toexisting emergency serviceproviders. OnStar may collectinformation about you and yourvehicle, including locationinformation. See OnStar User

Terms, Privacy Statement, andSoftware Terms for more detailsincluding system limitations atwww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

The OnStar system status light isnext to the OnStar buttons. If thestatus light is:

. Solid Green: System is ready.

. Flashing Green: On a call.

. Red: Indicates a problem.

. Off: System is active. PressQtwice to speak with an OnStarAdvisor.

PressQ or call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) to speak to anAdvisor.

Functionality of the Voice Commandbutton may vary by vehicle andregion.


384 OnStar

Press= to:

. Open the OnStar app on theinfotainment display. See theinfotainment manual forinformation on how to use theOnStar app.

Or

. Make a call, end a call,or answer an incoming call.

. Give OnStar Hands-Free Callingvoice commands.

. Give OnStar Turn-by-TurnNavigation voice commands.

. Obtain and customize the Wi-Fihotspot name or SSID andpassword, if equipped.

PressQ to connect to anAdvisor to:

. Verify account information orupdate contact information.

. Get driving directions.

. Receive a Diagnostic check ofthe vehicle's key operatingsystems.

. Receive Roadside Assistance.

. Manage Wi-Fi Settings,if equipped.

Press> to get a priority connectionto an OnStar Advisor available 24/7 to:

. Get help for an emergency.

. Be a Good Samaritan orrespond to an AMBER Alert.

. Get assistance in severeweather or other crisis situationsand find evacuation routes.

OnStar Services

EmergencyEmergency Services require anactive, OnStar service plan(excludes Basic Plan). WithAutomatic Crash Response, built-insensors can automatically alert aspecially trained OnStar Advisorwho is immediately connected in tothe vehicle to help.

Press> for a priority connection toan OnStar Advisor who can contactemergency service providers, directthem to your exact location, andrelay important information.

With OnStar Crisis Assist, speciallytrained Advisors are available24 hours a day, 7 days a week, toprovide a central point of contact,assistance, and information during acrisis.

With Roadside Assistance, Advisorscan locate a nearby service providerto help with a flat tire, a batteryjump, or an empty gas tank.


OnStar 385

SecurityIf equipped, OnStar provides theseservices:

. With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,OnStar Advisors can use GPS topinpoint the vehicle and helpauthorities quickly recover it.

. With Remote Ignition Block,if equipped, OnStar can blockthe engine from being restarted.

. With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,if equipped, OnStar can workwith law enforcement togradually slow the vehicle down.

Theft Alarm Notification

If equipped, if the doors are lockedand the vehicle alarm sounds, anotification by text, e-mail, or phonecall will be sent. If the vehicle isstolen, an OnStar Advisor can workwith authorities to recover thevehicle.

NavigationOnStar navigation requires aspecific OnStar service plan.

PressQ to receive Turn-by-Turndirections or have them sent to thevehicle’s navigation screen,if equipped.

Turn-by-Turn Navigation

1. PressQ to connect to anAdvisor.

2. Request directions to bedownloaded to the vehicle.

3. Follow the voice-guidedcommands.

Using Voice CommandsDuring a Planned Route

Functionality of the Voice Commandbutton may vary by vehicle andregion. For some vehicles, press=to open the OnStar app on theinfotainment display. For othervehicles press= as follows.

Cancel Route

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

2. Say “Cancel route.” Systemresponds: “Do you want tocancel directions?”

3. Say “Yes.” System responds:“OK, request completed, thankyou, goodbye.”

Route Preview


2. Say “Route preview.” Systemresponds with the next threemaneuvers.

Repeat


2. Say “Repeat.” Systemresponds with the last directiongiven, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.


386 OnStar

Get My Destination


2. Say “Get my destination.”System responds with theaddress and distance to thedestination, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Send Destination to Vehicle

Directions can be sent to thevehicle’s navigation screen,if equipped.

PressQ, then ask the Advisor todownload directions to the vehicle’snavigation system, if equipped. Afterthe call ends, the navigation screenwill provide prompts to begin drivingdirections. Routes that are sent tothe navigation screen can only becanceled through the navigationsystem.

See www.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

ConnectionsThe following OnStar services helpwith staying connected.

For coverage maps, seewww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

Ensuring Security

. Change the default passwordsfor the Wi-Fi hotspot andmyGMC mobile application.Make these passwords differentfrom each other and use acombination of letters, numbers,and symbols to increase thesecurity.

. Change the default name of theSSID (Service Set Identifier).This is your network’s name thatis visible to other wirelessdevices. Choose a unique nameand avoid family names orvehicle descriptions.

OnStar Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped)

The vehicle may have a built-inWi-Fi hotspot that provides accessto the Internet and web content at

4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobiledevices can be connected. A dataplan is required. Use the in-vehiclecontrols only when it is safe todo so.

1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspotinformation, press= to openthe OnStar app on theinfotainment display, thenselect Wi-Fi Hotspot. On somevehicles, touch Wi-Fi or Wi-FiSettings on the screen.

2. The Wi-Fi settings will displaythe Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID),password, and on somevehicles, the connection type(no Internet connection, 3G,4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality(poor, good, excellent).

3. To change the SSID orpassword, pressQ or call1-888-4ONSTAR to connectwith an Advisor. On somevehicles, the SSID andpassword can be changed inthe Wi-Fi Hotspot menu.


OnStar 387

After initial set-up, your vehicle’sWi-Fi hotspot will connectautomatically to your mobiledevices. Manage data usage byturning Wi-Fi on or off on yourmobile device, using the myGMCmobile app, or by contacting anOnStar Advisor. On some vehicles,Wi-Fi can also be managed from theWi-Fi Hotspot menu.

MyGMC Mobile App (If Available)

Download the myGMC mobile appto compatible Apple and Androidsmartphones. GMC users canaccess the following services from asmartphone:

. Remotely start/stop the vehicle,if factory-equipped.

. Lock/unlock doors, if equippedwith automatic locks.

. Activate the horn and lamps.

. Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oillife, or tire pressure,if factory-equipped with the TirePressure Monitor System.

. Send destinations to the vehicle.

. Locate the vehicle on a map(U.S. market only).

. Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspoton/off, manage settings, andmonitor data consumption,if equipped.

. Locate a dealer and scheduleservice.

. Request roadside assistance.

. Set a parking reminder with pindrop, take a photo, make a note,and set a timer.

. Connect with GMC on socialmedia.

For myGMC mobile app informationand compatibility, see my.gmc.com.

An active OnStar service,compatible device, factory-installedremote start, and power locks arerequired. Data rates apply. Seeonstar.com for details and systemlimitations.

Remote Services

Contact an OnStar Advisor tounlock the doors or sound the hornand flash the lamps.

OnStar AtYourService

OnStar Advisors can provide offersfrom restaurants and retailers onyour route, help locate hotels,or book a room. These servicesvary by market.

OnStar Hands-Free Calling

Make and receive calls with thebuilt-in wireless calling service,which requires available minutes.Functionality of the Voice Commandbutton may vary by vehicle andregion. For some vehicles, press=to open the OnStar app on theinfotainment display, then selectHands-Free calling. For othervehicles press= as follows.

Make a Call

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready.”

2. Say “Call.” System responds:“Call. Please say the name ornumber to call.”


388 OnStar

3. Say the entire number withoutpausing, including a “1” and thearea code. System responds:“OK, calling.”

Calling 911 Emergency


2. Say “Call.” System responds:“Call. Please say the name ornumber to call.”

3. Say “911” without pausing.System responds: “911.”

4. Say “Call.” System responds:“OK, dialing 911.”

Retrieve My Number


2. Say “My number.” Systemresponds: “Your OnStarHands-Free Calling number is,”then says the number.

End a Call

Press=. System responds: “Callended.”

Verify Minutes and Expiration

Press= and say “Minutes” then“Verify” to check how many minutesremain and their expiration date.

DiagnosticsBy monitoring and reporting on thevehicle’s key systems, OnStarAdvanced Diagnostics provides away to keep up on maintenance.Capabilities vary by model. Seewww.onstar.com for details andsystem limitations. Message anddata rates may apply. AdvancedDiagnostics requires an activeOnStar paid service plan, e-mailaddress on file, and enrollment inAdvanced Diagnostics.

Includes:

. Diagnostic Alerts: Setpreferences to receive real-timee-mails, texts, or monthly reportsof the vehicle’s health. OrpressQ to have an Advisorinitiate a remote diagnosticreport.

. Proactive Alerts: Receive areal-time e-mail or text messageregarding potential issues withkey vehicle components, suchas the battery, fuel system,or starter system. Alerts forpotential issues appear on theinfotainment display. ProactiveAlerts are designed to helppredict specific types of issuesbased on information collectedfrom the vehicle. Other factorsmay affect vehicle performance.Not all issues will deliver alerts.In some cases, a dealer servicecheck may be required toconfirm the accuracy of thealerts.

. Dealer Maintenance Notification:Have the vehicle notify yourpreferred dealer when it is timefor maintenance. Your dealer willthen contact you to set up anappointment.

To begin, pressQ to speak to anAdvisor, or see www.onstar.com.


OnStar 389

OnStar AdditionalInformationOnStar Smart Driver

OnStar Smart Driver providesinformation about driving behavior tohelp maximize overall vehicleperformance, reduce wear and tear,and enhance fuel efficiency. AnInsurance Discounts Eligibilityfeature is also offered within OnStarSmart Driver. See www.onstar.comfor details regarding vehicleeligibility and system limitations.

OnStar, General Motors, and theiraffiliates are not insuranceproviders. Obtain insurance onlyfrom licensed insurance providers.

In-Vehicle Audio Messages

Audio messages may play importantinformation at the following times:

. Prior to vehicle purchase.PressQ to set up an account.

. With the OnStar Basic Plan,every 60 days.

. After change in ownership andat 90 days.

Transferring Service

PressQ to request account transfereligibility information. The Advisorcan cancel or change accountinformation.

Selling/Transferring theVehicle

Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) immediately toterminate your OnStar services ifthe vehicle is disposed of, sold,transferred, or if the lease ends.

Reactivation for SubsequentOwners

PressQ and follow the prompts tospeak to an Advisor as soon aspossible. The Advisor will updatevehicle records and explain OnStarservice options.

How OnStar Service Works

Automatic Crash Response,Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,Stolen Vehicle Assistance,

Advanced Vehicle Diagnostics,Remote Services, RoadsideAssistance, Turn-by-TurnNavigation, and Hands-Free Callingare available on most vehicles. Notall OnStar services are availableeverywhere or on all vehicles. Formore information, a full descriptionof OnStar services, systemlimitations, and OnStar User Terms,Privacy Statement, and SoftwareTerms:

. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827).

. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).

. See www.onstar.ca (Canada).

. Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.

. PressQ to speak with anAdvisor.

OnStar services cannot work unlessthe vehicle is in a place whereOnStar has an agreement with awireless service provider for servicein that area. The wireless serviceprovider must also have coverage,network capacity, reception, andtechnology compatible with OnStar


390 OnStar

services. Service involving locationinformation about the vehicle cannotwork unless GPS signals areavailable, unobstructed, andcompatible with the OnStarhardware. OnStar services may notwork if the OnStar equipment is notproperly installed or it has not beenproperly maintained. If equipment orsoftware is added, connected,or modified, OnStar services maynot work. Other problems beyondthe control of OnStar — such ashills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather,electrical system design andarchitecture of the vehicle, damageto the vehicle in a crash, or wirelessphone network congestion orjamming — may prevent service.


Services for People withDisabilities

Advisors provide services to helpwith physical disabilities andmedical conditions.

PressQ to help:

. Locate a gas station with anattendant to pump gas.

. Find a hotel, restaurant, etc.,that meets accessibility needs.

. Provide directions to the closesthospital or pharmacy in urgentsituations.

TTY Users

OnStar has the ability tocommunicate to deaf,hard-of-hearing, or speech-impairedcustomers while in the vehicle. Theavailable dealer-installed TTYsystem can provide in-vehicleaccess to all OnStar services,except Virtual Advisor and OnStarTurn-by-Turn Navigation.

OnStar Personal IdentificationNumber (PIN)

A PIN is needed to access someOnStar services. The PIN will needto be changed the first time whenspeaking with an Advisor. To

change the OnStar PIN, contact anOnStar Advisor by pressingQ orcalling 1-888-4ONSTAR.

Warranty

OnStar equipment may bewarranted as part of the vehiclewarranty.

Languages

The vehicle can be programmed torespond in multiple languages.PressQ and ask for an Advisor.Advisors are available in English,Spanish, and French. Availablelanguages may vary by country.

Potential Issues

OnStar cannot perform RemoteDoor Unlock or Stolen VehicleAssistance after the vehicle hasbeen off continuously for 10 dayswithout an ignition cycle. If thevehicle has not been started for10 days, OnStar can contactRoadside Assistance or a locksmithto help gain access to the vehicle.


OnStar 391

Global PositioningSystem (GPS). Obstruction of the GPS can

occur in a large city with tallbuildings; in parking garages;around airports; in tunnels andunderpasses; or in an area withvery dense trees. If GPS signalsare not available, the OnStarsystem should still operate tocall OnStar. However, OnStarcould have difficulty identifyingthe exact location.

. In emergency situations, OnStarcan use the last stored GPSlocation to send to emergencyresponders.

A temporary loss of GPS can causeloss of the ability to send aTurn-by-Turn Navigation route. TheAdvisor may give a verbal route ormay ask for a call back after thevehicle is driven into an open area.

Cellular and GPS Antennas

Cellular reception is required forOnStar to send remote signals tothe vehicle. Do not place items over

or near the antenna to preventblocking cellular and GPS signalreception.

Unable to Connect to OnStarMessage

If there is limited cellular coverageor the cellular network has reachedmaximum capacity, this messagemay come on. PressQ to try thecall again or try again after driving afew miles into another cellular area.

Vehicle and Power Issues

OnStar services require a vehicleelectrical system, wireless service,and GPS satellite technologies to beavailable and operating for featuresto function properly. These systemsmay not operate if the battery isdischarged or disconnected.

Add-on Electrical Equipment

The OnStar system is integratedinto the electrical architecture of thevehicle. Do not add any electricalequipment. Added electrical

equipment may interfere with theoperation of the OnStar system andcause it to not operate.

Vehicle Software Updates

OnStar or GM may remotely deliversoftware updates or changes to thevehicle without further notice orconsent. These updates or changesmay enhance or maintain safety,security, or the operation of thevehicle or the vehicle systems.Software updates or changes mayaffect or erase data or settings thatare stored in the vehicle, such asOnStar Hands-Free Calling nametags, saved navigation destinations,or pre-set radio stations. NeitherOnStar nor GM is responsible forany affected or erased data orsettings. These updates or changesmay also collect personalinformation. Such collection isdescribed in the OnStar privacystatement or separately disclosed atthe time of installation. Theseupdates or changes may also causea system to automaticallycommunicate with GM servers tocollect information about vehicle


392 OnStar

system status, identify whetherupdates or changes are available,or deliver updates or changes. Anactive OnStar agreement constitutesconsent to these software updatesor changes and agreement thateither OnStar or GM may remotelydeliver them to the vehicle.

Privacy

The complete OnStar PrivacyStatement may be found atwww.onstar.com (U.S.),or www.onstar.ca (Canada). Werecommend that you review it. If youhave any questions, call1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)or pressQ to speak with anAdvisor. Users of wirelesscommunications are cautioned thatthe privacy of any information sentvia wireless cellular communicationscannot be assured. Third partiesmay unlawfully intercept or accesstransmissions and privatecommunications without consent.

OnStar - SoftwareAcknowledgements

Certain OnStar components includelibcurl and unzip software and otherthird party software. Below are thenotices and licenses associated withlibcurl and unzip and for other thirdparty software please see http://opensource.lge.com/index

www.onstar.com/us/en/

libcurl:

COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSIONNOTICE

Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, DanielStenberg, <[email protected]>.

All rights reserved.

Permission to use, copy, modify,and distribute this software for anypurpose with or without fee ishereby granted, provided that theabove copyright notice and thispermission notice appear in allcopies.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OFANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOTLIMITED TO THE WARRANTIESOF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSEAND NONINFRINGEMENT OFTHIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NOEVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS ORCOPYRIGHT HOLDERS BELIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,WHETHER IN AN ACTION OFCONTRACT, TORT OROTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTIONWITH THE SOFTWARE OR THEUSE OR OTHER DEALINGS INTHE SOFTWARE.

Except as contained in this notice,the name of a copyright holder shallnot be used in advertising orotherwise to promote the sale, useor other dealings in this Softwarewithout prior written authorization ofthe copyright holder.

unzip:

This is version 2005-Feb-10 of theInfo-ZIP copyright and license. Thedefinitive version of this document


OnStar 393

should be available at ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/license.html indefinitely.

Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. Allrights reserved.

For the purposes of this copyrightand license, “Info-ZIP” is defined asthe following set of individuals:

Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, EdGordon, Ian Gorman, ChrisHerborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, KaiUwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,Rich Wales, Mike White.

This software is provided “as is,”without warranty of any kind,express or implied. In no event shallInfo-ZIP or its contributors be held

liable for any direct, indirect,incidental, special or consequentialdamages arising out of the use of orinability to use this software.

Permission is granted to anyone touse this software for any purpose,including commercial applications,and to alter it and redistribute itfreely, subject to the followingrestrictions:

1. Redistributions of source codemust retain the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions.

2. Redistributions in binary form(compiled executables) mustreproduce the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions indocumentation and/or othermaterials provided with thedistribution. The sole exceptionto this condition is redistributionof a standard UnZipSFX binary(including SFXWiz) as part of aself-extracting archive; that ispermitted without inclusion ofthis license, as long as the

normal SFX banner has notbeen removed from the binaryor disabled.

3. Altered versions–including, butnot limited to, ports to newoperating systems, existingports with new graphicalinterfaces, and dynamic,shared, or static libraryversions–must be plainlymarked as such and must notbe misrepresented as beingthe original source. Suchaltered versions also must notbe misrepresented as beingInfo-ZIP releases–including,but not limited to, labeling ofthe altered versions with thenames “Info-ZIP” (or anyvariation thereof, including, butnot limited to, differentcapitalizations), “PocketUnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”without the explicit permissionof Info-ZIP. Such alteredversions are further prohibitedfrom misrepresentative use ofthe Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mailaddresses or of theInfo-ZIP URL(s).


394 OnStar

4. Info-ZIP retains the right to usethe names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”and “MacZip” for its ownsource and binary releases.


Index 395

Index AAbout Driving the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 2Accessories and

Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 257Additional Information

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389Additional Maintenance

and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358Adjustments

Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . .59Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 274Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . .160, 162Air Filter, Passenger

Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165Airbag System

Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87How Does an Airbag

Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80Passenger Sensing System . . . .82What Makes an Airbag

Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80What Will You See after an

Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81When Should an Airbag

Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79

Airbag System (cont'd)Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . .78

AirbagsAdding Equipment to the

Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86Passenger Status Indicator . . . 126Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Servicing Airbag-Equipped

Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76

AlarmVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

AlertLane Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . 232

All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . .209, 285Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 210

Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Appearance Care

Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

Assistance Program,Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373

Assistance Systems forDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

Assistance Systems forParking and Backing . . . . . . . . . . 223


396 Index

AutomaticDimming Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Forward Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 154Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 274

Automatic TransmissionManual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

BBattery

Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Battery - North America . . . .284, 335Biodiesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 286Brake

Parking, Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210System Warning Light . . . . . . . . 129

Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Automatic Forward . . . . . . . . . . . 231

Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 185Bulb Replacement

Front Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . 289Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289High Intensity Discharge

(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 291Taillamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315

CCalibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113California

Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 237Perchlorate Materials

Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261California

Proposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .260, 284, 335,

Back CoverCanadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2Capacities and

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366Carbon Monoxide

Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41

Carbon Monoxide (cont'd)Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

CargoCover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 3Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 106Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320Charging

Wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 127Check

Engine Light (MalfunctionIndicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Child RestraintsInfants and Young Children . . . . .90Lower Anchors and Tethers

for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101, 103Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92

Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292Cleaning

Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . 160Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160Dual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162


Index 397

Climate Control Systems (cont'd)Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Cold Weather Operation . . . . . . . . 242Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 376Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 334Compartments

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Compressor Kit, Tire Sealant . . . 322Connections

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386Control

Hill Descent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216Traction and Electronic

Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213Control Light

Hill Descent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Coolant

Engine Temperature Gauge . . 124Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160, 162Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Courtesy TransportationProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375

CoverCargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 372

Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371Text Telephone (TTY)

Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372Customer Information

Service PublicationsOrdering Information . . . . . . . . 378

Customer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369

DDamage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 376Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 3Data Collection

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 382OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382

Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 381Daytime Running

Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

DiagnosticsOnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388

Diesel Exhaust Fluid . . . . . . . . 27, 198Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)

Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Diesel Particulate Filter . . . . . . . . . 197Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Door

Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39

Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 368Drive Systems

All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . 209, 285Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . 222Driver Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Driver Information

Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 216Driving

Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 228Characteristics and

Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . .26


398 Index

Driving (cont'd)Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 179If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 180Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 173Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 181Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

Driving the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Dual Automatic Climate

Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

EElectric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . 210Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . 130Electrical Equipment,

Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257Electrical System

Engine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 292Instrument Panel Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292Rear Compartment Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298

EmergencyOnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384

EngineAir Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274Check Light (Malfunction

Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 264Coolant Temperature

Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 368Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 197Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

EnginesDiesel Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 381Exhaust Fluid

Diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Extender, Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 151Exterior Lighting Battery

Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

FFeatures

Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

Replacement (Fuel) . . . . . . . . . . . 246Filter,

Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 274Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 154Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320

Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349Fluid

Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 274Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283Diesel Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Folding Seatback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Forward Automatic Braking . . . . . 231Forward Collision Alert

(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228


Index 399

Frequency StatementRadio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379

Front Fog LampLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Front SeatsAdjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58Heated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . .63

Front Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . . . 289Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Biodiesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241Cold Weather Operation . . . . . . 242Diesel Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26Filling a Portable Fuel

Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . 247, 248Filter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . 246Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 134Requirements, California . . . . . 237Running out of Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . 246Water in Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243What to Use in Canada and

Mexico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240What to Use in the U.S. . . . . . . 239

Fuel for Diesel Engines . . . . . . . . . 238

FusesEngine Compartment Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 292Instrument Panel Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296Rear Compartment Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298

GGarage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287Gauges

Engine CoolantTemperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Warning Lights and

Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118General Information

Service and Maintenance . . . . . 351Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

GM Mobility ReimbursementProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373

HHalogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 154Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Headlamps

Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Daytime Running

Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153High Intensity Discharge

(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 135High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 153Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 135

HeatedRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111

Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Heater

Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160, 162


400 Index

High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 179Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . . . . 216Hill Descent Control Light . . . . . . . 131Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 212Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111How to Wear Seat Belts

Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160, 162

IIgnition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Indicator

Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Infants and Young Children,

Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 382Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 50Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

JJump Starting - North

America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

KKeyless Entry

Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . .29Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

LLabeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 302Lamps

Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 153Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Exterior Lighting Battery

Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Front Turn Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291Malfunction Indicator

(Check Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Taillamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . 232Lane Departure

Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . 234Lane Keep Assist Light . . . . . . . . . 131Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

LATCH SystemReplacing Parts after a

Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100LATCH, Lower Anchors and

Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 95LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Lighting

Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 156LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

LightsAirbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Antilock Brake System

(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Brake System Warning . . . . . . . 129Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Check Engine (Malfunction

Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) . . . 134Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 130Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 133Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 153


Index 401

Lights (cont'd)Hill Descent Control . . . . . . . . . . 131Lane Keep Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . 125Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Service Electric Parking

Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130StabiliTrak OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Traction Control System

(TCS)/StabiliTrak . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Wait to Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

LocksAutomatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40

Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 134Lower Anchors and Tethers

for Children (LATCHSystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59

MMaintenance

Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364Maintenance and Care

Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 353

Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361

Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 127Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Messages

Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

MirrorsAutomatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . .50Automatic Dimming

Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49

Mirrors (cont'd)Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50

Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 50Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

Driver Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216Monitor System, Tire

Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

NNavigation

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 185

OOdometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

OilEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 273Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 88Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 372OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382OnStar Additional

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389


402 Index

OnStar Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . 386OnStar Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388OnStar Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384OnStar Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383OnStar Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385Operation

Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Ordering

Service Publications . . . . . . . . . . 378Outlets

Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

PPark

Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

ParkingBrake and P (Park)

Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 286Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 196

Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223Parking or Backing

Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 223

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Passenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 82Perchlorate Materials

Requirements, California . . . . . . 261Personalization

Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Power

Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 192Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51

Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . . . . 74Privacy

Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 381Program

Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . 375Proposition

65 Warning,California . . . . . . . . . . . .260, 284, 335,

Back Cover

RRadio Frequency Statement . . . . 379Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 223Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 112Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . .50Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Recommended Fluids and

Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361Records

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 339Reimbursement Program,

GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Replacement Parts

Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362

Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 87Replacing LATCH System

Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Replacing Seat Belt System

Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75


Index 403

Reporting Safety DefectsCanadian Government . . . . . . . . 380General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379

RestraintsWhere to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Roads

Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Roadside Assistance

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373Roof

Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 368Running out of Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Running the Vehicle While

Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

SSafety Defects Reporting

Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 380General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380

Safety Defects Reporting (cont'd)U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379

Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 375Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74How to Wear Seat Belts

Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . .75Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . .74

SeatsAdjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58Folding Seatback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56Heated and Ventilated Front . . . .63Heated, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . .59Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . .58Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . .59

Securing ChildRestraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101, 103

SecurityLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Accessories and

Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Climate Control System . . . . . . . 160Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 261Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 364Maintenance, General

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351Parts Identification Label . . . . . 365Publications Ordering

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 375

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

ServicesSpecial Application . . . . . . . . . . . 358

Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86Shifting

Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193


404 Index

Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 232Signals, Turn and

Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Spare Tire

Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334Special Application Services . . . . 358Specifications and

Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123StabiliTrak

OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 35Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 285Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . .111Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111

Storage AreasCargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . 106

Storing the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

StrutsGas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3System

Forward CollisionAlert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159, 382Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

SystemsDriver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

TTachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Taillamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 372Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 48

Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315

Tires (cont'd)Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 320Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Pressure Monitor Operation . . 310Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 309Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314Sealant and

Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322Sealant and Compressor

Kit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302Terminology and Definitions . . 305Uniform Tire Quality

Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317Wheel Alignment and Tire

Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 319When It Is Time for New

Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315


Index 405

Tires (cont'd)Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . 131Towing

Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . . 251Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256General Information . . . . . . . . . . 251Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 339Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 257Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337

TractionControl System (TCS)/

StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

TrailerSway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . 257Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254

TransmissionAutomatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274

Transportation Program,Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375

Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Turn and Lane-Change

Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

UUniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 317Universal Remote System . . . . . . 147

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

VVehicle

Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170Identification Number (VIN) . . . 365Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337

Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 132

Vehicle CareStoring the Tire Sealant

and Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . 328Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381

Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

WWait to Start Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Warning

Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 129Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . 234

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

WarningsHazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282Water in Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243What Fuel to Use in Canada

and Mexico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240What Fuel to Use in the U.S. . . . 239Wheels

Alignment and Tire Balance . . 319Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317


406 Index

Wheels (cont'd)Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315

Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 94Wi-Fi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51Windshield

Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111

WinterDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 286Wipers

Rear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

23194369 Bgmc.com (U.S.)gmccanada.ca (Canada)

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

18_GMC_Terrain_Terrain_Denalli_COV_en_US_23194369B_2017SEP06.ai 1 8/30/2017 2:14:48 PM18_GMC_Terrain_Terrain_Denalli_COV_en_US_23194369B_2017SEP06.ai 1 8/30/2017 2:14:48 PM

c m y cm my cy cmy k€¦ · q: press to lock the doors. k: press to unlock the doors. see door...

Documents